,,

 lOO~~25E

Safety

Most accidents that occur during crane operation
and maintenance are caused by failure to observe
basic safety rules and precautions. Before operating
your crane or performing maintenance, read and be­
come familiar with all the safety precautions and
recommendations given in this section. Remember
that failure to observe even a single precaution
could involve you and the peopfe around the crane
in a serious accident.
Foreseeing potential dangers is vital for preventing
accidents. All personnel working with the equip­
ment, including the supervisor, crane operator and
oiler, should be sensitive to dangerous situations
and take the necessary measures to prevent acci­
dents.
It is virtually impossible to anticipate every situation
that might present a hazard. The safety precautions
given in this manual and on the machine labels are
not exhaustive.
It is important, therefore. to strictly follow the in­
structions in this manual and be sensitive to
potential dangers in order to prevent bodily injury
and damage to the machine.
Remember that vcur most important duty is to en­
sure the safety of you, your co-workers and any
other people in the area.

Safety precautions and recommendations are

outlined in this section and are also included in the
operation and maintenance instructions given in
subsequent sections. Warning labels are also
provided on the crane.
The cautionary instructions in this manual are
identified as "DANGER", "WARNING", "CAUTION"
or "NOTICE". These terms are defined as follows:

A DANGER
A DANGER indicates an imminently hazardous
situation, which, if not avoided. will result in death
or serious injury.

A WARNING
A WARNING indicates a potentially hazardous
situation. which, if not avoided, could result in
death or serious injury.

A CAUTION
A CAUTION indicates a potentially hazardous sit­
uation, which, if not avoided, may result in a minor
or moderate injury.

i,: . [NOTICE]
• NOTICE indicates an important operational or
maintenance procedure or condition, which, if not
strictly observed, can result in damage to machine
components or deteriorated machine performance.

Safe~ Safety
A-1
 ------._---­

T0-;4072E

Safety Ru les

A WARNING Before Operation

A Use of improper or unauthorized method dur­ A Qualifications of the Operator

ing operation or maintenance of this crane can be

The operator must be fully trained and qualified.

dangerous and could lead to serious injury or

The operator must be fully familiar with on-site safe­

death. Read this manual thoroughly and be famil­

ty rules, and national and local crane operation

iar with the proper operating and maintenance

regulations.

procedures before using the crane. Do not oper­

ate the crane or perform maintenance on it until
you understand the instructions in this manual. A Study the Operation and Maintenance

Manual

A CAUTION Improper operation, inspection or maintenance can

A "Safety Rules" section describes the general damage the crane or cause injury or death.

instructions about-operation with a hydraulic Study the manual carefully. Become familiar with the

rough terrain crane. For more detailed instruc­ proper procedures for operation, inspection and

tions about your crane, see corresponding pages maintenance.

(while pages) of this manual.

Keep the Operation and Maintenance Manual in the

The figures in this manual are for reference show­

crane operator's cab so that it is always readily ac­

ing the important points. They may be different

cessible.

from an actual machine.

Before Operation ......••......•.•..•.•.•.. A-2

Rules (or Operation (Selling Outriggers) ....••••. A-7
Rules for Operation (General) •••.....•.....•• A-a
Rules for Operation (Weather) ••••....•.•.... A-17
Rules for Operation (Power Lines. Radio Waves) .. A·19
Rules for Operation (Operation wfthout Extending
Outriggers) ••••...•••••....•••...••• A-20
Rules for Operation (Special Operation) ••••...• A-21
After Operation ••...•••••...•••......•.•. A-22
Rules for Road Travel ...•.•••..•••....•••• A-23
Rules for Transportation and Towing ..••.....• A-26
A Follow All Instructions and Warnings
Rules for Parking' ..••.•.....••••...••.... A~27 The Operation and Maintenance Manual and the
warning labels on the crane contain instructions and
Rules for Inspection and Maintenance ••.....•• A-28
must be followed to ensure safe operation. Read
and understand all DANGER, WARNING and
CAUTION labels. Neglecting these instructions and
warnings can result in injury or death.
If the manual is lost or any labels (decals) become il­
legible, order replacements from the nearest
authorized TADANO distributor or dealer.

Safety Rules Safety Rules

A-2

AAvoid Overwork. Never Operate under
the Influence of Alcohol or Drugs
If the operator is tired, lacking in sleep, or under the
influence of medication or alcohol, the probability of
an accident event is greatly increased since atten­
tiveness and judgment are impaired. Maintain
proper physical fitness for crane operation.
A Wear Proper Clothing
Sloppy clothing may result in sleeves or cuffs being
caught and then cause an accident.
A Wear Approved Protective Gear
To ensure safety, always wear a hard hat and safety
shoes. Also protective goggles, dust mask,
earplugs, work gloves, safety belt, etc. must be worn
as the situation requires. Check; that all protective
gear is in good condition before wearing it.
Safety Rules
A-3
T044072E
AAnticipate Accident Situations
To deal with possible accidents or fires, equip the
crane with a first-aid kit and fire extinguisher. Be
aware of the locations of these safety items, and
learn how to use them properly.
An emergency contact person and emergency liai­
son plan shculdbe carefully prepared, and all
personnel concerned must be made aware of thede­
tails.
A Observe Work-site Rules
Neglecting work-site rules can result in accidents.
To ensure safe operation, observe all work-site rules
covering prohibited practices, precautions and cor­
rect procedures.
APost a Signal Person
Assign a signal person for all crane operations as
necessary and always follow instructions especially
when:
• Working near power lines.
• The load is hidden from the crane operator's view.
• Moving the carrier along narrow roads or when the
operator's vision is obscured.
The signal person and the operator should commu­
nicate with each other using mobile transceiver
phones.
Safety Rules
 T(}.I~072E

A Hold Work Site Meetings with A Multi-Crane Operation

Concerned All Personnel In lift situations involving the coordination oftwo or

Lack of sufficient communications with concerned more cranes. establish an agreed system for com­

personnel can result in accidents. munications and assign a signal person. The crane

Before starting the job, set up a liaison meeting with operators must proceed cautiously. strictly observ­

the site supervisor, rigging personnel, signal per­ ing all instructions of the signal person.

son, etc., to agree on the following details:

• Weight of load, radius of load, lift height (based on
AAlways Maintain Labels

rated lifting capacity table), locations of loading

The warning labels on various parts of the machine

and unloading, work area of the machine, craning

provide important instructions for safe operation.

procedures, rigging methods, etc.

Always keep the labels (decals) clean and visible.

• Ground conditions of work area, use of blocks.

Should labels become lost or damaged, order re.­

pads, cribbing, etc. under outrigger floats, whether

placements from the nearest authorized TADANO

outrigger extension is required; presence of

distributor or dealer.

buried objects such as water and gas lines.

• Mutually agreed upon and OSHA approved signal
conventions between rigging personnel and signal AMaintain Good Visibility

person. Fouled window panels, lights or rearview mirrors

• Designation of off-limit areas, provision of barri­

can limit the operator's visibility, impairing safe op­

l,
eration. Always keep the window panels and light
cade.

,.
• Work stations of all relevant workers. lenses clean.

• Emergency liaison plan and emergency contact Position mirrors correctly as required by job condi­

person, as well as the safety/health organization. tions.

A Night Operation

Operation in the dark makes it difficult to ensure

good footing. and to locate nearby persons or ob­

,t-
,

stacles, increasing the probability of an accident.

.
~-
When operating at night, turn on all working lamps.
Provide ancillary portable lighting equipment to illu­

minate the work area.

AAlways Study Work-site Conditions

Carefully
Pay due attention to surrounding conditions.
Before starting the job, inspect the work area. check
routes to the work area, and monitor the presence of
any obstacles and locations of other machinery.
Note changes in the surroundings or site conditions
as crane operations are carried out.

Safety Rules Safety Rules

A-4
 T1)4~072E

A Keep the Engine Clean A Perform Pre-Operation Inspection

Dead leaves, paper dust and oil stains on and
around tho engine can catch fire. Remove all such
debris before commencing operation.
AKeep All Footings and Shoes Clean
Oil, water or mud on soles of shoes, steps or decks
can cause slip off and fall mishaps or cause acci­
dental release of a control pedal. Always remove oil,
mud, water or snow before operation and keep
shoes and floor of the operator's cab clean.
Do not leave any parts or tools on the operator's cab
Neglecting routine inspections and maintenance can
shorten service life of the machine or even result in
an accident.
Before starting operation (and before taking over a
shift), perform the pre-operation inspection on the
carrier and the upper structure to ensure that the
machine is in proper condition and free from any
problems.
Should any problem be found, report it to the re­
sponsible person, remedy it, and only then start
operation.

floor or passageway.

A Never Allow Anyone to Ride on the

Machine, Except the Operator
A Keep Unauthorized Personnel Away

If any persons other than the operator (in the opera­

from the Work Area

tor's seat) are on the machine, they must be

Unauthorized personnel or vehicles in the work area

stationed inside the operator's cab.

can result in collision accidents, injury or death.

Before operation, make sure there are no unautho­

rized personnel or obstacles within the work area.

ASafely Climbing onto and Descending
If the work area is situated near heavy traffic, post a
from the Machine
control person to prevent vehicular accidents.
Only climb onto or descend from the machine while
Barricade the work area with appropriate means ei­
it is completely at standstill. Use the handrails and
ther colored tape or rope.
steps, always support your hands and feet firmly
(three point support); that is, one hand-two feet or
two hands-one foot.
Never use the steering wheel or control levers as
handrails .

..

A Never Jump Onto or Off the Machine

Do not jump onto or off the machine.
Do not climb onto or descend from the machine with
objects in hand.

Safety Rules Safety Rules

A·5
 T04~072E

A Correctly Position the Seat

A Check the Position of Controls before
Incorrect positioning of the operator's seat can re­
Starting the Engine
sult in mistakes or fatigue, possibly leading to an
If any control lever is in a position other than "neu­
accident.
tral", the machine may initiate some mechanical or
Before operating the machine, correctly position the hydraulic function as soon as the engine is turned
seat so that the pedals and levers can be manipulat­ over. This situation is very dangerous. Start the en­
ed correctly. gine only when completely sure that all controls are
in the proper neutral or inactive position.

A Do Not Operate a Machine Being

Inspected or Serviced
'-""" '\
Operating the machine while it is undergoing in­ ---­ r" ""
"I JO Q
spection or maintenance work can cause damage or NeU~~
I. f" -=:,

~
an accident.
Post a "DO NOT OPERATE" sign on the operator's
cab door or any control lever. Do not attempt to op­ 1/\ e;;~
erate the machine until the sign is removed by ( Ik.." -. "­ I =='
maintenance personnel.
»: TOI~J.lE

Ii 0 I­
AMake Sure Work Area Is Safe before
Starting the Engine
Starting the engine without performing a thorough
A/ <,
1!m1;IM~rg ,
safety check of the work area may cause damage to

f­ the machine or injury or death.

•
.
DO NOT OPERAn
Make sure there are no personnel or obstacles un­
derneath or around the machine.
TtII~l8E
Before starting the engine, sound the horn to warn
any nearby personnel.

Safety Rules Safety Rules

A·6
 T044072E

A Start the Engine from the Operator's Cab Rules for Operation (Setting
Only Outriggers)
If the engine is started from any location other than
the crane operator's cab, it can become impossible
ASet the Crane on Firm Level Ground

The machine should not be located on soft ground,

to avoid a dangerous hazard if some machine action

which can lead to sinking, slIding or overturning,

is initiated when the engine turns over.

nor on the edge of a pit, bank or slope.

Start the engine only from the crane operator's seat.

If the ground conditions are doubtful, use blocks or

steel plates of sufficient strength and size below the

outrigger floats to, disperse the load.

....-., ..•..
.
'.'-;-.
­
.0
··-:.z:­ e , _ :;:-"
v ~

x
x
A Inspection after Starting the Engine
Failure to perform a basic inspection after starting
the engine can result in not detecting fault or abnor­
mality with the machine.
•

A Selthe Crane Level

Tl0617

If the crane is tilted, and the load is swung over the

Inspect the machine in a safe location that is free

side, the working radius will increase, and the ma­

from obstacles and people other than maintenance

chine can overturn.

personnel.
When seUing the outriggers, level the machine care­

Allow the engine to warm up after it is started while

fully using a level.

the instrument readings and checking the machine

x
components. Once the engine is properly warmed
up, make a safety check of the work area, and run
the machine without a load to check out conditfon of
the controls, machine elements and safety devices.

A Warm Up the Machine

Failure to properly warm-up the engine, and various
other machine components can result in decrease in
service life of the machine, or malfunctions. In win­
ter, run the engine for at least five minutes for
proper warm-up.
Then, run the engine at low speed without a load to
warm up the hydraulic oil and other machine com­
ponents.

Safety Rules Safety Rules

A·7
 ,
TG44072E

,
"
AFuily Extend the Outriggers Rules for Operation (General)
If the outriggers are not extended correctly, the
AObserve Working Conditions
crane may become unstable, causing the crane to
Operating the crane under conditions (outrigger
overturn.
beam length, boom length, working radius, etc.) oth­
As a general rule, always extend the outriggers fully, (
er than specified in the rated lifting capacity table z.,.
even if the crane is rated for operation with the out­
can cause overturn even when not lifting a load. ,
riggers at middle extension. If it is absolutely :;i
Follow all instructions in the rated lifting capacity '.
necessary to use the outriggers at middle extension,
table.
make sure the machine is within the rated limits.

AOperate According to Signals

[f signals are not obeyed or if signals are improperly

made, accidents can occur.

Follow instructions of the signal person. An emer­

gency shut down signal must be acknowledged

whoever gives it.

_ _ _ _ _ _.1

I•

TOI~)9 ADo not Exceed Rated Lifting Capacity

A Check the Outrigger Selling
Incorrect setting of the outriggers can decrease the
load lifting capacity of the machine and result in
overturning. To avoid crane instability, make sure:
• The machine is absolutely level.
• All outrigger floats are stable and set firmly on the
capacity in the table.
ground or blocks.
Exceeding the rated lifting capacity will overload the
machine. Damage or overturning can result from
this practice.
Check the rated lifting capacity table before operat­
ing to ensure that the lift is safe. Load lifting
capacity of the crane varies depending on boom
length and working radius. Never exceed the lifting

• All tires are clear of the ground.

• The outriggers are secured with lock pins (if lock

~
pins are available).

Mass af haak blac.k

Rated filling capacity Lifting capacity

Safety Rules Safety Rules

A-S
 T044072E

A Before Lifting a Load A Consider Boom Deflection before Lifting

Make sure of the following before attempting 10pick the Load
up a load: When a load is lifted, the boom will deflect down­
• The mass does not exceed the rated lifting capaci­ ward, increasing the load radius. Swaying of the
ty. load also poses a hazard to the people around the
o The number of rope parts conforms to the stan­ crane, and may lead to overloading.
dard in the rated lifting capacity table. If the load starts to sway when lifted clear of the
• A proper load handling device is used and the
ground, lower the load back on the ground.
load is securely rigged.
When lifting a heavy load or using the'extended
• The hook block is located directly above the cen­
boom, anticipate the possible increase in the boom
ter of gravity of the-lead.
load radius.
• The wire ropes runs are plumb so that the load
can be lifted vertically.
Boom deflects
• The safety latch on the hook is working properly.
• The wire rope has no entanglement or disorderly
,.
winding on the drum.
,"".
.:i
A Rig the Load Securely
Improper rigging procedure can result in the lifted
load be~ng dropped. Rig the load securely, paying - load radius ----.1
TI0906E
special attention to the following points:
• Know the mass, shape and center of gravity of the
load, and use suitable load handling devices and ALift Single Loads Only

rigging hardware. Do not lift two or more loads simultaneously even if

• The load handling devices inclUding wire ropes, their total weight is within the rated lifting capacity;

chains and rigging hardware must have enough otherwise, the loads may loss balance. It is usually

strength and be free from damage or excessive not possible to maintain complete attention to multi­

wear. pie loads.

• Rig the load so that it is suspended at a point

x
above its center of gravity. Otherwise, the load
can overturn or come loose of the handling device c }\
when it is raised. Also, wire ropes and chains
must not be crossed or twisted around each other.
• Do not rig the load with a single wire rope. Such
rigging practice is very dangerous as the load can
rotate, and untwist the wire rope, reducing its
strength.
• When rigging a load with sharp corners, fit protec­
tive softeners at the load corners to protect the
wire ropes and the load itself against damage.

Safety Rules Safety Rules

A-9
 ,.•
To.:~072E

A Be Extremely Careful When Raising the AOperate the Crane from the Operator's
load Clear of the Ground Cab Only
Stop lifting the load once the rigging is fully taut. Controlling the machine from outside the cab,
check that the load is suspended at a polntlust through the cab window, is strictly forbidden and
above its center of gravity, and that the load is not extremely dangerous.
stuck to the ground or interfering with a nearby
body or structure.
Lift the load vertically. When the load clears the
ground, stop lifting and suppress any swaylnq: then
check that the rigging is secure, the load is in a sta­
ble position, and the crane is not overloaded.
x
Then, recommence the lift again.
,
ADo Not lift the load Clear of the Ground ,.­
\.
by Raising or Extending the Boom
Raise a load clear of the ground by vertical hoisting
only. AConduct a Safety Check within the
Raising or extending the boom to lift a load clear of Working Radius of the Crane before
the ground will cause the load to sway, posing a
Starting Operation
hazard. Any person located close to the crane may become

Ifthe boom is elevated to raise a load clear of the

caught between machine components or between

ground, the crane will not be automatically stopped

the counterweight and a fixed obstacle. Before

even in case of an overload. An overloaded machine

starting any swing motion, make sure that there is

can overturn or be damaged.

no one nearby. Sound the horn to warn all immedi­

ate personnel of crane startup.

A Do Not lift an Unknown load During crane operations, fence off or barricade the

AUempting to uproot a garden tree or raise an object work area to prevent unauthorized persons from ap­

buried or driven into the ground can severely ever­ proaching the machine.

load various components ofthe machine, possibly

causing the machine to overturn or be damaged. Do
A Operate the Crane Carefully

not attempt to pull up poles or piles driven into the

Operating the controls too abruptly can result in an

ground, trees or any objects burled or frozen in mud

accident: a swaying load can hit an object or dam­

or sand.
age the machine.

Only lift objects free from all restraining forces.

Operate all control levers and pedals smoothly and

x in a steady manner.

AMove a lifted load Carefully

When the crane state comes near the full rating, the
,;-

,
AML gives an intermittent alarm. Operate the crane
more carefully and slow the load-moving speed.
Take best care for over-loading in boom-lowering
operation which enlarges the working radius.
T0194l

Safety Rules Safety Rules

A-10
 TG4t,072E

A Swing the Crane Carefully

AWire Rope Must Be Properly Wound on
If the swing speed is too high, substantial centrifu­
the Drum
gal force is applied to a load, resulting in an
Lifting a load with the wire rope improperly wound
increased working radius. As a result, the machine
on the winch drum can lead to damage of the wire
may become overloaded and overturn.
rope, not only decreasing service life of the rope but
Stopping a swing operation abruptly can cause a
possibly breaking wires and strands which can lead
load to sway posing a hazard to nearby personnel
to ultimate failure.
and possibly leading to boom failure.
After reeving or replacement of the wire rope, make
Swing all loads slowly. Carefully stop any swinging.
sure that the line is properly seated in the sheaves
Be extremely cautious when working with an ex­
and on the winch drum.
tended boom.

x A Do Not Unwind the Wire Rope

If the entire rope is unwoundfrom the winch drum,
the frictional anchoring force will be insufficient to
support a load. The rope will break or become dam­
aged.
At least three winds of rope must always be left on
the winch drum. This condition applies particularly
when a load must be lowered below ground level
such as a trench or excavation.

A Be Careful during Complex Operations

Actions of the crane will be slower during complex
operations. When switching from a complex opera­
tion to a simple operation, action ofthe machine will
become faster. When executing a complex opera­
tion, do not change speed immediately.
Do not attempt any complex operation until fully fa­
miliar with the crane operation.

A Know of the Number of Wire Rope Parts

If the number of the part lines is greater than speci­ A Use Safety Devices Correctly

fied for the boom length, the hoist line may become Improper use of safety devices including the over­

too short. As a result, the line can unwind off the load cutout can lead to damage or overturn the

winch drum causing the wire rope to be damaged or crane.

broken. Use all safety devices according to instructions in

When lowering a very light load, or a bare hook the manual.

block, the rope will unwind off the winch drum at a

faster rate. The rope may then become improperly
wound.
Use a number of part lines appropriate to the boom
length.

Safety Rules Safety Rules

A-11
 104':07210.

A Do Not Rely Exclusively on Safety A Do Not Add Counterweights

Devices Installing a counterweight(s) other than those speci­

A safety device is not a substitute for human skill fied can damage the machine, or cause the machine

and judgment. to overturn to the rear owing to decreased rearward

The overload cutout, for example, does not warn the stability.

operator about conditions on the ground, effects of Never install or place a counterweight(s) or equiva­

wind, improperly adjusted devices, load being lent other than those specified.

pulled sideways, or other possibly hazardous situa­

tions.
All safety devices are merely auxiliary means to help
the operator perform the task at hand. Safe crane
work requires the qualities of a good operator, such
as skill, experience, [udqment, and safety aware­
ness.

A Do Not Deactivate Any Safety Devices

Avoid any action that impairs normal operation of

the safety devices.

Intentionally deactivating any safety device may re­

A Do Not Anchor the Machine

sult in the inability to detect overloading or

Do not attempt to hold down the crane frame or out­

overwinding during operation, and lead to a serious

rigger of the contrary side to the lifted load. using

accident.
wire rope.

Ensure that all safety devices are functioning cor­

This practice might lead to crane damage and acci­

rectly before starting any operation.

dents.

A Do Not Allow Anyone to Ride on the

Machine
Persons on the machine other than the operator (in
the operator's seat) may fall or be caught by a ma­
x
chine component or other objects. Other persons
cause distraction and can disturb the attention and
work of the operator.
"J I

A Do Not Position Any Part of Your Body

Out of the Window on the Boom Side

Sticking any part of your body out from the windoW

on the boom side can result in being caught be­

tween the moving boom and the window frame.

Serious injury or death can result from this danger­

ous practice.

If the window is equipped with a confining guard, do

not remove it.

Safety Rules Safety Rules

A-12

A Do Not Look Away from the Load While
Operating the Crane
Looking away from the load, eating or performing
any other action that can detract from awareness
while operating the crane is very dangerous.
During operation, concentrate all attention on the
load and the signal person.
TOOOl6
ADo Not Pass a Load over Any Person
Passing a load over a person(s) is very dangerous
and must be avoided.
Do not allow anyone to enter the area below the
boom or the load.
x move the crane to the vicinity of the load, and lift it
Safety Rules
A-13
TOM072E
AUse the Crane Only for Approved
Applications
The crane is designed to lift a freely suspended ver­
tical load. Never attempt to lift persons, or push/pull
a load with the boom.
x
A Do Not Pull a Load Sideways, Do Not Lift
a Load Obliquely, Do not Drag a Load
Pulling a load sideways, lifting a load obliquely or
attempting to drag a load is very dangerous. Such
actions can damage the boom, jib or swing mecha­
nism, and lead to overturning ofthe crane.
Do not attempt to draw in a load that is located out­
side the working radius. To handle such a load,
vertically.
x
TOOOl7
Safety Rules

A Handle Wide Loads Carefully
Be careful when lifting a wide load. The load can
swing and hit a rigging person, the crane itself or a
nearby structure.
Use tethers tied to either or both ends of the load to
control the position andlor movement of the load.
ADo Not Leave a Load Suspended
Do not leave a load in a hoisted position. If the ma­
chine is equipped with the drum lock device, actuate
both the winch brake and the drum lock to hold the
load safely. Use working procedures that minimize
the duration a load is left suspended.
Safety Rules
A-14
TOM072E
A Do Not Overwind the Hook Block
When the boom is lowered or extended, the hook
block is wound up.
Usually. overwinding the hook block will cause the
overwind cutout device to trip and the winch auto­
matically stops. However, if the device is damaged
or the automatic stop function has been deactivated
for some reason, the hook block can impact the
boom head.
Always be aware of the position of the hook block. If
the hook block approaches the boom head, wind off
the wire rope to lower the hook block and avoid con­
tact.
x
ADo Not Leave the Operator's Cab While a
Load Is Suspended
Before leaving the operator's cab for any reason, be
sure to:
• Lower the load to the ground.
• Fully retract the boom and stow it.
o Actuate all brakes and the drum lock.
• Place all control levers in their neutral positions.
• Shut off the engine, and remove the starter key.
o Lock the crane operator's cab door.
Safety Rules
AAvoid Contact with Obstacles A Do Not Extend the Boom Excessively

While moving a load, be absolutely sure that the An excessively extended boom decreases the rated

load or any part of the crane does not come into lifting capacity and also can cause overswinq of the

contact with nearby structures or other objects. load or lower working efficiency.

When working on a site where potential obstacles Keep the length of the boom as short as possible

are present, post a signal person. and only move the during operation.

load while following instructions.

A Be Careful When the Boom Is at

Maximum Perrpissible Angle

When the boom is raised to its maximum permissi­

ble angle, there exists minimum horizontal

clearance between the boom and the load. A sway­

ing load may hit the boom or jib, and cause damage.

Handle the load carefully so that it does not strike

the boom or jib.

AAvoid Overloading

A load below the rated lifting capacity can still cause

A Operate the Crane with Correct Boom

overloading of the crane if swaying occurs.

Position Do not trigger overloading while telescoping out or

When the boom configuration is irregular, for exam­

lowering the boom. These actions increase the

ple, the top boom alone is extended for purpose of

working radius and are destabilizing.

inspection or maintenance, never attempt to lift a

load.
During crane operation, check that all the boom sec­ A When Overloading Occurs

tions are telescoping in the correct sequence. The When overloading occurs, never attempt to raise or

rated lifting capacity table has been developed lower the boom rapidly. This situation is very dan­

based on assumption that the boom sections are gerous as the machine can readily overturn.

telescoped in the correct sequence. Immediately set the load on the ground by carefully

unwinding the wire rope off the winch drum.

o x
TOI9~J

Safety Rules Safety Rules

A-15
 TQ44072E

A Be Careful in Demolition Work A Do Not Push or Pull an Object with the

It is very dangerous to lift parts or components of a
structure undergoing demolition, if the mass and
center of gravity are unknown. Before starting oper­
ation, ascertain the mass and center of gravity of the
loads, and establish the lift procedure to be taken.
Boom
Never use the boom to push or pull an object. Do
not use the boom to thrust up an object or force the
boom into an object.
To move an object, use a machine designed for that

x
purpose, such as a fork lift truck or carryall.
'-~
Do not use the crane in applications other than
those specified.

x " '" •
l'!Il~«
,

ACarefully Lift a Load in Water

TOOOl6
When handling a load submerged in water, it is im­
portant not to lift the load out "all at once" when it

appears above the water's surface. The load may be

ACaution while Using the Jib (1)
impregnated with water and heavier than expected.
Never attempt to lift separate loads on both the
Allow the road to drain while raising it slowly.
boom and the jib at the same lime. Otherwise, the
A load lifted out of water. even when fully drained,
boom or the jib might be damaged, or the crane
weights more than it did when submerged because
might overturn.
of buoyancy effects. Lift the load carefully so as not

to cause overloading.

Safety Rules Safety Rules

A·16

A Caution while Using the Jib (2)
Rules for Operation (Weather)
Be sure to avoid the operation of the boom with the
jib mounted, and the lifting operation for a single
load via the concurrent use of the main winch and
Poor
the auxiliary winch, as far as practicable.
If conditions require such a lift,observe the instruc­
tions given in the "AML" section of the manual and
perform the operation with the utmost care and at­
tention.
AStop Operation When Strong Winds are
noo;o
AMount and Stow the Jib Correctly
Failure to observe the specified procedures for
mounting and stowing the jib can damage the jib, or
may cause the jib to drop.
Be sure to mount and stow the jib in the correct
manner by referring to the "Jib" section in the man­
ual.
x Wind speed fm/sec)
~,
" Safety Rules
A-17
T1I44072E
A Stop Operation When Visibility Becomes
During bad weather such as rain, snow or fog, stop
operation and stow the machine. Wait until visibility
improves before resuming operation.
Present
Under strong winds, a lifted load will start swaying,
posing a danger to working personnel and nearby
structures and also possibly damaging the boom or
overturning the machine.
The influence of cross wind on machine stability is
directly proportional to length of the boom and size
of the load.
When the maximum instantaneous (i.e. gust) wind
speed exceeds 10 m/sec, stop crane operation and
stow the boom.
When the boom is substantially extended or a large­
sized load is lifted, stop crane operation even if the
wind speed is below 10 m/sec if there is any possi­
ble danger.
The table below Ilsts wind speed ranges and the
ground conditions for each range. Note that the
wind speeds in the table are those at a point 10 m
above open level ground.
5,5 - 8,0
8,0 ­ 10-8
Ground conditions
Dust is raised, paper whirls up,
and small branches sway.
Shrubs with leaves start swaying.
Wave crests are apparent in
conus or swamps.
Tree branches move. Power lines
10,8 -13,9 whistle. It is difficult to open an
umbrella.
Whole trees sway. lt is difficullio
13,9 - 17,2
walk againsllhe wind.
Safety Rules

Astop All Operation If There is Any
Likelihood of Lightning
Lightning can not only damage the machine but also
injure the operator and working personnel. If Hqbt­
ning is forecast or expected, stop operation, slow
the boom, and leave the machine.
If the machine is struck by lightning:
• Stay in the cab. Do not try to move out.
o Warn people around not to approach the machine.
• Afterward, inspect the entire crane carefully and
have any damaged parts repaired.
x
cold weather.
Safety Rules
A·18
T04.;012E
A Cautions in Cold Weather
• Snow or ice on the crane should be removed
before operation; it is especially important to elim­
inate any accumulation on the boom, as it could
fall and injure someone when the boom is moved.
• Do not let bare skin come in contact with the
machine's metallic parts when the temperature is
below freezing. Skin can freeze to the metallic sur­
face, if any moisture is present.
• Warm up the machine sufficiently. Then, check
that the machine is functioning correctly. Remove
ice and dry machine components as required.
After starting operation, run the machine slowly
until oils fully circulates through all machine com­
ponents.
• Before lifting, make sure that the load is not frozen
to the ground or any other objects. Attempting to
lift a load which is frozen to the ground can result
in severe overloading and is very dangerous.
• If possible, stow the machine indoors so that the
tires are not frozen to the ground. Remove mud
from the undercarriage.
• Maintain the battery. Use oils and fuel rated for
Safety Rules
 TO-NonE

Rules for Operation (Power Lines,
Radio Waves)
A Prevent Electric Shock Accidents
Approaching too close to power lines can result in
electric shock accidents. Ifconditions absolutely reo
quire operation near power lines or distribution
lines, implement the following preventive measures:
• Meet with the power company concerned to devet­
op a relevant safety plan.
o Require that working personnel wear approved
insulating shoes.
• Keep the crane and load beyond the required dis­
tance (stipulated by national or local laws and
regulations) and away from power lines.
• Post a full-time signal person to ensure the
machine or load does not approach power lines or
unauthorized personnel do not enter the work
area.
• Personnel on the ground must not directly touch
• The operator should stay calm and cautiously
move the crane and load away from the power
lines to the required stand-off distance, and only
then leave the cab.
• Should the machine be damaged and/or disabled,
stay in the operator's seat until the power is cut
off. If this is impossible, jump directly from the
cab as far as possible. Do not touch any parts of
the machine which may be electrified and can
cause shock.
• After the accident, contact an authorized TADANO
distributor or dealer to report the accident and dis­
cuss the measures, and inspection and repairs
required.

x
the machine or load. When necessary to control

the lifted load, use dry fiber ropes as tethers to

prevent the load from rotating or swaying.

• Do not place a load below or near power lines.

• Operate the crane slowly with the utmost care and
attention. Required stand-on dIstance
(The data shown below describes the required dls­
tance recommended by Japanese power
companies.)

vonace Required stand-off distance

Low vollaae 100V,200V
2meters
Hiah voltaae 6,600V
22,OOOV Smeters TlO761E
66,OOOV 4meters
Extra high 154,OOOV 5meters
voltage 187,OOOV emeters
275,OOOV 7meters
500,OOOV 11meters

Should an electric shock accident occur, do not

panic. Follow the instructions below:
• Contact the power company to cut off the power
and obtain instructions for emergency action.
• Direct all personnel around the machine to evacu­
ate the site. Strictly control the site and keep
everyone away from the electrified crane and load.

Safety Rules Safety Rules

A·19
 ~-
-,
TQ4·'onE ,~:

A Be Careful about Hlqh-Power Radio Rules for Operation (Operation ,ii

":

Waves without Extending Outriggers)

In areas near sources of high-power radio orTV sta­
A Be Very Careful When the Outriggers are

tion transmitters, a current can be induced in the

crane structure. Electrified crane components can
Not Used

then result. Also, electronic devices such as the If the crane is supported only on its tires, stability is

decreased, and the machine is more prone to over­

overload cutout may be damaged.

If necessary, ground the hook block to discharge turn. As a general rule, loads should always be lifted j
,

any induced voltage and only then start rigging. with the outriggers extended.

If operation without extending the outriggers is ab­

solutely required, follow all instructions in the

manual, and operate with utmost care.

AAvoid Careless Swinging

Carelessly swinging a load lifted from the over-front
area to an over-side area, where crane stability is
lower, may overturn the machine. Before swinging,
be sure that weight of the load is less than the 360 D
capacity.

A Carefully Swing a Load

When swinging a load, the tilt of the machine may

vary.

Tilting of the machine is greatest when the load is

lifted on an over-side area. As a result, the working

radius will be higher, and the machine may become

overloaded and overturn.

Swing the load cautiously while controlling the ln­

crease in working radius.

Safety Rules Safety Rules

A-20
 , "
A Be Careful when Traveling with a Lifted
Load
Traveling with a lifted load can increase the possibil­
ity of overturn, and should be avoided.
If conditions absolutely require traveling with a lifted
load, follow all instructions in the manual, and drive
the machine with utmost care.
A Do Not Operate the Crane When
Traveling with a Lifted Load
Operating the crane while traveling with a lifted load
is very dangerous, and must be avoided. Jrthe load
must be moved, first stop traveling, and only then
operate the crane.
Safety Rules
--~
TO~~72E
Rules for Operation (Special
Operation)
A Be Cautious in Multi-Crane Operation
Lifting a load with two or more cranes can be dan­
gerous. In these operations, loads are lifted at
points other than directly above the center of gravity
and there is possibility of the load falling, the ma­
chine being overturned, or the boom failing.
In multi-crane lifting operations, be absolutely care­
ful. and adhere to the following instructions:
• Meet with personnel to determine the proper work­
ing procedure and lift strategy.
• Assign a work leader, and follow instructions.
• Equip every person concerned with an appropriate
communications device.
• Set each crane level on firm ground with the out­
riggers fully extended.
• The cranes used must have the same perfor­
mance, characteristics and sufficient capacity for
handling the load. Make sure that the cranes have
the same settings for the boom length, boom
angle, and number of rope parts.
• Lift the load so that the wire rope(s) of each crane
are only subjected to vertical line pulls.
• Attempt to rig the load so that all the cranes are
loaded equally.
• To move the load, use only the winches and
booms. Swinging operations should be avoided.
Do not perform hoisting, elevating (or telescoping)
of the boom or swinging at the same time.
• To protect against overloading, operate the sepa­
rate cranes simultaneously.
o 0
L TOO6lO
Safety Rules
A·21
 T04-40721:

ACautions for Operating a Lifting Magnet After Operation

If the power supply is disrupted, the load will fall.
AAfter Operation, Stow the Machine.
When operating a lifting magnet, make sure that the
Leaving the machine unattended should be avoided.
following conditions are met:
Once operation is complete, stow the machine.
• Start and stop the power generator according to

proper procedures.

• Before starting operation, make sure there is no

person near the machine. Passing a load over any
person is very dangerous and must be avoided.
Do not allow anyone to enter the area below the
boom or the load.
o Operate the grab and release control levers cor­
rectly to lower the load to a specified location.
• Before leaving the crane operator's cab, stow the
TOZZ~
magnet, and shut down the power supply.
• Inspect and maintain the electrical system of the
lifting magnet to prevent electric shock under ADrain the Air Tank

rainy conditions. Failure to drain the air tank can cause pneumatic

For further information, refer to the operation manu­ equipment to fail and the machine to malfunction.

al for the lifting magnet. Drain the air tank every day.

In cold weather, drain the condensate in the air tank

after operation to prevent freezing.

ACautions for Refilling the Fuel

Fuel and other oils are highly flammable and dan­

gerous.

Handle combustibles very carefully.

While refueling, observe the following instructions:

• Stop the engine.

• Refuel the machine outdoors in a well-ventilated

place.

• Keep sources of flames or sparks away from the

fuel.
• Wea:r a protective mask.
• Do not refuel in excess offuel tank capacity.

x
"00195

Safety Rules Safety Rules

A-22
 If)44DnE

Rules for Road Travel A Travel with Two-Wheel Steering

Traveling on the highway in a special steering mode

A Observe All Vehicles Code

(four-wheel steering, four-wheel sideways steering,

Requirements for Travel on Public Roads etc.] is very dangerous, and must be strictly avoid­

Some national and local laws and rules exist regard­

ed. Drive the machine in two-wheel steering mode

ing the travel of crane vehicles on public roads.

only.

Before traveling on roads, study the requirements

Special steering modes should only be used for low

for road travel for the crane, and strictly obey all the
speed travel within work sites.

regulations.

A Pre-Travel Inspection

ACheck All Physical Limitations on the Before crane travel, chec~ the machine according to

Planned Route the "Pre-operational and Periodic Inspection" sec­

Check road width, overhead clearance, load limits tion in the manual. In particular, make sure to

on bridges, etc. monitor the points listed below.

Make sure the route is appropriate for traveling with Should any irregularity be found, report it to a

the crane. responsible person, remedy it, and only then start

traveling on roads with the crane.

• Controls and instruments are functioning normal­

A Driving Crane (Carrier) in Road Travel
ly.
Configuration
• Hydraulic and pneumatic pressures are correct.

A swaying hook block or boom. or extended outrig­

There is no oil or air leakage.

gers pose extreme hazards during crane road travel.

• The fuel, cooling water. lubricant, hydraulic oil,

Before traveling, stow the hook block and boom in

and brake fluid levels are adequate.

position, and lock the outrigger beams, etc., in posi­

• The tires are free from excessive wear, damage,

tion (if lock pins are available). Configure the

and cracks. Tire pressure is at a normal level.

machine for traveling by referring to the "Crane

There are no loose wheel nuts.

Travel Procedure" section in the manual.

• The braking devices including foot brake and

parking brake are functioning normally.

• The lighting system and direction indicators illu­

minate correctly.

• The rearview mirrors are free from damage.

• Exhaust gas color is normal.
• There are no abnormal noises.

A Observe the Riding Capacity

T0220S Non-observance of the riding or passenger restric­

tion not only often violates the law but can lead to

an accident. If the operator's cab is equipped with

A Do Not Travel with Any Cargo on the an auxiliary seat, the machine can accommodate

Crane two persons.

Carrying cargo on a traveling crane can result in a If an auxiliary seat is not provided, do not allow any­

spill or fall. Use a vehicle designed specifically for one other than the operator to ride in the cab.

cargo transport.

Safety Rules Safety Rules

A-23

A Always Fasten the Seat Belt
When traveling with the crane, always fasten the
seat belt for safety. Be careful not to twist the belt.
A Before Starting, Be Aware of Conditions
Around the Machine
Before starting travel, ensure thai there are no per­
sonnel or obstacles in the immediate vicinity of the
machine. Sound the horn to signal the start of travel.
A Drive Safely
Always keep a safe distance when following any
vehicle. Drive at moderate speeds.
turning the steering wheel too rapidly can overturn
the crane.
Avoid abrupt driving practices such as speeding,
sudden starts. extreme braking or sharp steering.
A Post a Signal Person if Visibility Is
Limited
When traveling around a tight corner, narrow pas­
sage or a location where operator visibility is
limited, or when backing up, always post a signal
person to prevent any mishap.
Safety Rules
A-24
.-
TOMonE
A Be Aware of Road-Surface Conditions
Driving under poor road surface conditions can
cause tires to lose traction or the ross of steering
wheel control.
Be extremely careful and attentive when driving on
snow-covered or frozen roads, or rough terrain or
slope.
And use tire chains according to actual road surface
conditions.
A Be Aware of Overhead Obstacles
Pay attention to overhead clearance when passing
under electric car wires, or highway or railway
bridges, and when passing through a tunnel.
If the planned route necessitates travel below over­
head railway lines or overhead bridges or through a
tunnel, check the clearances in advance.
L 11)/9'1 ---.J
A Be Aware of Loss in Air Pressure
Loss in air tank pressure will result in diminished
braking power, and is very dangerous.
If the low air pressure alarm lamp lights or alarm
buzzer sounds, immediately park and secure the
machine in a safe place and then check the air sys­
tem for any leakage.
Avoid stepping on the brake pedal repeatedly as this
practice leads to loss in air pressure and sluggish
brakes.
Safety Rules
 T04~072E

A If the Engine Stops during Travel A Stop the Machine with Enough Forward
If the crane travels on grades with the engine cut Clearance
(off), compressed air will not be accumulated in the The boom point projects well ahead of the carrier
air tank. Under this condition, frequent use of the front bumper. Be careful that the boom point does
brakes will deplete the air tank and result in inopera­ not exceed the limit line when stopping the machine.
tive brakes. If the engine stops during travel,
immediately park and secure the machine in a safe
place and attempt to restart the engine. Run the
engine until the air supply and air pressure have
been restored to proper level.

A If the Machine is Stuck in a Tunnel

Immediately flash the hazard lamps. Place a danger
sign behind the machine to warn other vehicles of
the danger. Afterward. tow the machine to the out­
side of the tunnel.

Do not attempt to repair the machine inside the tun­

nel, as this can cause a traffic accident.

A Do Not Allow the Machine to Roll in

Neutral
When the gearshift lever is put to the neutral posi­

tion engine braking effectiveness will be lost, and

may lead to damage of the transmission system.

Do not leave the gearshift lever in the neutral posi­

tion while traveling.

A Cautions for Traveling on Grades

When traveling on a long downhill section of road,

do not apply the brake pedal repeatedly or overrev

the engine. Repeated use of the foot brake can lead

to toss in braking power or even render the brakes

inoperative. Overreving can damage the engine.

While on a downhill section, utilize engine braking

by gearing down, and actuate exhaust braking. Use

the foot brake intermittently to decelerate the

machine quickly.

It may be necessary to make special considerations

unique to the machine. Travel safely according to

the instructions in the "Crane Travel Procedure"

section in the manual.

Safety Rules Safety Rules

A·25
 TCI-\4072E

Rules for Transportation and Towing A Precautions for Transportation

Prevent the crane from moving during transporta­

ALoad and Unload the Machine Safely

tion, as follows:

Improper loading and unloading procedures can dis­

• Apply the parking brake, chock the front and rear
place the machine off a transporter. Observe the
of each tire, and securely tie down the machine to
following instructions, and take extreme care in
the platform with chain binders.
loading and unloading the crane on a transporter:
• Ensure that the hook block and boom are stowed
• Secure a trailer of sufficient capacity for the
in position, and the upper structure and outriggers
machine's weight so that it is not overloaded.
are locked.
• Park the trailer on firm level ground, actuate the
• Remove the detachable outrigger floats and stow
parking brake, and chock the tires.
them securely.
• Use gangplanks of sufficient length, strength and
width. Ensure that they provide a gentle slope
from ground up to the trailer deck.
• If there is slippery object such as oil or mud on
the trailer platform or gangplanks, remove it. On
rainy days, the gangplanks can get very slippery.
Then, do nolload or unload the machine to and
from the trailer.
• Post a signal person, and follow all instructions
for loading and unloading the machine.
• Turning the machine on the gangplanks is liable to
result in a falling accident, and must be avoided.
To change direction, first descend to the ground, A Cautions for Transportation
turn on the ground, and climb the gangplanks • Post a relevant caution sign according to applica­
again. ble local and national laws and rules. Be guided
• While loading or unloading the machine to or from by a lead car, if required.
"
the trailer, do not attempt any operation other than • Check the planned route for road width, overhead
traveling. clearances, load limits on bridges, and other con­
ditions to make sure that the route is appropriate
for transporting the crane.
• Speeding on curves can overturn the trailer or
break the tie-down ropes, possibly causing the
machine to fall off the trailer. Always drive careful­
ly.

Safety Rules Safety Rules

A·26
 TOH072E

ACautions for Towing Rules for Parking

While towing, be extremely careful and observe the
A Park on Safe Level Ground

instructions given below and in the "Emergency

As a rule, do not park the machine on a slope or

Procedures" section In the manual.

grade.

• Employ a sufficiently strong tow bar or tow rope.

Activate the parking brake.

Check for any damages before use.

• The tow truck must be of equivalent or greater
size than the towed crane. A Chock the Tires When Parking on a

• To prevent crane runaway on a downhill grade, Slope

take appropriate measures to maintain braking Park along a slope rather than at an angle to it.

power during towing. Actuate the parking brake and chock the tires to

• Drive at moderate speed. Sharply pulling the crane guard against the chance of a runaway accident.

or rapidly changing the towing speed could break

the tow connection.

TOl9-l9

A Take Safety Measures When Parking on

a Road

Post warning signs or flags. Use a beacon lamp to

make the machine clearly visible from passing vehi­

cles at night.

Do not block the path of vehicles or pedestrians.

A Before Leaving the Machine

Do not leave the crane with the engine running or

the key inserted in the starter switch.

• Park on level ground, and actuate the parking

brake.

• Set all the brakes and locks, and place the

gearshift lever in the neutral position.
• Shut down the engine, and remove the key from
the starter switch.
• Lock all the doors and covers.

i;
r.
,~
'!;;

Safety Rules Safety Rules

A-27
 T044012E

Rules for Inspection and ABecome Familiar with Procedures for

Maintenance Inspection and Maintenance

Improper inspection and maintenance procedures

A Do Not Adjust or Disassemble the

can lead to damage of the machine, and may cause

Hydraulic Equipment
injury or even death.

The hydraulic equipment including the safety valve

Read the"lnspection and Maintenance" section in

and pneumatic equipment have been strictly

the manual and become thoroughly familiar with all

inspected and carefully adjusted before shipment

instructions given. Do not perform any inspection or

from the factory.

maintenance work until the instructions are under­

Disassembly or improper adjustment of the

stood.

hydraulic or pneumatic equipment can cause fail­

When inspection or maintenance work is more com­

ures in safety and functional features.

plicated, consult an authorized TADANO distributor

For disassembly or adjustment, contact an autho­

or dealer.

rized TADANO distributor or dealer.

A Wear Safe Clothing

ADo Not Modify the Machine

loose clothing may lead to sleeves or cuffs being

Unauthorized modification may affect the perfor­

caught by a projection or control lever on the

mance, safety and strength of the crane and can

machine.

lead to damage or overturning.

Do not wear work clothing fouled with fuel or oil. It

Never modify any part or aspect of the machine.

can readily catch fire.

A When an Irregularity is Detected

AWear Protective Gear

An irregularity which remains unremedied can

Performing inspection or maintenance work without

cause a more serious failure or accident.

wearing the proper protective gear can result in

If an irregularity is found during inspection work,

burns, cuts, falling accidents, or eye injuries.

immediately determine the cause, then adjust and

Always wear a hard hat, and safety shoes, also safe­

maintain the component in question to prevent a

ty goggles, dust mask, earplugs, protective gloves,

failure or accident.
safety belt, etc., as the situation requires.

Alnspect and Maintain at Regular Intervals

Sloppy inspection or maintenance work makes it

impossible to detect faults at an early stage.

Perform inspection and maintenance at specified

intervals to ensure fault prevention and early detec­

tion of potential problems.

Safety Rules Safety Rules

A-28 ..

A Meet with Working Personnel
Working together with other persons on inspection
or maintenance tasks without observing mutually
agreed upon procedures can result in an accident.
Meet with all involved personnel to agree on the
detailed tasks. Also, assign a work leader. and
always follow his or her instructions.
A Provide Effective Ventilation
Performing inspection or maintenance work in a
confined space without effective ventilation can lead
to toxic poisoning.
Be very careful when handling fuel, wash oil, and
paint.
When starting the engine in an enclosed space, pro­
vide a means of positive ventilation. Connect a hose
from the exhaust to vent the fumes outdoors. Open
doors and windows to allow fresh air circulation.
Install a ventilator as required.
Safety Rules
A·29
TO~4072E
A Fire Prevention
To prevent the risk of fire during inspection and
maintenance work requiring handling of potentially
flammable substances, observe the following
instructions.
• Use a non-flammable cleaning liquid to wash parts
and components.
• Store fuel and oils away from fire.
• Do not allow sources of flames or sparks near any
substance that is combustible.
• Do not smoke cigar or cigarette.
• Always carry a fire extinguisher in the operator's
cab.
o When checking fuel, oils, and battery liquid, use
an explosion-proof lamp.
• When grinding or welding, keep flammable sub­
stances away from flying sparks or molten metal.
X \ .: ,
'.,(..
~ ( .. '
TOI9S1
AAbout Illumination
Inspection or maintenance work in a poorly illumi­
nated environment can lead to injury. Before
starting the work, provide proper illumination.
Never use the exposed flame of a match or lighter
for illumination, a fire accident may occur. The emit­
ted gas from open lead storage batteries can
explode, especially while they are being charged.
Safety Rules
 TQ4~Q72E

AClean the Machine before Inspection or A Labeling for Inspection or Maintenance

Maintenance
Dirt and debris on the machine not only prevents
easy detection of faulty components or parts but
also can be trapped in components or parts. Also,
dust or mud can enter your eyes or cause you to
Work
If any unauthorized person starts the engine during
inspection or maintenance work, the machine may
be damaged or injury or even death may result.
When performing inspection or maintenance work,

slip and be injured. remove the starter key, and post a "00 NOT OPER­

Before starting general inspection or maintenance ATE" or "TAG OUT" sign on the door or control

activities, wash the machine to ensure a safe work levers of the operator's cab as a warning.

area. Also, post relevant warning signs at entry to the

work area to prevent access of unauthorized per­

sonne!.

ACaulions for Washing the Machine

Wet footing can cause to slip and fall injuries.

Always wear non-slip shoes.

AStart Inspection or Maintenance after the

When washing the machine with high-pressure

Machine Has Cooled Down

steam, the jet can penetrate skin or flying mud can

When the crane is operated, various machine com­

cause eye damage. Always wear suitable protective

ponents become very hot and can cause burns.

gear during washing.

These components include the engine, muffler,

Do nat direct water to electrical equipment, dis­

torque converter, transmission system, axles,

charge andlor shortclrcults can result and lead to

engine coaling water, radiator, hydraulic oil, reduc­

damage.
er, hydraulic equipment and hydraulic piping.

Allow these components and areas to cool down

before starting inspection or maintenance work.

Alnspect and Maintain the Machine on

Level Ground

It is difficult to inspect the machine property if it is

A Do Not Dismount Nor Disassemble

parked on a slope or grade. Also, the machine is

Hydraulic and Pneumatic Devices, Pipings

liable to start moving if not parked properly.

and Couplings

Park the crane on firm flat ground, activate the park­

It is prohibited to attempt to dismount nor disassem­

ing brake, and chock the tires.

ble hydraulic and pneumatic devices, pipings and

couplings. Some ofthem may have high pressure

A Keep the Work Area Clean and Tidy

even when the engine is stopped. It may cause serl­

Performing inspection or maintenance work in a dis­

ous accidents to human body.

x
orderly place can lead to personal injury or a falling

accident.

Remove obstacles.

TQ19'~

Safety Rules Safety Rules

A-30
 T044072E

A Beware of High-Pressure Oils A Beware of Overhead Obstacles and

High-pressure fuel or hydraulic oil that comes into Footing
contact with skin or eyes can cause serious injury. Lack of awareness or loose footing can cause head
To avoid this danger: impact with the hook block, boom, or jib or slip and
• Release internal pressure, and only then, discon­ falls off the machine.
nect any piping. Always be careful about overhead obstacles and
• To check for leakage, wear protective goggles and footing. Walk on the non-slip strips if provided on
gloves and use a piece of cardboard or wood as a the machine.
monitor. Leaking high-pressure oil may be invisi­
ble.
Keep bare hands away from all leaking compo­
nents.
• Immediately obtain medical attention when high­

pressure oil accidentally cuts into skin or affects

=
the eyes.

A Inspect or Maintain Equipment with the

TOl9Sl
Engine Shut Down 1"111111

Performing inspection or maintenance work while

the engine is running is very dangerous, and should A Cautions for Working at Heights

be avoided. Unless otherwise necessary, be sure to Working al heights involves the possibility of falling.

shut down the engine before starting inspection or To reduce this risk, remove all obstacles, and any

maintenance procedures. spilled grease and oil. Keep all footing areas clean

and tidy.

To climb onto and descend from a position of high

A Use Two Persons for Inspection or

elevation, face the machine directly. Use the

Maintenance with the Engine Running

handrails and steps, always be-supported by at least

If for some reason it is necessary to perform an

three points of your hands and feet.

inspection or maintenance procedure with the

Be careful not to slip. When non-slip strips are pro­

engine running, post at least two persons-one in

vided on the machine, walk on them.

the operator's cab to shut down the engine immedi­

Use safety equipment such as safety belts ties, lan­

ately when necessary, and the other(s) to perform

yards and platforms as the situation requires.

maintenance. During the maintenance, ensure safety

of all persons involved in the work.
A Cautions for Working Under the Machine

When working under the crane with the jack cylin­

A Use Proper Tools ders extended, place supports and wood blocks

Performing inspection or maintenance work without

beneath the outriggers to support the machine

the proper tools not only decreases work efficiency

securely. Do not work under the crane unless the

but also can lead 10damage to parts or even injury.

machine is securely and positively supported.

Do not use improper or damaged tools.

Safety Rules Safety Rules

A-31
A Do Not Stick Any Part of Your Body Out A Beware of an Overheated Cooling

from the Window on the 800m Side System

Sticking any part of your body out from the window Do not unfasten the radiator cap while the engine

on the boom side can result in being caught cooling water is hot. Hot steam and water can spurt

between the moving boom and the window frame. out, causing burns.

Serious injury or death can result from this danger­ First allow the radiator to cool down. Then, loosen

ous practice. the cap very slowly while facing away to release the

If the window is equipped with a confining guard, do internal pressure.

not remove it.

A Keep Away from Moving Parts

Inadvertent motion of the machine, or contacting a
moving part can cause personal injury and even
death.
When necessary to inspect or maintain the machine
while running, do not approach moving parts such
as the boom, hoisting cylinder, winch, fan, fan belt.
and propeller shaft, etc.
Keep hands and clothing away from moving parts.
A Lock the Inspection Hole Covers

x An inspection hole cover that remains open can be

closed abruptly by a gust, etc., causing hands or a
leg to be caught and injured.
If an inspection hole cover or access door, or the
operator's cab door must remain open, secure in
position.

'ltll'JO.l6
A Do Not Allow Tools and Parts to Drop
When working through an inspection hole while fac­
ing down, be careful not to drop objects into the
hole. Such mistakes can damage or lead to malfunc­
tion of the machine. Do not keep objects which are
not needed for inspection in open pockets.
Recover any object or tool that has dropped into the
machine.

A Beware of Oil Smears

Oil smears on the clutch, lining and brake disks can
decrease braking effectiveness. Always keep these
assemblies free from oil accumulation. ; '.

Safety Rules Safety Rules

A-32
A Beware of Dust Amsconnect the Battery Cable before
Be careful not to inhale dust during inspection or Inspecting or Maintaining the Electrical
maintenance work. To inspect or maintain brakes System
and linings, remove dust using a vacuum cleaner. Inspecting or maintaining the electrical system with­

Do not use compressed air because this action will out disconnecting the battery cable can cause the

scatter dust into the air. wiring to be shortcircuited, possibly damaging the

electrical and electronic systems.

AAbout Starling the Engine with Jumper Before inspecting or maintaining the electrical sys­

tem, disconnect the battery cable from the minus

Cables
terminal (ground side) of lhe battery.

Using improper jumper cables to start the engine

can cause the battery to explode or damage the
machine. A Be Cautious about Battery Fluid

When starting the engine using jumper cables, wear The battery fluid contains dilute sulfuric acid.

protective goggles. This procedure requires two per­ Battery fluid entering the eyes could cause blind­

sons; one person must be seated in the operator's ness, and battery fluid on skin can cause burns.

cab. The procedure consists of: When handling the battery, wear protective goggles,

(1) Use an assist vehicle with a battery rated for 24 protective gloves. and long-sleeved clothing.

V. Do not use a 12 V or 48 V supply. If battery fluid touches your eyes or skin, wash with

(2) Set the starter key to "OFF" position both for the a large amount of fresh water and seek medical

dead vehicle and assist vehicle. attention immediately.

(3) Connect the jumper cables in the following order:

1. "+" terminal of the battery on the dead vehicle.
2. "+" terminal of the battery on the assist vehi­
A Prevent Explosion of the Battery

The battery releases hydrogen gas. Do not light a

cle.
match or lighter near the battery.

3. "-" terminal of the battery on the assist vehicle.

To check the battery fluid level, use a flash light.

4. A portion of the frame or engine block of the

If battery fluid is frozen in extreme freezing weather,

dead vehicle, apart from its battery.

do not charge the battery or start the engine with an

(4) Start the engine of the assist vehicle.

alternative power supply.

(5) Start the engine of the dead vehicle.

Warm up the battery to 15°C to avoid trouble.

(6) Once the engine ofthe dead vehicle has suc­

cessfully started, disconnect the jumper cables
in the order of 4, 3, 2 and 1.

B EBB EB
x
o

Di.I~b1ed vehlde ballery

,~,

______
Boosler cable

~
cv"&___'T~ I

Safety Rules Safety Rules

A-33

A Careful Handling of Wire Ropes
Careless handling of wire ropes can shorten their
service life, or cause them to break. Handle wire
ropes properly by observing all instructions in the
manual.
A Cautions for Adjusting Tire Pressure
When adjusting tire pressures, never stand facing
the side of the tire. The tire may burst or wheel parts
can fly off and cause injury or even death.
Place a tire cage over the wheel and stand behind
the tire treads.
7L 1
/
I ~r
h '<;
~~~~~;
rr ./
n@ ,
r I:: ~~~
\\! u .<--­
.'J If
AAssign Replacement or Maintenance
Work of Tires to Trained Personnels
Replacing or maintaining tires requires special facll­
ities and skill. Inadequate procedures and tools can
cause accidents.
For further information about replacement or main­
tenance of tires, contact an authorized TADANO
distributor or dealer or other specialist.
AMainlaining the Brake System
An improperly maintained brake system can lead to
a serious accident. Observe all instructions given in
the manual.
Refill the brake system reservoir with approved
brake fluid only.
Safety Rules
TOM072E
A Use Genuine Parts Only
Use of non-factory approved parts can lead to fail­
ures in safety and functional systems.
To replace parts such as filters, etc., observe the
parts list and use only the specified factory
approved genuine items.
A Use Specified Oils
When replenishing or replacing oils, use recom­
mended brands or grades of oils and greases.
Mixing different brands may change properties of
the oil or grease owing to possible chemical reac­
tions, and be detrimental to machine components.
J When using oil or grease of a brand different from
that in the machine, remove all existing oil or
grease, and then refill with the new replacement oil
or grease.
A. Verification after Maintenance
Verification of proper component or mechanism
[Ii
TOO(,%
function after maintenance work is essential.
Be sure to check that the maintained areas are
working correctly, that there is no oil leakage, and
all bolts have been securely tightened.
Remember that all "maintenance work" should
include positive verification of correct machine
operation.
AAbout Waste Disposal
Waste oils, used filters, and other such petrochemi­
cal-related products, if disposed of thoughtlessly,
will cause environmental contamination.
Obtain a proper-sized vessel before releasing waste
oils from the machine. Never discharge waste oils
on the ground or into rivers, lakes or marshes.
Follow all governing environmental rules and regu­
lations when disposing of oils, fuels, cooling water,
brake fluid, solvents, filters, batteries or any other
damaging substances.
Safety Rules
A·34
 T063333E

Warning Labels

There are several warning labels affixed to your machine. These labels give important warnings and precau­

tions which must be observed to ensure safety. This section reviews these warnings and precautions, and

shows the location of the labels. All the information on the labels is vilal for preventing accidents; familiarize

yourself thoroughly with it.

Make sure that the labels are not soiled. Clean them if words are illegible or pictures are unclear.

Replace a damaged or missing label. New labels are available from your nearest authorized TADANO distribu­

tor or dealer.

Warning Labels - Location and Contents

2 8 Righi and left

----1"

Top of jib

Oil Cooler

33 4 or@) (Applicable to
machines for Australia)
Inside the Cab Inside of Door
Outside of Door

Warning Labels Warning Labels

A-35
 T0633J3F.

19 1il

@
19

A+ +B
@ @

the reverse side

1IIII
or !he cover

/
@ ]
View A ViewB

ViewC

J­

'[

ViewD Air Conditioner Detail of transmission

(Option)
"~~1~E-1

Warning Labels Warninglabels

A·36
NO.1

ADANGER

KEEP CLEAR OF
LOWERING OR RAISING
BOOM TO AVOID
SERIOUS IN,JURY.

""-'''-0,..0

NO.2

SWINGINQ Sll'lUCTURE
STAY CLEAR TO PREVENT
SEVERE PERSONAL INJURY
OR DEATH.

... ..,..,.
3·13-91 ~O~ 1~ "0

NO.3

ADANGER

WHEN MOUNTING OR STOWING THE JIB.

YOU SHOULD KNOW AND FOLLOW

THE TADANO INSTRUCTION MANUAL.

FAILURE TO FOLLOW THE TADANO

INSTRUCTION MANUAL MAY RESULT IN

PROPERTY DAMAGE AND OR PERSONAL

INJURY OR DEATH.

Warning Labels Warning Labels

A-37
 TQ6J333E

No.4

ADANGER

ELECTROCUTION HAZARD

TH[S HACHINE [S NOT EQUIPPEO W[TH ANY WARN[NG OR

[NSULATING OEVICES.

ALLOW FOR BOOM DEFLECTION,ELECTR[CAL POWER L[NE,

ANO LOAD L[NE SWAYING.

NEVER OPERATE CRANE,ANY PART THEREOF OR LOAO W[THIN

SUCH A OISTANCE FROH ANY ELECTR[CAL POWER LINE OR

POWER SOURCE AS IS SPEC[FIEO OR REQUIREO BY

APPLICABLE SAFETY COOES OR REGULATIONS.

NEVER QPERATE,SERVICE OR MAINTAIN THIS CRANE WITHOUT

PROPER [NSTRUCT IONS. I TIS THE EHPLOYER· S RESPONS 18 I L I TY

TO P~DVIDE ALL SAFETY OEVICES OR MEANS THAT HAY BE

NECESSARY OR REQUIREO FOR ANY USE,OPERATION,SET-UP

OR SERVICE.

• ADANGER
THIS MACHINE IS NOT EQUIPPEO W[TH ANY WARNING OR
INSULATING OEVICES.
EXTREME CAUTION MUST BE EXERC[SEO BY ALL PERSONNEL
WORKING WITH ANO AROUNO TH[S HACH[NE WHEN IN THE
PRDXIHITY OF ENERGIZED POWER SOURCE OR POWER L[NES.
OEATH OR SERIOUS [N~URY CAN RESULT FROM CONTACT OR
INAOEQUATE CLEARANCE.
ALL PERSONNEL HUST BE ADEQUATELY WARNEO OF SAFETY
PROCEDURES.

No.5 No.6

A DANGER
KEEP HANDS AWAY.
CAN CAuse SEvERE PERSONAl. FAN STARTS
AUTOMATICAllY.
INJURY OR DEATH. STOP ENGINE TO
STAY CLEAR OF' LOAD SERVICE.
AND BOOM.

J<l3.-912-ll2 I01
:l-13"9IZ"02101 '0

Warning labels Warning labels

A·38
 T05=~E

No.7 No.8

A WARNING
R KEEP HANDS
FAN STARTS
AUTOMATICALLY.
TO PREVENT BODilY
INJURY DO NOT CLIMB
BOOM, JIB OR

*
STOP ENGINE TO
SERViCE. OUTRIGGER,
• - 1- 1
3<'3­ 141-0(!.I<IoO
3·13-911'01-151·1
3-13-912'01HO'O

No.9 No.10

aWARNING AWARNING

HAZARDOUS CONDITION FALL ING OBJECT CAN CAUSE

CAN CAUSE SEVERE INJURY SEVERE INJURY.
USE A TAGUNE TO PREVENT RAPID SWING MAKE SURE JIB PIVOT PIN
OF JIB FROM BOOM WHEN JIB IS RELeASED IS INSTALLED ON BOOM
-AT STOWING BRACKET. HEAD'S SiDE TOWARD J [B
KEEP ALL PERSONNEL CLEAR OF JIB SWING BEFORE DISCONNECTING JIB

.
PATH.
FROM STOWING BRACKET,
J.3_~'Z_OI071 ­
313-912'01071-0 3-13 9H 91360·\

No.11 No.12

AWARNING

AWARNING
nu Til Olmll! III llllCILocml DOW I! m

HAZARDOUS CONDITION run ClI II 1CT1Ylm. lID m 1.1. 0 SIIIC!

CAN CAUSE SEVERE INJURY LOCHEI n nt IIIn IIIE Of lIE 1Il IS n

OlEllIIE. m SlIIOI~wm U1,

USE A TAGlIM! TO PREYEWT ~AP[D SWIIlG

OF TOP JIB FRON BASE J18 WHEN TOP JIB AlL SAfEIT ITor fOiCl10lS IILL IE IISIBlil

IS ~ElEASED AT CONNECTING PIll. 111H 1m liCIT 01.

KEEP All PERSOWH£l AWAY FRON TOP JIB COllllOOOl IllE 0lElll101 IS (01110LIO DILl

SWING rATH.
11 II! omlTOl.

J, _
Hl 95~·1l500-1
3tH54-]IBOO
NO.13

AWARNING
DO HOT ATTEMPT TO ENGAGE SWING
LOCK WHILE SUPERSTRUCTURE IS IN
MOT IoN.
SWING LOCK MUST BE ENGAGED. WITH
BOOM POSITIONED fRONTWARD. WHEN
DOING PICK AND CARRY, TRAVgLING
OR TRANSPORTING.
,_ 7_

Warning Labels Warning Labels

A-39
 TlJ6Jn~E

NO.14 No.15

AWARNING AWARNING
THIS KEY SWITCH BYPASSES MAKE SURE JIB SET
CONTROL LEVER LOCKOUT FUNCTION OF
STATUS 1S SELECTED ON
AUTOMATIC MOMENT LIMITER IAML-LI.
AUTOMATIC MOMENT LIMITER
THE SWITCH MAY BE OftYUSEO BY BEFORE ERECTING AND
AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL STOWING JIB OR CHANGING
DURING EMERGENCY SITUATIONS. JIB OFFSET ANGLE.
FAILURE TO FOLLOW THIS INSTRUCTION DON' T EXETEND THE BOOM,
MAY RESULT IN PROPERTY DAMAGE AND OR OR BASE JIB COULD BE
PERSONAL INJIRY. DAMEGED.
,"'••••• ,,0>0

No.16 NO.1?
Stltcl ~.rr~cl jib 'Ilt~J.

or LOld 1I0llent hdicdDr

Ao . .
Hi ~"
eer 'unCi ion prttil<lr

" " . "dill! ,,,IiI ill.

AWARNING
l \y'1~~~t~~ MAKE SURE THE SiNGLE
TOP IS STOWED BEfORE
MOUNTING THE JIB.OR THE
JIB COULD DAMEGED .
. - -.
3·13958-410200

NO.18 NO.19

AWARNING A WARNING
NEVER USE SILICON-CONTAINING

00 NOT CLIMB UP
OR MINERAL-OIL-BASED BRAKE FLUID.

OR DOWN WHILE
NEVER MIX WITH OTHER BRAKE

MACHINE IS
FLUID.

WORKING.
USE TADANO GENUINE BRAKE FLUID.

(oors.n :34:)- S12-0ZI ZO

:IoIJ-91~-011 ~O'O
370-022·117:51
3~0'022'11;~ 1'1

NO.20 No 21

A WARNING 7'"
• AWARNING

KEEP CLEAR OF
MOVING OUTRIGGER
TO PREVENT BODILY
-1t
~t
KEEP
STOP
HANDS
ENGINE
SERVICE.
AWAY.
TO .~

-:

INJURY. . -
31.,10555100 0

l -02090
3-!H112-0~09D-ll

;
Warning Labels
A·40
Warning Labels
",...
:
 T063333E

No.22

A CAUTION
STOW ING AUXIUAAY WINCH ROPE

1. ~ ... 0... " " l ' ' ' ' _Uti ,.on TO Ion ..... ,U'_
2. n u t l '0'1 .s o<UT 10 UCIOI.
a.TAU " lOll .""l IOPI " 1 llTTlI SlUI.
'H' cu. lOT to O'l.,Ull01 Ion.

NO.23

ACAUTION t"'""111I
{!. ., .. 1..
JIB HANDLING INSTRUCTIONS
tBefore operaling crane Dr traveling
an road. check slowing pin ®®©
, ,

and piv c t pin@

Jib will falloff if operation or

travel is started with these pins

oul of p c sit i e n.

+When handl i n g Ike pins GQ~© and (fil

I. ReLract Ihe boom complelel,. !
2. Do nol lower the boom below 0',
tWhen slowing the jib. inset! s t ewi n a
pin
boom.
CA?®
il n d © los e cur e jib lo I he ••
.~fI iDlfrt~d PIA@
4 - 4­ 5

NO.24

ACAUTION

JIB PIN STATUS

BASE JIB MouwrrM~ BASE+TOP JIB WOUKTrKG

......... ". ,. """.0. ........... ,to ,. " .. ,, ••. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. ,. , " •••

. ¢ ...... ,10 h .. , .. " ••. . ¢ ...... ,I. J • • , ... ",4, · ¢ ' u ... >(. , ",1 ••.
",._,w_"'"

, ' Warning labels Warning Labels

A-41
 T053:l33E

No.25

CAUTION
Don't keep gear shift lever
to neutral position under the
condition of road traveling.
I~O-470-17000

No.26

CAUT ION IN TRAVEL

1.I.r", ,1"11,, ,. It",,,. lb. Mh.,.,,:
eueue.
·,,,111•• '00' ' .... 1•• Itolrl.l,wol """-I.lllIl ' .... I"
.,.." "",I" toco." I.. noon", 0<>1.1",1......I 1.<.00 .. "1t,,.I, 1>0""
1..,,,1 •• 1,, 'llor ,0101.1. II ,1_01. 11 ... 1. . ." .. 1 'hoi .11" ,ll,.. tI .. ",,,,1
.hl" • .iJ1Ut,U4 .. hoi .. 11th"" 0l..III:L. .. nth ..... 1,,_, toO,,,t _.1 I.!. 11.", . . .1 "ll I. '00'" n.
•100,,1 nl . . I'" '11, 6.lIoo't k_ . . . .1lI1l1"" I. _1101,..",.. _ I~ .0<>1111 ...1 1001 I.."n...

....
2._ "001100 ..'1.., ..1 "" .1lI1l h,oo ,. L
3. ........ ,01 :

,,: "r..."' ... :Jo.···~ Jooj..._ lI'''IO·''1\AIlI

1.> .....: lol'" IbII 3oI·'·lloIo Joo".. ~ Jo,on... • IbII
7.11" ""II 1>0 l.n.loI I. "rro<l .1, .........
,. ,,1.101. II. 1_1100 001 ....1'. III. 01 I~. 11,.. , I..... _,dl" •• Uoo 1.11,,1..
odloo. I. . . . 11_ ,,,,,,.

.­-, -
....... I... '" l!I& '1111. lI'l.l[ nil" I. 'Ill ~,I .. ,,,.. 11,,.
",11.. ,"'''I. '00,101." I....... ,1",100 00<II IBl *1 .. _ I •• -'.....00."­ ~ ~
6.11", ,,,,,,1 .....'.1.1,,11:&
or .... '" ••
boo""" I. oo.IlI", ..or ,IUl I", .. Ir .. I""" I. botl.."

, ....., " ..... 1•• 110,1 •• ,..,,1100. IlIoo ...1"" 01... ""'I .. 1",,11...,t" ,.llId. I••
11,. .
IU·l)-l.l~~
II. or......
r",dl••
,,,I. ee
r".. II" lo.n..
11lII1 •• 21011 ..
"".11..
""'I ••
""" .
21001 ••
11'-'''''''''"- >Ul H UOJ
n'••1_ r"oIl1l.I,. 11 11",1 ...11_, ,llh ...1... 1....", I.ll"r.. ",I.", 1111. rTll"' .....'r·JI
~,
""'r•• ?oOo1 •• al,. ~I ••
.001111 ...........
·1'..... ,I, I. _""" 1,111100 .n.d oIool ..... -,
3-969-'!Q;1ll"

No.2?

A CAUTION

This 24V DC-12V DC converlor is

A CAUTION

only for speedometer and tachomeler.

101 ji] oliseillilil 2UI' o,eJllill,
Never connect other electric
~e sure II slare sin!le lop.
device.

!emllillo ilSllll oliseillill)

lul ,in Ii 3.1',21" or 6 ,osilion
J'J~~53'38ao

10 preml I~e ji] 1m 1lllin! IO~

emil! iniull or e~ui'Denl ~1II!e,

No.29 No.30

ACAUTION
Burning injury can occur.
00 not touch
the exhaust pipe surface
A CAUTION JJJ-157-52600
while engine Is running or
J'13'957"5261l0-0 lust when it is stopped.

3·13-!lZ7·J.5IHO·!

Warning Labels Warning Labels

A-42
 T06n3~E

No.31 No.32

A DANGER
AWARNING

BEWARE OF ELECTRICAL HAZARDS WHEN STARTING THE ENGINE

REGULATION 133A Of THE

SCAffOLDING s LIfTS ACT 1912 AS AMENDED REOUIRES

IN AN ENCLOSED SPACE,PROVIDE
a. Minimum approach of a crane}10 feel tor vcnaces up 10132,000
A MEANS OF POSITIVE VENTILATION.
to live eleclrical apparatus 20 feet for voltages above 132.000 CONNECT A HOSE FROM THE
b. tnspecucn or lhe work site for electrical hazards before
commencing to use the crane.
EXHAUST TO VENT THE FUMES
c. Conslant vigilance whilst working or travelling Ihe crane. OUTDOORS.OPEN DOORS AND
d. Buffers 01 barriers to prevent contact by slewing or luffing. WINDOWS TO ALLOW FRESH
AIR CIRCULATION. INSTALL
VENTILATOR AS REQUIRED.
OTHERWISE YOU CAN BE INJURED
IN TOXIC POISONING.

NO.33 NO.34

AWARNING
AWARNING
ROTATING FAN.

PULL THK CONTROL CONSOLK KEEP HANDS AWAY.

STOP ENGINE TO

BAC!WARD TO THE STDWING POSIT[ON SERVICE.

WHEN TRAVKLING OR GETTING OUT

43-912-02 01
OF THE CAB, J-IJ'91 t-02201'O

FOLn UP TH! ARiRE~T BEfDRE ADJUSTING

TN! ANGLE OF CONTROL CONSOLE,
TA!E CARE TO CLO~E THE nOOR WHEN
THE CONTROL COmLE [S UP,~,1.G~T."
Hl ~l4 12100-0

:;

Warning Labels Warning Labels

A·43
 T063333E

NO.35 No.36

A WARNING tOll
CAUTION
Q~.' I I'UU I~! 11111('(1 IJICl ICUI 01
I~UiQlr nor.u llHlh:l.lIClt. 1;(
RHS~. II(nu If IDtllQIO UtI;'
~~~
'lH'~·JI.&.1' ~o~'U<::O 1.2~J;U~h~~'.'r
rev. 11'1 ~JuFJlJ.jal)-l-ID"nI)O"
1,ltQ~I)~~f.~lt~rtici~~lrSlto"1
~IIlun I.. I[Il(U ':111 noculu tl ~~N fJ~J.j~JtIlIl~!tO 'J,
";f.l'J.~ 1 f.
'JKUltl Il, mlr(K fUJII. 11[ !Ct,'lH U :<~U,~;;~n"l?tUl.n~,'.
DO NOT REMOVE Iitt Ie II ilH~11U "jIIlICf.
lHW Qlf Cf lll1.tIU urn f~11110.
1l01'l1'i~~~j{f', nIH"I.H.

RADIATOR CAP I 'ouAle 'CIIIII~ lCL!.010 ] L " ra 1I'l~JHln

" I
WHEN ENGINE ISHOT. I lllill! 'CIIIIC~
• ICl~ [ U
• 1I,~Hnll'i
I

343-51<!:-02130
J,13'~IHl2J3H)
I ~ ---
(1)"
r-: 'I
,

~ V fj
. .
· &
. · 3*
.'li111
l'
D
363 scs 90030

No.37 NO.38

USE OF FIRE STRICTLY PROHIBITED

A CAUTION
'~ller r e plac in& 0 i lor hyd r a u l it pumv.
do not r!lll~ ai r.ble ed t he h,dr2ul ic vur.:p.
Olhe Iwi s e t he pumpllay ~ e t s e i ad,
tlusin~ a s eriaus f r eu hIe.
'CQ~lllmo i I volumewhi I e lhenach l ne
II in trave! ing strle.

TADANO HYDRAlIl.IC Ollll

370-022-19500
.<:0=-1,;:,00-0

or

A CAUTION
·A1ltl rt,luill eil or ./lrllljc ,.".
iI III llil 11 lir-blHI III l,dlillit ,III.
Olluwiu t j e ,up lUl III uiud.
UUill ~ HrioUi l r e a ble,
,CllfilD Iii "lu. w~ilt II! lilkiu
il il Ir~ltliol Ilrlt.
i
",

mm IIIUlI.lt Illl~1 ,,~

:nO-022-20'l'80
,

Warning Labels Warning Labels

A,44
 IQIiJJ~2E

Contents

Safety .••••........••...••....••....... A-1

How (0 Use the Starter Switch ....• , 34

Safety Rules ........••••......•.....••.• A-2

Pre-starting Checks .•••..•..••.......... 35

Before Operation •....••..••..•..••.••• A-2

Starling the Engine ..•......••••........ 35

Rules for Operation (Setting Outriggers) ..... A-7

Stopping the Engine ..............•••••. 36

Rules for Operalion (General) .•......•••.. A-a

Changing Orive Mode .••......•.•.....•.•. 37

Rules for Operation (Wealher) ...•••••.•• A-17

Controls .••••.............•.•........ 37

Rules for Operalion (Power Lines, Radio Waves)

Changing Drive Mode •.•••••••••••...... 37

·······································~19 Changing Speed Range' ................•.. 39

Rules for Operation (Operation without Extending Controls ............•••••.•••••...... 39

Outrippers) .•••••.......•.••••.... A~20

Changing Speed Range . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . .. 39

Rules for Operation (Special Operation) •... A-21

Brakes ....................•••••..•••••• 42

After Operation ••.•••............••.. A-22

Controls .•..•....•........•....•..... 42

Rules for Road Travel ..•.......•....... A-23

Fool Brake ..•..••..••.•••.•••••...••. 42

Rules for Transportation and Towing······· A-26

Parking Brake 43

Rules for Parking •••••••••....••••.••• A-27

Exhaust Brake . •.......•.••.•••••..•••. 43

Rules for Inspection and Maintenance •••.•• A-28

Steering ••••••..••••............••.•.•.. 44

Warning Labels A-35

Controls ............•••..•••••.•••..• 44

Warning Labels - Location and Contents A-35

Changing Steering Mode .......•......... 44

Contents .......•••••••••••..••.......... 1
Lighting and Other Switches 47

Preface ..............•.•..••..•.••..•••. 4
Controls ...•••....................... 47

Servicing and Ordering Parts ...........••..• 5

Tires .............•..•.••.•....•....... 50

Directional Terms •••...................... 6

Air pressure ........••...•.••••...•... 50

Components ••••••••..................... 7
Restriction on Continuous Drivlnq . •...•••••• 50

Layout of Controls· •..•••..•.....•......... 8

Air Conditioner (Option) .............•..... 51

Travel Operation Controls· ••••.•..••••..••. 8

Components ••........................ 52

Crane Operation Controls ........•••••••• 10

How to Use .•••••••.• . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

Others ••••...................••....• 14
Error Display on the Display Panel 56

Terminology ••••••.••••................. 15
Equipment Inside the Cab· •.••.••.•......•• 57

Controls •............••••.••••..••... 57

[TRAVELING]
Equipment Outside the Cab· ........••••.•.. 59

Traveling Procedure .•.•............•...•• 19

How 10 Use the Air Inflator (Option) ....•••• '. 59

Preparatory Steps··········· 19
Tire Chain (Option) ....•.•..•••........• 60

Starting· ................••••...•..... 21
Emergency Procedures .........•••........ 61

Traveling····· •• ·•· ............•...••• 21

If Trouble Occurs· ••..•.........••.•.... 61

Stopping ......•••••......•........... 22
If the Engine Stops while Traveling··· ...•••• 61

Parking' ................•.•..•••••••• 22
If the Engine Stops Due to Fuel Shortage ..... 61

Crane Operator's Cab ...•................. 23

If Shifting Gears is Impossible •..•.....•... 62

Opening and Closing the Door •.....•.•••.. 23

If the Engine cannot be Stopped' ••••....... 64

Opening and Closing the Windows 24

Towing the Crane ••..•......••••.••.... 64

Adjusting the Seat Position .....•••.•..•••• 24

Stowing the Lever Stands 25

[OPERATION]
Adjusting the Steering Wheel ....•••••••.•• 26
Crane Operation Procedure - Summary .••••.. 67

How to Read the Instrument Panel .....•.••.. 27

How to Read the Performance nata Plate ...••• 70

Meters and Gauges .•.••..•.••.......... 27

Load Radius/lifting Height Chart ..•....••.. 70

Indicator Lamps· ••............••••••..• 30

Rated Lifiing Capacity Table ....•...•••... 71

Starting and Stopping the Engine ...•••...... 34

Reducing Lifting Capacity from Rated Lifting

Controls ...•..•..........••.......••• 34
Capacities' •..•.••••.........••.••...• 79

Contents Contents
1
 l06JJ4iE

AML (Overload Prevention Device) •••...•••.. 80

On-rubber Operation
138

Configuration and Functions of the AML System

Stationary •..••..........•........... 138

. . . . . . . . . . . . . • • . . . . . . . • • • • . . . . • . . . 82
Traveling with a Load Lifted •...••••••••.• 139

Controls •••...........•••......•••..• 86
Taking Out and Stowing the Main Hook Block·· 141

Names and Functions of AML Main Unit Paris' • 87

Taking Out the Main Hook Block· 141

Selecting Operational Status .......•...... 93

Stowing the Main Hook Block •............ 142

AML Pre-operational Inspection 98

Reeving Wire Rope •••••.••.............. 143

How to Use the Working Range limit Function

Standard Number of Parts of line ••.•...... 143

• . . • • • . • • . . • • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 99
Reeving Procedure ••••................ 146

Display Alteration" ...••.•.•..•••••...• 103

Single Top (Option) ........•.•••••....... 148

Recovery from a Stop 104

Components .••..•........•••••...... 148

Abnormality Messages and Recovering Operations

Single Top Lift· ......•.•............•. 149

·································107 Mounling the Single Top ........••••••.• 149

In the Event of a System Failure··········· 110

Stowing the Single Top .....•.••••...... 153

Other Safely Devices .•. . • • • • . • . . • • . • • . • .• 112

Jib··································· 155

Overwind Cutout Device . . • • . . . . . . . • . . . .. 112

Components •••.•._• . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . • •• 155

•
External Warning Lamps 113
Jib Lift··· ....••• ; •................ ,. 156

Operating the PTO and Warming Up the Machine Mounting the Base Jib ......•••.••••••.. 158

·································114
Mounting the Base Jib and the Top Jib······ 165

Operating the PTO •••...•.............. 114

Changing the Jib Offset Angle ••.......... 172

Warming Up the Machine· •.............. 115

Stowing the Base Jib 175

Outriggers .....••••••.................. 116

Stowing the Base Jib and the Top Jib ....••• 180

Setting the Crane' • • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .• 116

Dismounting the Jib···· ..............•• 183

Controls •••.....................•••. 116

Mounting the Jib :......... 184

Extending the Outriggers .....•..•..••••. 117

Mounting and Dismounting Counterweight· ... 185

Level Adjus\ment .......•••.•••........ 120

Components ••••••••••••••........... 185

Stowing the Outriggers···· .•..•......... 121

Mass of Removable Counterweight· 185

Adjusting Control Levers···· ............•• 122

Mounting and Dismounting Counterweight 186

Adjusting Position of the Lever Stands ...••• 122

Equipmentlnside the Cab .•.•.•••••••••••• 188

Slowing the Lever Stands············ 123

Components •.•••••........••.•...... 188

Hoisting (for 2M2D Specification) 124

Equipment Outside the Cab····· 190

Controls (ISO layout) ..............•.••• 124

Winch Drum Monitor Mirror (Option) •••••••• 190

Hoisting Up and Down··· ..••••••••....• 125

Other Winch-related Controls and Devices ... 126

[INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE]
Telescoping the Boom (for 2M2D Specification) Inspection and Maintenance 191

·································127 Pre-Operational and Periodic Inspection' ..•.. 192

Controls (ISO layout) ....•.•..••........ 127

Safety Parts Requiring Regular Replacement •• 197

Extending and Retracting the Boom .......• 128

Greasing 198

Emergency Telescoping Procedure •••..... 130

Maintenance Table ••........•..••••••• 196

Elevating the Boom·· ................•••. 131

Greasing Chart .••..........••••••.... 199

Controls (ISO layout) •..........••.....• 131

Gear Oil .•••..........•...•..•........• 202

Raising and Lowering the Boom •..•....... 132

Maintenance Table ..•.........••••••.. 202

Elevation Slow Slop Function···· ...•••... 133

Winch Speed Reducer Oil Level Check· ••••. 203

Swinging the Boom···· ...•••........•••. 134

Winch Speed Reducer Oil Replacement ..... 203

Controls ...............••.••........ 134

Swing Speed Reducer Oil Level Check . . . . . . 204

Swinging the Boom ...•.•.••......••... 135

Swing Speed Reducer Oil Replacement ..••• 204

SWing Stop Function •..........•....••. 137

Axle (Carrier Axle) Oil Level Check· ....•... 205

Contents Contents
2
 : -- - -. _._._---_:_-._._- --; ;'~-'- .. ~-'- ... _--.. ..
~ '-- -- -- --- --_ ..- .. _-_ ..... - -_. --- . --.--_... - - ­ - .. _- --­

IC63J4,E

Axle (Carrier Axle) Oil Replacement •.••••.• 205

Line Filter Replacement (Automanc Stop Circuit)
Axle (Planetary Gear) Oil Level Check •..... 206
................................. 227

Axle (Planetary Gear) Oil Reptacement ••••.. 206

Line Filter Replacement (Steering Circuit) ..•. 227

Engine ••...•.••....•••..••••.•.•••••.. 207

Line Filter Replacement (Winch Brake Circuit) .. 227

Maintenance Table ....••••..••••• , ...• 207

Line Filter Replacement (Steering Mode Select

Engine Cooling System ~ •••.. 208

Circuit) •...•.•....•.••......•••... 228

Maintenance Table ••.••....•.......•.. 208

Swing System •••....•.•....••.•....••.. 229

Cooling Water Level Check .•••.•..•..••. 208

Maintenance Table ....•...••••...•• , .. 229

Torque Converter System ................• 209

Swing Bearing Mounling Bolt Check .•....•• 229

Maintenance Table ....•..•••••..••.... 209

Electrical System· ......•....••••....•... 230

Oil Level Check ...••.....•.•.••....... 209

Maintenance Table •..... , ...•••...•... 230

Oil Replacement ...•••........•..•.... 209

Fuse Replacement- .•....••••....•..... 230

Strainer Cleaning •....••......•.....•.. 211

Battery Electrolyle Check ......•••...•••. 232

Line Filter Element Replacement ....•....• 211

Air Conditioner (Option) •....•.....•..•..• 233

Fuel System' ...•••...•••....•••...•••.. 212

Maintenance Table .•.•...•......•.•... 233

Maintenance Table ....••.....•....••.. 212

Condenser Check and Cleaning .•••..••••. 233

Fuel Tank Level Check ...••.....•....•• 212

Refrigerant Level Check· ....•.....•..... 233

Engine Fuel Filler Draining .. , •.....•..... 212

Refrigerant Piping Connection Check ..••... 234

Water Separator Draining' ...••....••.... 213

Inside Air Filter Check and Cleaning ...•••.. 234

Water Separator Element Replacement •.... 213

Outside Air Filter Replacement· •••...••... 234

Brake System ......••....•....••.....•. 214

v-belt Check ......•...••.... , ....•••• 235

Maintenance Table .•.....•....••....•• 214

Periodical Part Replacement , ....•....••• 235

Brake Fluid Level Check .........•.....• 215

Boom Telescoping System ........•....•.. 236

Brake Fluid Replacemenl ....•.....••.... 215

Maintenance Table .••...•....••....•.. 236

Disc Brake Pad Wear Check ..••....••... 215

Stretch Check and Tension Adjustment of Boom

Air Dryer Function Check •••....•..... , •. 216

Telescoping Wire Rope and Oil Feed Hose for

Air Dryer Desiccating Agent Replacement v-v- 216

Boom Telescoping Cylinder .••....••..• 236

Parkinq Brake Pad Clearance Adjustment· ..• 217

Wire Ropes ..•••....•....•....••....... 237

Axle System v- ••••••••••••••••••••••••• 219

Proper Handling of Wire Ropes .•••...••.• 237

Maintenance Table •....••....•........ 219

Wire Rope Replacement •...••....•....• 238

Suspension Lock Cylinder Bleeding .....••• 219

Tires and Wheels .•. , ...•....••....••.... 220

[INFORMATION AND DATA]

Maintenance Table ••..• , 220

Conversion •...••.. - •.... , ....•........ 243

Tire Wear Check ...•....•...•.....••.. 220

Major Specifications ...•...••...••...••.• 244

Tire Rolation ..•••...••.....•...••...• 220

Crane Specifications ..•.....•..••...••. 244

Loose Wheels Lug Nut Check .•.....•.... 222

Carrier Specifications .•...••........••.• 244

Hydraulic System· , •...••....••...•.•...• 223

Overall Dimensions ...••..•.....•....•• 245

Maintenance Table ....•••.....•..•.... 223

Mass· ••..••••...•....••...••.. - •••. 246

Oil Level Check (Hydraulic Oil Tank) .•....•• 224

Relief Valve Pressure ...••...• , •...••.• 246

Oil Replacement (Hydraulic Oil Tank) ...••.. 224

Wire Rope Specifications ... , •.....•..••. 246

Return Filler Replacement (Hydraulic Oil Tank)

Other - ••••...•.•..•....•••..•••..•. 246

. . • . . . . . . • • . . . . . . • . . . . . • • . • . . . . • . 224
Oils and Greases .••....•.......••...••.. 247

Return Filler Replacement .••.......•.... 225

Table ••••••....••...•..••... , •.••.. 247

Air Breather Replacement (Hydraulic Oit Tank)

Recommended Oils and Greases .••..••.•. 248

. . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . • . . 226
Consumable Parts .••........•..•..•....• 250

Line Filter Cleaning (P4 Pump Circuit) 227

Filters - •..•..•..••.•• 250

Fuses .......•••.... , ...•.....•...•. 250

Contents Contents
3
 TOIi3J50E

Preface

This manual is intended as a guide \0 help you operate
and maintain the TADANO crane safely and correctly.
This manual covers cranes of the following specification
numbers.
Specification No.
(Specification No. of the crane is given on the name­
plate as shown below.)
(1) GR-700E-1-00212 (2M2D-specificalion)
If you transfer the crane, make sure to hand over this
manual to the next user together with the crane.
Please note that, for product improvement, some
changes may have been incorporated in the machine
that are not covered in this manual.
If there are any questions regarding the crane or this
manual, contact (he nearest TADANO distributor or
dealer.

~ TADANO
. C::J

T'~COIG9

Nameplate:
Located on the side of the crane operator's cab.

Please consult the separate engine manual for opera­

lion and maintenance of the engine.

The "TRAVELING" section of this manual describes lhe

basic procedures for driving the vehicle. Read it careful­
Iy and become thoroughly familiar with the correct
procedures for driving the vehicle.

The "OPERAliON" section of this manual describes the

basic procedures for operating the crane. Read it care­
fully and become thoroughly familiar with the correct
procedures for operating the crane. Operating skill will
improve as you gain knowledge of the crane and its ca­
pabilities.

The "INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE" section cov­

ers the procedures for inspecting and servicing the
crane. Proper inspection and servicing are essential for
minimizing problems and obtaining optimum perfor­
mance. Follow the instructions in this section to perform
inspection and servicing properly.

Note that the illustrations in the manual may differ slight­

ly from your machine. Also, some illustrations show the
machine's components with their covers and guards re­
moved to facilitate explanation.

.-'
,.
,
Preface Preface
4
 1035710£

Servicing and Ordering Parts

When contacting the TADANO distributor or dealer for

repairs or to order parts, please specify the following in­
formation:

(1) Specification number

(2) Production serial number
(3) Year of production

T.!JOl9

(4) Delai!s of the problem, or Ihe J)sling, number and

quantity of desired parts

.c
>Y_

• Servicing and Ordering Parts 5

Servicing and Ordering Parts
 TQ63640E

Directional Terms

The directional terms (front, rear, right and left) used in

this manual are defined with reference to the operator's
position when the boom is centered toward the front of
the carrier. The definitions remain the same even when
the crane's upper structure is rolated.

RighI

Front - ­ --·Rear

L••
cae

"

.:'
;.
"
-il
~-
.,
",­
:~.
.
,~

E
~':
'(, ,,,
,
'"
~

Directional Terms Directional Terms

6
 T063050E

Components

• 7
4 5

14
13 12 11 10 9

• These illustrations may be slightly different from the actual machine. due to designing alteration.

1.Jib 9. Rear oulrigger

2. Auxiliary wire rope 10.Rear axle
3.Cab 11. Hydraulic oil tank
4. Boom 12.Front axle
5. Elevating cylinder 13. Front outrigger
6. Auxiliary winch 14.AuxiJiary hook block
7. Main winch 15. Main hook block
8. Engine 16.Main wire rope

Components Components
7
 Layout of Controls

Travel Operation Controls

3 (4 6 7 ,
o

)
_.;:;> • ..:..1.

.:'~ I -j:.
'~-'.:.
~~! ~: ..

(10

5 6

.
34

33

32
31 30 9

Layout of Controls Layout of Controls

8

 106JJ61'f

'­

See page
See page

1.Air pressure gauge· ••••...........•••. 27

21.PTO/travel speed warning lamp' ••••.••••. 31

2. Turn signal indicator lamp .•.•.........•• 30

22.Cenlral alarm display' ••..........•. 32, 110

3.Speedometer ..........•.••••........ 27
23.Hazard lamp switch •••••.........•.••. 49

4. High beam indicator lamp ...••••••••.... 30

24.Steering mode select swilch .........•••• 44

5. Tachometer .••••••.........••••••... 28
25.Wiper lexhausl brake switch ••.•....•• 42,47

6. Turn signal indicator lamp .........•••••• 30

26.Steering wheel •••....•.••••....... 26, 44

7.Water temperature gauge· .•.........••• 28

27.Lighting Iturn signal switch ...•••••.....• 47

8. Fuel gauge' ••••........•••••..•....• 28

28.Gearshift lever ..••••••.....••••••.•.. 39

9. Torque converter oil pressure gauge ••••... 29

29.Fuel control knob ..•.•••••.....••••••. 34

tu.Torque converter oillemperature qauqe e ' • • • 29

3D.Starter switch ••••.....••••••....••••• 34

11.Brake warning lamp ...•.•.•.........•• 30

31.Accelerator pedal •••.•......••••....•. 34

12.Suspension lock indicator lamp .•.•.•..... 30

32.Service brake pedal ••••••.......•.•••. 42

13.Four-wheel drive indicator lamp' ..•.••••.. 31

33.Drive mode select switch' ••••.•.....•.•• 37

14.Exhaust brake indicator lamp v- 31

34.Parking brake switch· .......•••.•...... 42

15.Low travel speed indicator lamp· .••••..... 31

35.Error number display' ••••.•......•••••. 62

16.Lock up indicator lamp ...•............• 31

36.Emergency engine slop switch •••.•.....• 64

17.Glow indicator lamp ...••••....••••.•.. 31

37.Emergencyaccelerator switch ....•••••.. 63

18.Rear steering center warning lamp' 31

38.Emergency transmission switch· .....•.••. 62

19.Water separalorwarning lamp············ 31

39.MDT system check switch· ....•••.....•• 62

20.GearshifUndicator ••..••.............. 31

·l~
r;
,~' Layout of Controls Layout of Controls
9

 'O~JJ61E

Crane Operation Controls

ISO Layout

o o

)
~1ID~rnrnGIJ
~~~ [g]
o

12 13
5 6 7 8
14

II
~ C

6
5

24 23 2
TZ9&<1S·1

Layout of Controls Layout of Controls

10
 lC63J62E

TADANO Layout

o)~-
a a

a a

..
~

·.. r
2 3 4

layout of Controls layout of Controls

11
 .~: .
T06J161f

~
E
o

". .
'~""".u

Right side of the superstructure

29

Right side of the superstructure

Layout of Controls Layout of Controls

12
 TC63361l:

See page See page

1.PTO lamp·············· 114
31.Work lamp switch···················· 189

·'l
y;,'
2. Jib lock indicator lamp . ...•...•••...... 157

3. Work lamp indicator lamp ...•........•• 189

32.0ulrigger state emergency register switch •• 110

33.0utrigger state emergency register indicator lamp

t, 4. Hydraulic oil temperature (50~C) warning lamp

................................. 110

; _T.,
·································189 34.2nd boom emergency telescoping switch ... 127

,
".
~:
-~. 5. Auxiliary winch operation indicator lamp •..• 124
35.3rd/4Ihftop boom emergency telescoping switch

6. Boom telescoping lauxiliary winch control selector ·································127

switch························· 124,127 36.Jib slate switch •......•.••.•...... 97, 156

7. Boom telescoping operation indicator lamp" 127

37.Jib removed indicator lamp ......•.•• 97,156

a.Swing free/lock selector switch .•••....•. 134

38.External warning lamps ....•••••....... 113

,
.. 9.AML (Overload prevention device) .•.•....• 86
39.Jib lock pin switch·· •.•..........•.•.• 157

10.Winch drum rotation indicator (option) ••... 124

40.Jib mounling/stowing switch .•...•...... 157

- ~
j 11.Auxiliary winch indicator lamp· 97, 124, 149
41.Jib mounting/stowing operationalily indicator lamp

12.Winch selector switch' 97, 124, 149

........ ·· .... · .... ·· ...... · .... ·157

13.0verwind cutout disable swilch 112, 124

42.Counterweight warning lamp ....•••••.•• 185

14.PTO switch····················· 110,114

15.Swing brake switch' .......•.••......• 134

16.0utrigger control switch" ....•••....... 116

17.Jacklslider selector switch ......•.••.... 116

1B.Exlend/retract selector switch .....••••.. 116

19.Bubblelevel ························116

20.Boom elevating control lever •.........•• 131

21.Main winch control fever ...••.......... 124

22.Lever stand unlock lever ....•.••.... 25,122

23.Boom elevating control pedal' ...•••..... 131

24.Boom telescoping control pedal' ...•••... 127

25.Boom telescoping /auxiliary winch control fever

·····························124.127
,,
26.3rdf4lhftop boom extending switch· •••.... 127

27.Horn switch ........•.•......•.•.•.. 134

28.Swing control lever .....••.•.......••• 134

29.Swing lock lever .•.........•••....... 134

30.0verride key switch' ...•........•... " 110

:i

Layout of Controls Layout of Controls

13

 rOljJJ~'lt: '.'

Others

T2'JIJO.l. I

See page
See page
1. Power window switch .•••....•....•..•••. 24
7.Air conditioner control panel (option) ..... , ••. 52

2. Lighter .... . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . •. 58
8. Cab lamp ..............•.....••....... 58

3. Ashtray ..••.....••........•..•....... 57
9. Seal· ...•••••......•...........••••.. 24

4.Roofwasher switch·················· ••• 188

10.Fan switch (option) .......•••....•....... 58

5. Roof wiper swkch ..•....... ,........... 188

11.Cablamp ·····························58

6. Oil cooler switch' ....•••...........•... 189

12.Power window close switch' ...••...•...••. 24

Layout of Controls Layout of Controls

14

 IOjSJ56E

Terminology

This seclion provides the meaning of some important Jib Length, Jib Offset Angle
terms used in this manual.
"Jib length" refers to tte center-to-center distance as il­

lustrated in Ihe figure below.

Load Radius, Lifting Height "Jib offset angle" refers to the angle formed by the cen­

terline of an extended jib and the centerline of the boom.

"Load radius" refers to the horizontal distance between

the crane's center of rotation and lhe vertical center of
the lifted load.
A "lifting height" is defined for each load radius and
refers to the vertical distance between the ground and
the bottom of the hook block raised 10 its uppermost po­
sition,

i'­
;'­ l Rated Lifting Capacity
TDOOIOE

"Rated lifting capacity" refers (0 the maximum allowable

1--
Center of rcteucn
Maximum Lifting Height
"Maximum lifting height" refers 10 the maximum lifting
height allowed.
load for a particular boom length and load radius.
Load radius
The mass of the hook block, rigging and load handling
devices must be considered as part of the toad and
must be deducted from Ihe rated lif1ing capacities. The
mass of individual hook blocks are indicated in the "IN­
FORMATION AND DATA" section at the end of this
manual.

," Without Load

Boom Length, Boom Angle
The phrase "without load" is used to indicate that no
"Boom length" refers to the distance from the pivot pin at

load is being lifted on the hook block.

the foot of the boom to the center axis of the sheave(s)

at (he boom head.

"Boom angle" refers to the angle formed by the boom's

centerline and the horizontal.

-- i,

~-----~------'=::::"-
TOnGG~1; I

Terminology Terminology
15
 rOJ5156E

Stability Section, Strength Section Outrigger Extension Width

"Stability section" refers to the section of the rated lifting
capacity table in which the major factor for determining
lifting capacity is the stability of the crane.
"Strength section" refers (0 the section of the rated lifting
capacity table in which the major factor for determining
lifting capacity is the structural strength of the crane.
In the rated lifting capacity table, the values below the
blue line are based on the stability of the crane.
The values above the blue line are based on the suuc­
lural competence of the crane for on-outrigger
operation, or of the tires for on-rubber operation.
"Outrigger extension width" refers to the horizontal dis­
lance between the right and left oulrigger floats when
outriggers are extended.
(1) Outrigger maximum extension width (L1)
This refers to maximally extended oulrigger exten­
sion width.
(2) Outrigger middle extension width (L2, L3)
This refers to desfqnatedly-middle-extended outrig­
ger extension width.
(3) Outrigger minimum extension width (L4)
This refers to minimally extended oulrigger extension
width.

Over-front
"Over-front" refers to the forward working area of the
carrier for which lifting capacities have been rated and
IT f7 1[I:.'>j. CD
r 11
listed in the rated lifting capacity table.
1I WJ ._lWJ ' [

-
L / - -.. L 4 - 1
l 3 -­
L1
.I
Over-front
ll-­ -
T'.!:;961

Maximum Extension Capacity, Middle

Extension Capacity
(1) Maximum extension capacity
Lifting capacity when outriggers are maximally ex­
Over-front Capacity, 360-degree Capacity tended.
(2) Middle extension capacity
"Over-front capacity" refers to the rated lifting capacity Lifting capacity when oUlriggers are extended to mid­
that can be lifted in the over-front area, dle.
"360-degree capacity" refers to the lifting capacities that (3) Minimum extension capacity
remain the same regardless of the area in which the lifting capacity when outriggers are minimally ex­
load is lifted. tended.

Terminology TenninologYI
16
,
-. ".'.,
.-. TOJI156E

On-outrigger Operation
"On-outrigger operation" refers to an operation per­
formed with a crane that is supported on outriggers.

On-rubber Operation

"On-rubber operation" refers to an operation performed

with a crane that is supported on the tires, and not on
the outriggers,

Traveling with Load on Hook

"Traveling with load on hook" raters to traveling with a
suspended load. No crane operations are being per­
formed during this activity.

Raising Load Just Clear of Ground

"Raising load just clear of the ground" refers to clearing

the load from the ground by hoisting up.

;:~
<.
'.'. .
.. '

. "

Terminology Terminology
17
MEMO

18
-,.,
"
~;,
., .
. :,:
- ~,
'-;

TRAVELING

~.

';
'.
~.
-~
 T06J311E

Traveling Procedure

A WARNING 6. let the engine warm up. make sure that all meters
A This section describes briefly the essential and monitor displays are normal and thai the engine is
steps for traveling the crane. For detailed informa­ not making abnormal sounds.
tion on the controls, refer to the appropriate pages
in this manual. Do not travel until you completely 7. Set the crane in the following traveling style:
understand all the instructions and information (1) Stow the auxiliary hook block in its stowing position.
given. (2) Stow and lock the jib and single lop in their stowing
A The precautions to be observed when traveling positions.
are described in the "Safety" section at the begin­ (3) Stow the main hook block in the front side of the
ning of this manual. Carefully read the section frame.
before traveling the crane.
(4) Fully retract the boom and place it over the front. Set
Au there is anything abnormal with the crane
the boom angle to its lowest angle.
when traveling, stop immediately, check and lo­
(5) Lock the upper swing structure with the swing brake
cate the cause of trouble, and arrange to repair and swing lock pin.
(6) Fully retract and stow the outriggers. Lock the outrig­
,
'. any faulty components. To prevent accidents, do
ger beams with the lock pins.
not travel until the repairs have been completed.
,-----~-----------~

Preparatory Steps
1. Perform pre-operational inspections.

2. Adjust the mirrors to angles where you can easily

watch both sides, backward and just forward of the vehi­
cle .
• The figure below shows the road view at a standard '1'.!'J751
driving position and traveling configuration.

Rearview mirror (right)

Under mirror
Rearview mirror (left)

i View range of
>
-: rearvlew miner (left)

j
,;
.
.' ,

t
/
Vehicle maximum
View range of under mirror Vehicle
outside edge

~- fronl end

3. Check the view condition and dirt of each mirror,

and clean it if necessary.

4. Enter the cab and adjust the seat and steering

wheel so that you can easily operate the levers and all
other controls. Fasten the seat belt.

5. Perform pre-start checks and start the engine.

Traveling Procedure Traveling Procedure

19
 T05337\E

8. Mak.e sure that the conlrollevers and switches are 9. Make sure that no warning and indicator lamps

in the following positions: are lit, except for the brake warning lamp.

1.Swing brake switch ......••...........• ~'ON" +At this point, the brake warning light is on as the

2. PTO switch .....•................... ·"OFF"

parking brake is activated.

3. Gearshift lever- ......••...••••...••••.. ·"N'· 1. Central alarm display •• - . - 'Off

4.Swing lock. lever •.••..•............. ·"LOCK" 2. PTa lamp ......•....... - - . - • - • - . - . - ·Off

5;Drive mode select switch' . 'Neutral "2·VIJl-IEEL (Hi)" 3. Jib lock indicator lamp .•............... 'Off

6. Swing free/lock select switch ·"LOCK" 4. Work lamp indicator lamp . - .. - - - - - . - - . - . -Off
7.Parking brake switch' .........•...... ·"PARK" 5. Hydraulic oil temperature warning (50 D C) lamp Off
8. Steering mode select switch •••..••• '''2-VIJl-IEEL'' 6. PTa/travel speed warning lamp -- ·Off
9.Jacklslider select switch· ·Neutral 7. Water separator warning lamp ...•. - .•••• 'Off
10. Extend/retract selector switch ••....••.•. ·Neutral 8. Rear steering center warning ramp . - 'Off
t t.Lever stands ....• -Stowed in the specified position 9. Glow indicator lamp . - . - •...........•• - -Off
12.Arm rests (of the seat) 10.Lock up indicator lamp . - ......•.•.•• - - • -Off
..••...••.... -Stowed in the specified position 11. Low travel speed indicator lamp .•. - - •• - - • -Off
12.Exhaust brake indicator lamp • - - • - - - - - • - . -Off
13,Four-wheel drive indicator lamp ··········-off
14.Suspension lock indicator lamp' 'Off
15.Brake warning lamp - 'On

a
7 9 II '3)@Ip
~I' 1 ~_~
'M8153-l

10. On rough or slippery roads, or on unpaved or soft

ground, select a drive mode suitable for the terrain con­
dition. In work sites, select a steering and drive mode
most suitable for the si!e conditions.

Traveling Procedure Traveling Procedure

20
 T06:l371E

Starting Traveling
1. Depress the service brake pedal and hold it down. Automatic Gear Shifting
Depressing the accelerator pedal with Ihe gearshift lever
in Drive automatically changes Ihe transmission from
first to third gear based on the traveling speed. This is
the normaltravellnq mode.
• \fIJhen the drive mode select switch selects La speed,
automatic gear shifting cannot be realized.

Manual Gear Shifting

TOOG~

Shift info First gear to start forward motion, then shift

into Second and then Drive to increase speed.
2. Set the parking brake switch to OFF. Make sure

\fIJhen climbing a grade white manually shifting gears,

that the brake warning lamp goes out.

choose the gear best suiled 10 Ihe the grade.

+If the parking brake is switched to OFF when air pres­

\fIJhen accelerating, depress lhe accelerator pedal and

sure is below the specified level, an alarm buzzer

then release it when the traveling speed reaches the

sounds \0 alert that the air pressure is low.

next higher range. Then shift to Ihe next higher gear.

\fIJhen decelerating, slow down to the next slower range
3. Check the shift positions while operating the

and then shift to the next lower gear.

gearshift lever:

(1) To go forward ' : -Dr've. First, Second

(2) To go backward -Reverse Traveling on Grade
• If Ihe gearshift lever is operated without releasing the
parking brake, the alarm buzzer will sound.
1. When traveling down a grade, release the accelera­
tor pedal and putt the exhaust brake switch 10 activate
engine braking.

Exhaust brake switch Accelerator pedal

~.."'y~

;
- ;:.
-', ,<'
, - j~'
4. Make sure the area completely around the vehicle
is safe. Release (he service brake pedal and start travel­
ing by slowly depressing the accelerator pedal.
2. If the speed can not be controlled with the exhaust
brake, shift down to activate stronger engine braking.
Before shifting down, slow down 10 the next slower
'-'; - .,
'ii,:l ;, range by depressing the foot brake.
~,'~', \

Tr<lveling Procedure Traveling Procedure

21
 T063311E

3. Also use the [oat brake to slow down. Be sure to Parking

slowly pump the fool brake to slow down more effective­
• Parking the crane for long periods causes the portion
ly.
of the tires that contact the ground to flatten. This effect
may produce vibration until the tires return to their origi­
nal shape with continued travel. To park for long
periods, extend the outriggers and keep the (ires off the
ground.

1. Depress the brake pedal 10 stop the vehicle,

2. With the brake pedal held down, shift into Neutral

and activate Ihe parking brake.

Gearshifllever Parking brake switch

Stopping
OFF PARK
1. Release fool from Ihe accelerator pedal and acti­

~
vate engine braking to slow down.

2. Depress Ihe brake pedal to stop the vehicle.

c®)
3_ Shift into Neutral.
T1~12~E

4. Switch the parking brake switch to PARK, then re­

lease foot from the brake pedal.
3. Release the brake pedal.

4. Turn off the air conditioner and other equipment in­

side the cab.

5. If a special traveling mode has been selected, re­

turn the sleering mode and drive mode to the normal
modes (two-wheel steering mode and high-speed two­
wheel drive mode).

6. Close all the side windows and door window of the

cab.

7. Shut off the engine and remove the starter key.

8. Leave Ihe cab and lock the door.

Traveling Procedure Traveling Procedure

22 - ~., '
 TOl5711F.

Crane Operator's Cab

Opening and Closing the Door Locking and Unlocking

A WARNING
AThe door, if not completely shut, could open
when the vehicle is traveling. Before traveling, be
sure to close and lock the door.
Insert the door key in the lock, and rotate it clockwise to
lock the door, or counterclockwise (0 unlock it.
• Do not leave the crane with the key inserted in the
lock.

A· CAUTION Leaving the Door Held Open

A Do not attempt to shut the door, holding it at To keep (he door open during crane operation, open the

the end. Your fingers may be pinched. When door fully and press the lock lever forward with the door

shutting the door, hold the door handle. fully open.

Before closing the door, press the lock lever to the rear.

Door
Lock rever

outer handle
Lod< TlJ06JE
T2lO(;5E

Inner handle

From Outside the Cab

Pull the outer handle sideways to slide the door open or
shut.

," From Inside the Cab

~, Pull the inner handle sideways 10 slide the door open or

closed.
' ...

Crane Operator's Cab Crane Operator's Cab

23
 TOl:i171E

Opening and Closing the Windows Adjusting the Seat Position

[NOTICE]
A WARNING
• Do not leave the windows open; wet controls may
..A.Adjust the seat position before traveling or
cause problems. Be sure to shut the windows before
starting operation. Making adjustments while
leaving the cab.
traveling or during operation could be dangerous.

Opening and Closing the Door Window The seat can be adjusted up or down, and forward or
backward. The headrest height, the armrest angle, and
Operate the power window switch to open or close the
the seatback angle are also adjustable. Adjust the seat
door window.
to a position that allows you to easily operate the control
• The door window can be opened or closed only while
levers and pedals.
the door is closed.

Unlock button

Power window switch

Close, Angle lange of reclining

Open-
/:-::;;=~~~a;?[Angle range of 'he arm rest
Reclining adjuster lever

T':J061E
Height adjusler lever T:)()(,![

Height Adjustment
Closing the Door Window from Outside of
the Cab Pull up the height adjuster lever and adjust the sea!
height. Return the lever 10 the original position after ad­
You can close the door window from outside of the cab
justment.
by operating lhe power window close switch.

Use this switch if you have exiled the cab with the door

window left open.

Forward/Backward Adjustment
• This switch is only for closing the door windows.
Pulllhe slide adjuster lever forward, and adjuslthe seat
forward or backward. The seat is locked in position
Ooorwindow when the lever is released. Try to move the seat back
and forth to ensure that it is locked in place.

Power window

-­
Seatback Angle Adjustment
CIOt'~Gi~_i"h~~~2-.-----..c:J
o Pull the reclining adjuster lever backward and adjust the

~ ... angle of the sealback. The seatback is locked in position

when the lever is released.

Crane Operator's Cab Crane Operator's Cab

24
 l
. ,," '\ T035771E
'~

c.

Armrest Angle Adjustment Stowing the Lever Stands

Press lhe unlock bulton and move Ihe armrest The
armrest can be locked either at the slowage position be­
A WARNING

hind or one of Ihe four front posilions (ala intervals).

P
A Unintentional touch of control levers when en·

taring the cab may cause the machine to move,

which is very dangerous. When crane operation is

Headrest Height Adjustment
PuJJ up the headrest and adjust the headrest height The
headrest can be adjusted at either of the two positions.
To lower the headrest push downlhe headrest while
pressing the unlock button.
over, stow the armrest and lean the lever stands
backward.
Move the lever stand lo the stowage position while
pulling Ihe unlock (ever.

posruon for crane operation

!: Slowage posilion
Lever stand A~" (for lr..Ivellng)

Unlock tever~ \",J~&

L- -- -- __;
. ,­

T2Jot~E

Crane Operator's Cab Crane Operator's Cab

25
 T0:l5771E

Adjusting the Steering Wheel

A WARNING
ABe sure to adjust the steering wheel before trav­

sling. Adjustment during traveling is dangerous.

The steering wheel is adjustable in height and angle.

Adjust it to a position that is comfortable.

Height Adjustment and Angle Adjustment

Turn the lock lever to the "Release" position and adjust
the height and angle of the sleering wheel.
• After adjustment, turn the lock lever \0 the "lock" po­
sition.

-:-: '.
.-~ }

Crane Operator's Cab Crane Operator's Cab

26
 :- "
T0633ll1E

How to Read the Instrument

Panel

Meters and Gauges

z
o

1. Air pressure gauge 5. Fuel gauge

2. Speedometer 6. Torque converter oil pressure gauge
3. Tachometer 7. Torque converter oil temperature gauge
4. Water temperature gauge

Air Pressure Gauge Speedometer

A WARNING
AA drop in air pressure for the air brakes below
the specified range is dangerous as it reduces air
brake performance.
When the air pressure drops below the specified
range, the low air pressure warning appears on
the central alarm display and the alarm buzzer
sounds continuously. Immediately stop the vehi­
cle in a safe location and apply the parking brake.
Shift into Neutral and rev the engine to increase
air pressure.
This gauge indicates the air pressure in the air tank.
A WARNING
Alf the vehicle speed exceeds the specified limit,
the speed warning appears on the central alarm
display and the buzzer sounds. Immediately de­
press the brake pedal and decrease the vehicle
speed until the buzzer stops.
Especially take care of the vehicle speed when
traveling down on a long grade.
The speedometer indicates the travel speed.
• Alarm buzzer beginslstops sounding at the follow­
ing speeds:
(1) When accelerating: 41km/h (intermittent)

l Normal pressure range] 540---830 kPa {5.S-S.5kgffcrllO[] 43km/h (continuous)

(2) When decelerating: 40km/h (intermittent)
36km/h (stops)

,
.- -: ,t
,
-
=10@
o @ :
<0
SO -4@

70';;
kmlh
Cl
-

,
-- -. .
ir­ 1051"9

How to Read the Instrument Panel How to Read the Instrument Panel
27

Tachometer
A WARNING
Alfthe engine overruns, the engine overrun
warning appears on the central alarm display and
the buzzer sounds. Immediately depress the brake
pedal to decrease the vehicle speed.
Especially take care of the engine revolutions
when traveling down on a long grade.
This meter indicates the number of engine revolutions
per minute.
The hour meter is built in the tachometer and counts
1 hour for each hour with an engine speed of 1,600
r/min [rpm]. Perform inspection and maintenance
work on (he basis of the displayed hours .
• When the engine rpm increases to 2950 r/min
[rpm], the alarm buzzer begins to sound. When it de­
crease (0 2700 r/min [rpm], the alarm buzzer stops
sounding.
How to Read the Instrument Panel
28
T063J81E
Waler Temperalure Gauge
[NOTICE]
• The engine may overheat if the gauge needle
reaches the red zone. Stop the vehicle in a safe
place and idle the engine to lower the water temper­
ature.
However, if the radiator fan is not running, stop the
engine immediately. After the engine has cooled
down, examine and locate the cause of trouble.
This gauge indicates the temperature of the engine cool­
ing water. When traveling, the gauge needle should be
in the white zone.
TOlTOII'·1
Fuel Gauge
This gauge indicates the amount of fuel remaining in the
fuel tank.
F ·The lank is full.
E .•••••..••.••••....••••.•..•••••. ·Add fuel.
.When the fuel level in the lank is approx. SOL or low,
fuel warning appears on the central alarm display. Add
fuel immediately.
L --= ,~
How to Read the Instrument Panel
 T063381E
•
"

': ri'
•.
:;(
o ~-

· ~,
Torque Converter Oil Pressure Gauge Torque Converter Oil Temperature Gauge
,
l:

[NOTICE] [NOTICE]

+Traveling with the torque converter oil pressure .'f the gauge needle reaches the yellow zone,

lowered can lead to damage to the clutches. decrease load, and travel with caring to the oil

The torque converter oil pressure warning appears temperature rise.

on the central alarm display if the torque converter If the gauge needle reaches the red zone, this in­

oil pressure is 1.0 MPa {10kgf/cm } or below.

t dicates that oil temperature is abnormally high.

Moreover, the buzzer sounds while the machine is in The buzzer sounds when oil temperature exceeds

the traveling configuration and the parking brake is 110°C and when vehicle speed exceeds 1 km/h.

released in this case. Immediately stop traveling and Stop the vehicle in a safe place and idle the en­

contact the nearest TADANQ distributor or dealer. gine to lower the oil temperature.

This gauge indicates the pressure of the torque convert­ This gauge indicates the temperature of the torque

er oil transmitted to each clutch of the transmission and converter oil. When traveling, the needle should be in

the PTO clutch of the torque converter. The normal oil the while zone.

pressure is listed below.

R'd~
Engine revolutions
1.7 MPa {17 .5kgf/cm } or over
1
y'''OWC=:]@ a ©
670 r/min [rpm] White
Engine revolutions
at maximum
2.0-2.3 MPa {20.5-24kgf/cm~

-0
TOI"iOO.t;.l

,
·-'..
Pa ©
,

·
PSi~ 'rmrn

,
1
:;
·

How to Read the Instrument Panel How to Read the Instrument Panel
29
 T063381E

Indicator Lamps

o
r<

T'l82J8' I

1. Turn signal indicator lamp a. Lock up indicator lamp

2. High beam indicator lamp 9. Glow indicator lamp
3. Brake warning lamp 10.Rear steering center warning lamp
4. Suspension lock indicator lamp 11.Water separator warning lamp
5. Four-wheel drive indicator lamp 12.Gearshift indicator
6. Exhaust brake indicator lamp 13.PTOflravel speed warning lamp
7. Low travel speed indicator lamp 14.Cenlral alarm display

Turn Signal Indicator Lamps Brake Warning Lamp

The right or left tum signal indicator lamp flashes in sync
A WARNING
with the external tum signal lamp.
Alf this lamp is fit when traveling, the brake fluid
+The flashing interval is shorter if the [urn signal lamp
may be leaking or the disk brake lining may be
blows or a lamp with improper wattage is used.
worn out. Immediately stop in a safe location and
+Pressing (he hazard lamp switch causes the right and
check the brake fluid for leakage and the brake lln­
left indicator lamps to flash simultaneously.
ing for wear.

This lamp comes on when [he brake fluid level in the

High Beam Indicator Lamp

reservoir has dropped.

This lamp is IiI when the headlights are on high beams. It also tights when the parking brake is activated.

It goes out when the headlights are on low beams.

Suspension Lock Indicator Lamp

This lamp comes on when the PTO switch is turned ON
and also when the boom comes out of within-2°-over
fronl area.

Huw to Read the Instrument Panel How to Read the Instrument Panel
30
 T0633alE

¥,
t

,.'-:
Four-wheel Drive lndicator lamp Rear Steering Center Warning lamp

This lamp comes on when you set four-wheel drive A WARNING

mode by placing the drive mode select switch in H/4D or AAttempting to travel on the public road
Ll4D. under two-wheel steering mode while the rear
steering center warning lamp is on is
hazardous because the rear wheels are not in
Exhaust Brake Indicator Lamp
straight-running positions. Before performing

~. This lamp comes on when you activate the exhaust

brake by pulling the wiper lexhaust brake switch. This
two-wheel steering, make sure that lamp is not
lit and the rear wheels are in straight-running
I~
..~, lamp goes out when the switch is restored. positions .

k-'.­ This lamp indicates the state of the rear wheels as fol­

Low Travel Speed Indicator Lamp lows:

Not lit: In straight running positions

This lamp comes on when the low-speed four-wheel dri­

Lit: Out of straight running positions

ve mode is set by placing the drive mode select switch

in U4D.
Water Separator Warning Lamp

Lock Up Indicator Lamp [NOTICE]

+ Presence of water in the fuel system can cause
This lamp comes on when torque converter lock-up is
engine trouble. If this lamp lights, drain water
engaged.
from the fuel system.
In descending a slope, engine braking effect goes up if
traveling with this lock up indicator lamp on by making This lamp comes on when the water accumulated in
,
'. proper shift changes in accordance with the road lnclina­ the fuel filter exceeds the specified level.
"
lion.
Drain water from the fuel filter referring to the "Fuel
+When the drive mode select switch is in a La speed,
System" section.
the lock-up device will not be engaged.

Gearshift Indicator
Glow Indicator Lamp The illuminated letter on this indicator shows the current
This lamp is lit while the air heater is functioning. gearshift position.
,ii. For the air heater. see the "Starling and Stopping the
i:

)-
,
.. Engine" section.

PTOfTravel Speed Warning Lamp

INOTICE]
+When traveling on public roads, turn the PTO
switch to OFF. When traveling with a load lifted, turn
the PTO switch to ON.

This lamp flashes to alert the operator if the traveling

•• speed has exceeded 4 km/h with the PTO switch ON.

"', '

,
.

How to Read the Instrument Panel How to Read the Instrument Panel
31
 T063331E

Central Alarm Display The central alarm display ~hows a warning sign when

an abnormalily occurs in crane components and sys­

A WARNING tems.

A. Traveling and crane operation while leaving a If two or more abnormalities are present at the same

warning shown on the central alarm display can time, the display sequentially shows the warnings 3 sec­

lead to a serious accident and damage to the onds for each.

crane. If a warning appears, take safety measures

immediately.

Central alarm dlspla Machin.e condition Safe rneasures

This sign appears and (he alarm buzzer sounds
when the air pressure is abnormally low.
• The alarm buzzer will stop when the parking
brake switch is set to "PARK".
Low air
Park. the crane in a safe location and
supply air unlil the sign goes out. If the
sign does not go out, contact your nearest
TADANO distributor or dealer.

pressure warning

nOOHE

This sign appears when [he engine oil pressure Stop the engine and check. the engine oil
is abnormally low. level if this sign appears while the engine
• This sign appears when the starter switch is is running.
set to "ON" and disappears when [he engine Add oil jf it is short. If the oil level is in

Engine oil
starts. (he specified range, some problem exists
pressure warning

in the system. Contact the nearest

TADANO distributor or dealer for a check­

u .

This sign appears and the alarm buzzer sounds Check the torque converter oil level if this

when the torque converter oil pressure is sign appears while the engine is running.

abnormally low. Add oil if it is short. If the oil level is in

• The alarm buzzer will slop when the parking the specified range, some problem exists
Torque converter brake switch is set to "PARK". in the system. Contact the nearest
oil pressure warning

.This signs appears when the starter switch is TADANO distributor or dealer for a

TlOOl~E
set to "ON" and dtsa ears when [he en ine starts checku .

This sign appears when the hydraulic oil Stop the crane operation and cool the

temperature is 85°C or higher. hydraulic oil temperature.

Hydraulic 011 pressure

8S·C warning

This sign appears when an abnormality of the If this sign appears while the engine is
battery charging system is detected. running, contact the nearest TADANO
.This signs appears when the starter switch is distributor or dealer.
set to "ON" and disappears when the engine
Battery cl1arging
system abnormality starts.
warning
TlJ1711E-1

How to Read the Instrument Panel How to Read the Instrument Panel
32
_. 'i
, ~'

TQ5JJ31E

~-
I. Machine condition Safe measures
t
This sign appears and the alarm buzzer sounds Release the accelerator pedal and/or
when the vehicle speed exceeds the specified depress the brake pedal 10 decrease
range. vehicle speed into the specified range.

Speed warning

This sign appears and the alarm buzzer sounds Release the accelerator pedal and/or
when the engine revolutions reach the danger depress the brake pedal 10 decrease
zone. engine revolutions.

Engine
overrun
warning
TIOO.\1E

This sign appears when the fuel level in the fuel Supply fuel.
lank is approx. SOL or low.

Low fuel
level warning

This sign appears when an abnormality of Ihe Slop the travel or crane operation. Press
multiplex data transmitter system is detected. the MDT system check switch once to see
whether the multiplex data transmitter
system recovers itself or not If the
MDT abnormality abnormality persists, report ihe error code
warning
to your nearest TADANO distributor or
1Il171~E
dealer.
This sign appears when the jack/slider selector Relum the jack/slider selector switch or
,.
r switch or the extend/retract selector switch is out the extend/retract selector switch back to
of the neutral position. When no operation is done the neutral position when finishing lhe
with this state for approx. 10 seconds, the alarm outrigger operation.
Oulsigger swilrll
ecuveuon warning buzzer will sound.
TOI7I~E

This sign appears when the override key switch is Return the override key switch to OFF.
;
•s set 10 ON and the PTa switch is set to A • Do not use override key switch unless
(override position). in emergency.
The sign indicates that the automatic function of
AML cancellation
warning the AML is canceled.

This sign appears when an abnormality of the Contact your nearest TADANO distributor
data receiver system in the instrument panel is or dealer.
detected (instrumentation failure) .

"D • lt is not abnormal for this sign to appear for a

Serial oata receiver
,.• abnormality warning few seconds after starting the engine.
lIll719E

How to Read the Instrument Panel How to Read the Instrument Panel
33
 Tll!i3l91E

Starting and Stopping the

Engine
Controls

.. "-.'.'.'.'-'-','.' .,.-.,-,-,-,-,y",-,.-. 129001-1

1. Starter switch
2. Fuel conlrol knob
3. Accelerator pedal

How to Use the Starter Switch
[NOTICE]
.Do not leave the starter key in the "ON" position
with the engine stopped. The battery will run down if
the flood lamps, fan, or other equipment is used for
hours with the engine off and the starter switch
turned to "BATIERY" or "ON". If using electrical
equipment for long periods of time, be sure to run
the engine to maintain the battery charge.
"OFF" -Shuts off the engine. The key can
be inserted or removed in this
position. Turning the switch back to
OFF shuts off the engine.
"ON" ••••..•••• 'AII electrical systems are activated.
"5TART' ...••.• 'Starts the engine. Release the key
after the engine has started. The
switch will automatically return to
ON.
"BATTERY" ...•• 'The power windows, fan, washer,
wiper, hom, and flood lamps can be
used wilh the engine off.

T2BOIJJ::

Starting and Stopping the Engine Starting and Stopping the Engine
34
 ,.
.

TD63J91E

Pre-starting Checks Starting the Engine

Before starling the engine, perform the following inspec­ [NOTICEI
tion and checks: .00 not hold the slarter switch in the start position
for more than 15 seconds, as this practice will over­
1. Perform the pre-operational inspections. heat the starter motor. If the first attempt to start the
• For an explanation of the engine pre-operational in­ engine fails, wait at/east 30 seconds before trying
spection procedure, see [he "Engine Operation and again.
Maintenance Manual".

-
...
,:
2. Make sure that the controls are placed in the follow­ Starting the Engine
ing positions: 1. Depress the brake pedal and position the starter
(1) Lever stands - Stowage position
switch at "STARr. Release the key immediately once
(2) Parking brake switch ............•• , .. "PARK"

the engine has started.

(3) Gearshift
. lever ., .•••.•.••.......••...•. "N"

.When the starter switch is turned to "ON" while the

(4) PTa switch .•....•..•••. , .••...•.•.. "OFF"
3. Make sure that no lamp bulb on the instrument pan­
el has burned out If the lamps on the instrument panel
shown below light for 2 or 3 seconds when \he starter
switch is turned 10 the "ON" position, the lamps are
working properly.
• .If any lamp remains unlit, have it inspected by the
" .If the cooling water temperature is low, depress the
nearest TADANa distributor or dealer.
------~1Y
cooling water temperature is low, the glow indicator
lamp lights up and the air heater is energized. Turn
the starter switch to "START" after lhe lamp goes out.
The lamp is lit if the air heater is energized due to
timer operation after the engine is started,
• The engine cannot be started while the shift lever
is out of "N" position .
accelerator pedal. This enters Ihe starter increase
mode.
.00 not step on the accelerator pedal if the PTO switch
is on.

r'.
..
-------.g.)r-------c==c

I
~ '"k. pedal Starter
switch
T'.!801~E

Warming Up the Machine

Warm up the vehicle until the needle in !he water

temperature gauge begins 10 move.

Adjust the engine speed by using the fuel control

knob.

(1)"AUTO" (Fuel control knob is pushed)

The engine speed is controlled automatically ac­

. ; .".
',--{ cording to the water temperature of the engine .
Usually, set this knob to this position.

Starting and Stopping the Engine Starting and Stopping the Engine
35
(2)"MANUAL" (Fuel control knob is pulled)
The engine speed can be adjusted manually.
The engine speed goes up when turning the fuel
control knob 10the "FAST" direction, and the en­
gine speed falls when turning to the "SLOW"
direction. Adjust the engine speed as necessary.
+ After warming up. push the fuel control knob into

the "AUTO" position.

+When the PTO switch is "ON", "AUTO" mode

T'2JI~I'2
does not function.

Stopping the Engine

,
PUSH
AUTO
.......

PUll

MIINUAl

[NOnCE]
0;9~ ~ '<-, +Stopping the engine when it is running at high
II AUTO speeds could damage the engine. Be sure to stop

o t PUSH the engine when it is running at idling speeds.

+ Stopping the engine immediately after traveling

" " PULL could affect it adversely. Before shutting off the en­

MANUAL
gine, be sure to idle it for approximately 5 minutes

to cool down the engine components.

Warm-up Checks 1. Before stopping the engine, place the parking brake

During warm-up, check for abnormal exhaust gas color, switch. gearshift lever and PTO switch in \he following

sound and vibration. Also, check that the gauges and in­ positions:

dicator lamps related \0 the engine display their normal (1) Parking brake swnch "PARK"
(2) Gearshift lever· •••••...•............... "W

reading as shown. If not, shut off the engine and have

(3) PTO switch •••...................... "OFF"

the nearest TADANO distributor or dealer check the

problem.
+When air pressure is low after draining waler from the
2. Turn the starter switch to "OFF" \0 stop the engine.

air tank or for other reasons, an alarm buzzer sounds to

indicate low air pressure after the engine has started.
The alarm buzzer will stop once a sufficient amount of
air is supplied.

1. Air pressure qauqe 540-830 kPa {5.5-85k,rlcm'}

2. Water temperature
gauge
~. Fuel gauge
4. Torque converter oil
pressure gauge
5. Torque converter oil
temperature gauge
6. Central alarm display
Indicates white zone (after
warm-up)
Above "E"
1.7 MPa(17.5kgflcm'} or over
(when Ihe engine speed is
700 rimin rrpml\
Indicates white zone (af\er
warm-up)
No warning is shown.

.',
j':.
.. '"
Starting and Stopping the Engine Starting and Stopping the Engine
36
 tesecers
Changing Drive Mode

Controls

,
,',.,
,~,

1. Drive mode select switch

Changing Drive Mode Drive Modes

[NOTICE]
Three drive modes can be set by operating the drive

+Operating the drive mode select switch when trav­

mode select switch.

eling or when the transmission is not in Neutral may

Choose the drive mode suited to the road or working

damage the transmission or other components.

conditions.

Before operating the switch, be sure to stop the ve­

(1) High-speed two-wheel drive mode
hicle and shift into Neutral.
Turning the drive mode select switch fa the neutral
+In four-wheel drive mode, a greater torque load is
position allows the crane to travel in the high-speed
;,
~'
applied to the drive system than in two-wheel drive
two-wheel drive (front wheels) mode.
i mode. Therefore, traveling in four-wheel drive mode
Select this drive mode when traveling on public

t"
r
for long periods of time can cause the tires to wear
roads.

~.
quickly and can damage the drive system.

, If there is no reason to use four-wheel drive mode,

Drive mode setect swilch
"

f,""Wh"'}"~
return to two-wheel drive mode as soon as possible.

+ Make sure that the drive mode indicator lamps are

lit or unlit in agreement with the actual position of

(Hiqh-speed,

IHlgh·'pee d. twO'Wh"'}"'ll~JI
the drive mode select switch. Traveling with the

lamps lit or unlit incorrectly will lead to damage to

the transmission.

(Low speed, lour-wheel)··--·· ~

+Continuously driving the front wheels without dri­

ving the rear wheels damages the transmission

bearings and other components.

If there is need to drive the wheels when the tires

are off the ground while the outriggers are extended,

do so in the four-wheel drive mode.

To perform this operation, position the tires straight

ahead. Do not allow persons 10 come near the oper­

ating place.

Changing Drive Mode Changing Drive Mode

37
 T05ll081E

(2) High-spe~d four-wheel drive mode Changing Drive Mode

Turning the drive mode select switch to "H/4D" al­
lows the crane to travel in the high-speed four-wheel
1. Stop the vehicle on level ground.

drive mode.
Select this drive mode when traveling on slippery
2. Make sure that the transmission is in Neutral, then
change the drive mode selecl switch to the desired drive
road surfaces such as rough or snow-covered roads.
mode.
+ When [his drive mode is selected, the four-wheel
drive indicator lamp is lit.
3. Make sure thatthe corresponding indicator lamp
comes on (goes off).
Drive mode select switch +If the machine starts to travel while incorrect indicator

, ,
lamps are IiI or unlit, the alarm buzzer sounds. If you
continue traveling in this condition, the transmission will
'"'r:fl~ be damaged.
c::::;>
,,
~ ......

nJOSO~

(3) Low-speed four-wheel drive mode

Turning the drive mode select switch to "U4D" allows
the crane to travel in the low-speed four-wheel drive
mode.
Selectthis drive mode when traveling on unpaved
roads, rough terrain, or traveling with a load on the
hook block.
+When this drive mode is selected, the four-wheel
drive indicator lamp and the low travel speed indica­
tor lamp are lit

Drive mode select switch ,,

'"'
r:fl~

,, ,,
---~ ......

'"'~~
,,
---~ ......
T~JOSIE

Changing Drive Mode Changing Drive Mode

38
 T06:l401E

Changing Speed Range

Controls

,
,,
,.
, ~': .. ,," '-'-'-'-'."" .'" '.'.'-'-'-'-'.'\.'-'-" .
'-
T29009·1

"
~.
1. Gearshift lever
r

Changing Speed Range

Gearshift Positions

A WARNING

AWhen the transmission is in first or second

gear, gearshifts are not performed automatically

based on the traveling speed. "the traveling

speed exceeds the selected speed range of these

gears, the engine will over-rev.

When the travel speed exceeds the selected speed

range, traveling down a steep grade for example,

,-: slow down by slowly pumping the foot brake.

,~

The transmission speed range is selected with the

gearshifllever.

Gearshift lever

:.'

Unlock button

.'

Changing Speed Range Changing Speed Range

39
 TQ6J4QIE

"R"· • Reverse. Enables the vehicle to move backwards. Operating Gearshift Lever to Start Traveling
"N"· . Neutral. Select this position when starling the en­
gine and stopping and parking, and during crane WARNING

operations.
AMoving the gearshift. lever from neutral to other

"0"· . Drive. Depressing the accelerator pedal automati­

positions (0,1,2 or R) causes the vehicle to begin

cally shifts the transmission from first gear to third

"creeping". Before shifting the lever out of neutral,

gear based on the traveling speed while [he high­

be sure to depress the service brake pedal to pre­

speed drive mode is selected.

vent the vehicle from moving.

+When the drive mode seleel switch selects Lo

speed, [he transmission is fixed 10 the third gear.
"2" .. Second. Used when fravelinq up a long grade or
1. Step on the service brake pedal by right foot and
keep it depressed.
traveling down a grade with engine brakes. The
transmission is fixed in second gear.
"1"·· First. Used when traveling up an extremely steep
grade or when strong engine braking is required.
The transmission is fixed in first gear.

Drlve mode Gearshift Speed range

1 High speed, first
High speed,
2 High speed, second
2-wheelor
D High speed, automatic trans­
4-wheel
mission from first through third lOO69?
drive
R High speed, reverse
1 Low speed, first
Low speed, 2. Turn the parking brake switch to OFF and make
2 Low speed, second
4-wheel sure that the brake warning lamp goes oul.
D Low speed, third
drive
R Low speed, reverse
3. Operate the gearshift lever to check the position of
each speed range:
+ The gearshift lever is so constituted to move as
(1) To move forward .... Drive, First, Second
shown below to prevent mtsoperauon. To unlock, press
(2) To move backward' .. Reverse
the unlock button situated by the knob side.
+ The alarm buzzer will sound if the gearshift lever is
operated without disengaging the parking brake.

4. Make sure it is safe around the vehicle and then re­

D Free
lease the service brake pedal and slowly depress the
accelerator pedal to start traveling.

t Lock

T01~JJr·l

Changing Speed Range Changing Speed Range

40
 T06:3011011:
' .. ~..
,
. '';'
,
",":
~,.

Operating Gearshift Lever while Traveling

'~

, :f\
,

A WARNING
-i:­"
::.
A Do not travel with the gearshift in "N" position.
This will cause transmission seizure, excess
speeding, etc. to cause a serious trouble.
;­
j,
[NOTICE]
," • Shifting from First, Second, Third or Drive into
Reverse, or from Reverse into First, Second, Third
or Drive while traveling may damage the transmis­
sion. Be sure to stop the vehicle before shifting into
or out of Reverse.

The gears can be shifted manually while {raveling. Shift

into First gear to start traveling and (hen change 10

Second gear, and then Drive to speed up.

When ascending a grade while manually shifting gears,

choose the proper gear to climb the grade.

When accelerating, depress [he accelerator pedal until

the vehicle speed reaches the next higher range; then

with the accelerator pedal released, shift the lever up.

When decelerating, slow down to the next slower range

and then gear down.

• Shifting inlo Second or First gear at high speeds acti­

vates the safety device for engine protection, which
prevents the gear from shifting down until a safe travel­
ing speed is reached. Before shifting to a lower gear,
slow down using the foot brake.

Soeed ranoe
Shin position
H; Lo
.,­ o {a g kmfh o to 4 kmfh
"2" o to 20 kmfh 0(0 B kmfh
"D" o to 39 kmfh o to 15 kmfh
"R" o to 9 km/h o to 4 km/h
• While traveling in the La speed range (the low travel
speed indicator lamps is on), transmission does not shift
automatically even if the gearshift lever is set to the "D"
position. In Jow-speed traveling, perform gearshift lever
operation manually without fail. Take care that the en­
gine does not overrun.

Changing Speed Range Changing Speed Range

.. :,. 41
 T058lOIE

Brakes

Controls

.. ''''.'-'.'-'.'­ ','.'-'-'-'-'-'- .'-'''''.'' 1"2'3010-1

1. Service brake pedal

2. Parking brake swilch
3. Exhaust brake switch

Foot Brake To stop the vehicle temporarily. depress the service

brake pedal with the transmission in First. Second.

A WARNING Drive, or Reverse.

ASefore traveling down a long or steep grade, Depress the service brake pedal early, slowly pumping

perform a brake test and make sure that the brake it.
system functions normally.

AAbrupt braking not only damages the tires and

brake system, but also causes the vehicle to skid

on a slippery road surface. Avoid abrupt braking.
AExcessive use of the service brake pedal can
overheat the brake discs and brake pads leading
to a decrease in brake performance or "brake
fade" which can cause the brake to become inop­
erable.
When traveling down a long grade, shift down to
the proper speed range to activate engine braking
and use the exhaust brake as supplement. Slowly
pump the service brake pedal to effectively slow
down.

AWhen the brake warning lamp goes on during

travel, there may be external leakage of brake fluid

or wear of disc brake pad. Stop the carrier immedi­

ately and check for fluid leaks and pad wear.

Brakes Brakes
42 ':~",
 T0581011,;

Parking Brake Exhaust Brake

Activate the exhaust brake by pulling out the exhaust

A WARNING
brake switch and releasing lhe accelerator pedal. The

Aro park, activate the parking brake with the

exhaust brake is released temporarily when the acceler­

transmission in Neutral.
ator pedal is depressed.

AAvoid parking on a grade. To park on a steep

Use the exhaust brake when strong engine braking is

grade, activate the parking brake and block the

required, such as when traveling down a grade. If the

tires with chocks.

speed can not be controlled with the exhaust brake,

AExcept when in an emergency, do not use the

, downshift to activate stronger engine braking.

" parking brake while traveling.

• The exhaust brake indicator lamp comes on when lhe
exhaust brake switch is pulled backward.
Activate/release the parking brake wilh the parking
brake switch. Use this switch when parking the vehicle.
,
~" "PARK" ..•. Activates the parking brake.
"OFF" ..... Releases the parking brake.
• If the air pressure in Ihe air lank is below the specified
range, the parking brake will not be released even when
=
the parking brake switch is turned OFF. Also, an alarm
buzzer sounds when lhe switch is turned 10 OFF.
• If an attempt to slartlraveling with the parking brake
, \

activated is made, an alarm buzzer will sound.

TU113~

• The brake warning lamp is lit when the parking brake

is activated.
• Do not apply parking brake before the carrier has
come 10 a complete stop.

Parking brake swilch

\ ,
=> :1 ,i2~1=
,
THQ:lSE

Brakes
43
 T05<l112E

Steering

Controls

12901'-1

1. Steering wheel
2. Sleering mode select switch

Changing Steering Mode .When shifting (he steering mode, depress the switch
fully. If the switch is not depressed fully, the correspond­
A WARNING ing indicator flashes.
Ex. If you fail to shift from two-wheel steering mode to
A Traveling on public roads in one of the special
four-wheel steering mode and all the steering mode
steering modes (four-wheel coordinated steering,
switches become reset, the indicator lamp for the
crab steering and rear steering) is dangerous. On
two-wheel steering mode select switch flashes. In
public roads, never use special steering modes.
this case, the two-wheel steering mode remains se­
Use special steering modes at low speeds and
lected. Press the four-wheel steering mode select
within wor\l; sites or rough terrain only.
switch again 10 make Ihe indicator lamp for the four­
On public roads, travel in the two-wheel steering
wheel steering mode switch light up.
mode.

Choose from four steering modes using the sleering

mode select switch. The crane travels differenUy in each
sleering mode. Choose the steering mode best suited to
(he situation.

z-wheel 4-wheel Crab Rear

Steering mode select switch
Flashing

X~·I
=
,
z-wheer <I-wheel Rear

Indica lor lamp (green) tndicatcr lamp (red)

Steering Steering
44
 TOSS1l2E

Steering Modes 2. Press the sleering mode select swilch for the four­
wheel coordinated steering, crab steerlnq or rear
(1)Two-wheel steering mode
steering.
Steering is performed by the two front axle wheels
• Make sure lhat the indicator lamp corresponding to
. only. Use this steering mode to travel on public roads.
the selected steering mode is lit.
" (2)Four-wheel coordinated steering mode
The front wheels and rear wheels turn in opposite di­ a-whee! steering
rections. This steering mode is useful in a small work
site, because it provides the smallest turning radius.
(3)Crab steering mode
,
"
The front wheels and rear wheels turn in the same di­
rection. This steering mode is useful 10 pull the 2-Whee0-Wheel Crab Rear

vehicle over 10 the side of a road, because the vehicle Lit

Crab steering
-i.:. (ravels obliquely.
~:
.~ (4)Rear steering mode
Steerlnq is performed by the two rear axle wheels
only. This sleering mode is useful in a small work site.

2-wheel 4-wheel/Crab Rear

Lil
Rear sleering

Two-wheel Four-wheel Crab steering Rear steering

[jJ~~~
2-wheel a-wheel crab/Rear
sleering coordinaled Lit nH~lE
steering
T.:!~74?E

3. Move the steering wheel, and visually confirm the

From Two-wheel to Four-wheel Coordinated front and rear wheels show the same motion as the se­
ICrablRear Steering Mode lected steerinq mode.
•i
, 1. Stop the vehicle with the front wheels centered.
• If the steering mode is changed with lhe front wheels From Four-wheel Coordinated/Crab/Rear to
turned even slighlly, lhe steering angle will be different Two-wheel Steering Mode
between the fran! wheels and rear wheels.
1. Slap the carrier with the rear wheels directed
'~,
straight so that the rear steering center warning lamp
goes out.

\ ,
~ll1fl-
, , ....
--~

< 'j
=
o "0 o0
&
GOG
~
Steering Steering
45
 2. Press the steering mode select switch for two­

wheel steering. Now the two-wheel steering mode has

been set

• Make sure that the indicator lamp for the two-wheel

steering mode is lit.

3. Try to turn the steering wheel and visually confirm

that the rear wheels do not move.

Steering Steering
46 ;;;:,. ,
 TQI;J601E

Lighting and Other Switches

,. Controls
;;!
&.
::J'
2

1. Wiper /exhaust brake switch 3. Horn switch

2. Lighting Iturn signal switch 4. Hazard lamp switch

Wiper IExhaust Brake Switch, (1 )Lighting switch

Turning the lighting switch when the starter switch is
Lighting {fum Signal Switch
ON activates the following lamps:
The switches shown in the figure below are incorporated
Clearance lamps, tail lamps.
in the wiper /exhaust brake switch and the lighting Iturn
Switch license plate lamps,
signal switch. Headlight
position insuument lamp
"OFF" - -
:::D - Lights

:::D Lights Lights

Wiper lexhaust brake switch Lighling Iturn siQnal5wjl~h

• Wiper switch • Lighting swjlch

• Washer switch • Dimmer switch
• Exhaust brake switch • Tum signal swilch

~D~ 2:D
~~OFF~

lighting and Other Switches lighting and Other Switches

47
 T06:>liOIE

(2)Dimmer switch (4)Washer switch and wiper switch

Pushing the lever down when the headlights are on
switches (rom low beams (0 high beams. Retuminp
the lever switches back 10 low beams.
If you want to momentarily turn on the headlights, pull
up the lever. The high beams will (urn on regardless
of the position of lighting switch. Releasing the lever
returns it to its original posilion and the high beams
lurn off.
• The high beam indicator lamp is lit when the high
beams are on.
[NOTICE]
• Do not use the wipers on dry glass; doing so
will damage the glass. Wet glass by spraying the
window with washer fluid before using the wipers.
• Never spray washer fluid continuously for more
than 3 seconds and do not operate the washer
switch when there is no window washer fluid. This
practice may burnout the pump.
Washer fluid can be sprayed on (he windshield by

pressing in the switch end knob.

\ J Rotating the switch activates the wipers as follows:

"OFF" •••...••••• Stops the wipers.

, \
"INT" ••....••••• Wipes once in 3 10 5 seconds.

"LO" .......•.•.. Wipes at low speed.

"HI" ...•...•.... Wipes at high speed.

"~
Washer ....
High beam Low beam

(3)Turn signal switch

Pushing the lever up or down causes the turn signal
lamps to flash.
• If the lever does not return automatically by re~en­
tering the steering wheel, return it by hand. T02~·l2J:;

• The right or left turn signal indicator lamp flashes in

sync with the exterior turn signal lamps. • When the washer fluid runs out. remove the cover
in the front of the cab and refill the washer fluid tank
\ J \ J with washer fluid.

, \ , \
~
----T' ~
--::::~~ ~
L'ft

~_._._. _ _"""" -·-7\

Right
-.------........... ._,_._._.!...i
T2.1103F.
R
C,." 7U~~L_---=:J
• o
Washer nuid tank

Lighting and Other Switches Lighting and Other Switches

48
 TCli36CIE

~'

Hazard Lamp Switch

[NOTICE]
+Illuminating the hazard signal for long periods
when the engine is off causes the battery to run
down. If you want to use the hazard signal for a long
time, keep the engine running.

Pressirq the hazard lamp swrtch causes both turn signal

ramps 10 nash, also causing the (urn signal indicaLor
lamps to flash. Pressing the switch again causes the
lamps 10 go oul.
~- Use this switch when parking on the road side, to alert
other drivers of a vehicle problem.
- ~j

, .· ~....
.'Q
•
.. ,~ II.
• •

Hazard lamp switch T~JIO~E

,; Horn Switch
,~
r;

" Pressing the center of the steering wheel causes the

horn to sound.

, 'r_

,'>
<";J;,;
Lighting and Other Switches Lighting and Other Switches
:-~
49
 T06]412E

Tires

Air Pressure

WARNING
A Do not travel nor perform on-rubber operation
if tire's air pressure is below the values in the list
below.

[NOTICE]
• When parking the crane for a long time, extend
the jacks to stroke end and lift the wheels up from
the ground. Otherwise, tires will get deformed.

Check for air pressure to the table below. Make this

check every month when tires are cool.

Air pressure
Usage
29.5-25-22PR
Travel 343 ,Pa [3.5 kgf/cm'j
On-rubber opera lion 412 kPa [4.2 kgffcm~

Restriction on Continuous Driving

To maintain the proper performance of the tires over
their life, stop and cool them periodically while traveling.
Cooling time depends on atmospheric temperature.

Max. average speed 30 km/h 39 km/h

Tires Air pressure Ambient Traveling Cooling Traveling Cooling
remo.
Traveling
29.5-25-22PR 350 kPa 38·( 180 min. 210 min. 60 min. 210 min.
(BRIOGESTONE VL2A E-3 EJAI (3.5 kgf/cm'l cycle
(TOYO TIRE G62 HI 50"( 60min. 270 min. 40min. 270 min.
T6111\>1:

Tires Tires
,

'.<

50
 TIJ.l6IJLE

"~
Air Conditioner (Option)
, -f
~
A WARNING

A Wtlile the engine and the air conditioner are

running, be sure not to touch the rotating objects

(fan belt, condenser fan, etc).

[NOTICE]
• Operate the air conditioner after starting the en­

gine.Before stopping the engine, turn off the power

swltch of the air conditioner.

• Do not place an obstructive object at the front of

the louvers.

• While the air conditioning is running, keep the

window and door closed.

• Avoid parking the carrier in a place where it is ex­

posed to direct sunlight. When the carrier has been

parked in such a place, ventilate the cab first before

starting the air conditioner.

• For healthy air conditioning:

Use the air conditioner to lower the temperature

and humidity.

For healthy air conditioning, the optimum condl­

lion is to provide a 5-BoC temperature difference

from the ambient temperature. Adjust the room

.< temperature so that it is not excessively lowered

'.'
!.. and the operator is not exposed to cold air for a

."
¥~ long time.
,t:,~~.. • Ventilation:
The air inside the cab becomes dry due to the air
,<
conditioner's dehumidifying effect. During smok­

ing, open the window for a while to ventilate the

cab.

" ":­

Air Conditioner (Option) Air Conditioner (O...tion)

51
 Components

~ Air circu)lllion inside cab

Q. Outside-cab air supply

-,; "',; .. r-.

----
11 10 Min.<] r> MaM,

• • --
12
Cool <l I> Hot
Face Face and fool Fool
~IIDDDD~ • •
The current volume
The current temperature

T2JI61E

Switches Signs on the LCD panel

1. Power switch
8. Sign of air supply selection

2.Air conditioner switch

9. Sign of air conditioner operation (Snow-shaped sign)

3. Inside/outside air selector switch 10. Sign of air now volume

4. Air flow switches 11.Sign of air temperature
5. Temperature control switches
12.Sign of air blowing direction
6.Air outlet changeover switch
13.Sign of defroster use
7. Defroster switch

Air Conditioner (Option) Air Conditioner (Option)

52
 TIl4S172E

.;:
,",­

Power switch Defroster switch

Each lime you press this switch, the power (0 the air
This switch is used to set the air flow coming out of the
conditioner is turned on or off alternately.
defroster.

VVhile the switch is on, signs are shown on the liquid

To cancel the defroster mode, press this switch again or

crystal display.
press the air outlet changeover switch. The air flows will

.,, Air conditioner switch

come out in the direction lasl selected.

V\lhile Ihe defroster is used, the corresponding sign is

shown on the display.

This switch is used to start up the compressor and to ac­

tivate the cooling/dehumidification function.

,.- Each lime you press it, it is turned on or off alternately.

Vllhile the switch is on, the snow-shaped sign appears
on the display.

Inside/outside air selector switch

This switch is used to select air supply between outslde­

cab air supply and air circulation inside cab.

Each lime you press it, the air supply changes between

outside-cab air supply and air circulation inside cab al­

temately.

The current air supply is shown on the display.

Air flow switches

These switches are used to select air Ilow volume

among four steps.

The current volume is shown on the display.

Temperature control switches

These switches are used 10 adjust lhe temperature of

the air from the air conditioner among eight steps.

,1 The current temperature is shown by the barqrapn on

the display.
j
~ Air outlet changeover switch
..,
This switch is used to select the air blowing direction.
Each time you press it, the direction changes in the or­
der of Face, Face and foot, and Fool.
The current direction is shown on the display.

"-',: .~.

Air Conditioner (Option) Air Conditioner (Option)

53
 1C-I&J7lE

' .... ',':"',: . '

3. Adjust the air temperature, air flow volume and air

flow direction as desired by using the corresponding
"'j 'r-;) Iuc t:r~mr.)~ I.'.'\F >:' ' •
Startup Operation and Memory Function of SWitches.

the Air Conditioner

4. Select outside-cab air supply using the inside/out­
VVhen the poJj~i s~iti::h is pressed, the motor's running side air selector switch.
sound is heard for afewseconds. During this period, the
position of the d~rhper;'which switches the air blowing 5. To stop the air conditioner, press the power switch.
position and blowing temperature, is checked. After this
period, the air conditioner begins normal operation.
The operating mode of the air conditioner is stored in For Quick Cooling
the microcomputer, and the mode used immediately be­
fore the air conditioner is turned off will be employed
when it is operated next time.

For Normal Use

Inside/outside
Air cunet t:::l air selector switch
cherujeever switch ~
Air conditioner
Air now switch switch

= .,,,;;,@~,,>
"C;;;;;~ -,; I!WTIij)gi~ ~ @"C
Air cutlet
Inside/outside ur ') -;.r 98
'0
0@)O"1
Of',;
chanqcover switch ,
Temperature control switch

1. Turn on the air conditioner switch. The cooling/de­

humidification function will start up.

Power switch
Temperature control switches l~).'IlE
2. Press the temperature control switch ( .... ) until only
one segment of the bargraph indicating the air tempera­
ture remains on.
[NOTICE]
• 'Nhile only one segment of the bargraph is on, the air
• Select air circulation inside cab when traveling or
conditioner works continuously at the maximum perfor­
operating in a tunnel or in polluted atmosphere.
mance .
• Cold air may come out when the engine is not
warm.
3. Set the air flow volume at the maximum using the
air flow switches.
1. Press the power switch to turn on the power to the
air conditioner.

2. As necessary, press the air conditioner switch, The

cooling/dehumidification function will start up,

Air Conditioner (Option) Air Conditioner (Option)

54
 'C~6712E

4. Select air circulation inside cab using the inside/out­ 4. Select air circulation inside cab using the lnsfde/out­

side air selector switch.

side air selector switch.

[NOTICE]
[NOTICE]

';',
'." • Select air circulation inside cab for cooling/heat­ • Select air circulation inside cab for cooling/heat­

ing the cab quickly and when the vehicle is in a ing the cab quickly and when the vehicle is in a

!e. dusty atmosphere, such as in a tunnel. The window dusty atmosphere, such as in a tunnel. The window

:~'
glasses easily fog up when the air circulation inside glasses easily fog up when the air circulation inside

cab is selected while the cooling J dehumidifying cab is selected while the cooling / dehumidifying

function is not performing. Poor Visibility can lead to function is not performing. Poor visibility can lead to

a serious accident. As soon as the temperature in­ a serious accident. As soon as the temperature ln­

side the cab drops, select outside-cab air supply. side the cab rises, select outside-cab air supply.

• When in an extremely cold atmosphere, do not se­

5. Select the air blewing direction toward Face using lect air circulation inside cab for quick heating.

the air outlet changeover switch. Once fogged, the window glasses are not easily de­

fogged even after outside-cab air supply is selected.

,
For Quick Heating 5. Select the air blowing direction loward Foot using

the air outlet changeover switch.

For Defrosting the Windshield

Inside/outside
Airoullet t:::l air selector switch

~
changeover swilch
Air comlitioner
Air now switch switch

'.'~G!!~ '"
~
'" W . = -
". ~1I11110 K'I " Me
[
MODE

) o ON
CD"
Defroster switch

Temperature control swilch T'J>S.'E [ U E F ..

~0
I )
1. Press the air conditioner switch to turn it oft

Temperatnrc connot switches

2. Press the temperature control switch ()io-) until eight
segments of the bargraph indicating the air temperature
are all on. 1. Turn on the air conditioner switch. The coolinq/bu­
• VVhile eight segments of the bargraph are on, the air midlllcation function will start up.
conditioner works continuously at the maximum perter­ • VVhen the atmospheric temperature drops close to
mance. QOC, dehumidification does not work even with the air
conditioner switch turned ON.
3. Set the air flow volume allhe maximum using the
air flow control switch. 2. Press the defroster switch to selthe air flow coming
out of the defroster.

Air Conditioner (Option) Air Conditioner (Option)

55
 T046l12E

3. Adjust the air temperature and air flow volume us­ Error Display on the Display Panel
ing the corresponding switches.
If the wiring for the sensors or the motor actuator (MfA)

is broken or shortcircuited when the power is turned on,

4. Select outside-cab air supply using the inside/out­

the following error displays appear according to the

side air selector switch.

fault.

In this case, inspection and repairs are necessary.

Contact your nearest TADANO distributor or dealer.

Error display Error location

"HOT' sian flashes. Air mix damoer MfA
"';" sign flashes. Air outlet changeover
MfA
Sign indicating insidefoutside Insidefoutside air
air selection flashes. selector MfA
Snow-shaped sign flashes. Evaporator sensor and
its inout circuit
Frame enclosing the bargraph Faulty communication
flashes. between the control
panel and amplifier
No signs appear on the Faulty amplifier
display.

Inside/outside air selector MIA

Air mix damper MIA
Faulty comunicauco

Air oulle! changeover MIA

Evaporator sensor and lis input circuit
T2JI5M::

Air Conditioner (Option) Air Conditioner (Option)

56
 1056131E

Equipment Inside the Cab

Controls

129013·1

1. Ughter 4. Fan switch (option)

2. Ashlray 5. Cab lamp
3. Cab lamp

Equipment Inside the Cab Equipment Inside the Cab

57
 T0S813IE

Lighter Cab Lamp Switch (in the left of the cab,

[NOTICE] above the door)
• Observe the following precautions to prevent (I Neutral .... lamp comes on when the door is open
fault in the electrical system: and goes out when the door is closed
• Do not let the lighter remain pushed in. "OFF" ••.•• lamp slays off regardless of door position
• Pull out the lighter by hand if it does not pop out "ON" ...•. lamp stays OIl regardless of door position
within 15 to 20 seconds after it has been pushed
in.
Cab Lamp Switch (in the right of the cab)
• Do not use power receptacle for anything other
than a lighter. "OFF' ...••... lamp goes off
• Do not allow the lighter 10 become deformed. A Neutral, "ON" •. lamp comes on
misshapen lighter will fall to come out. Replace a
lighter that is malfunctioning.

The lighter will pop out a few seconds after it has been
--OFF
pushed in. Pull out to use.
-­ Neutral
·-ON

T:'JI06E

Fan Switch (Option)

The fan switch is used to turn the fan ON and OFF.
"ON" .••.• fan comes on
"OFF" ••.•• fan goes off

(ON) (OFF)

Equipment Inside the Cab Equipment Inside the Cab

58
 T~6793E

Equipment Outside the Cab

,

How to Use the Air InflatO!"(Option) 4. Check the approximate air pressure level with the
air pressure gauge in the cab. Remove the air inflator
A WARNING from the tire at the proper inflation pressure.

A Never stand facing the side of a tire when inflat­

ing it. The lock ring may fly off, causing serious
5. Check the tire air pressure level wilh an air pres­
~,

.'~'.
sure gauge. If the pressure exceeds the specified level,
injury or death. Use a tire 9uard to surround the
bleed air off. Check air pressure while the (ires are not
tire and stand behind the tire treads to inflate it.
warm.

If the crane is equipped with an air inflator, the tires can Air pressure
be inflated directly from the pneumatic circuit of (he Usage
29.5-25-22PR
. ;:, crane as follows:
Travel 343 kPa (3.5 kgflcm 2
+Innating the vehicle ees with the air inflater should be On-rubber operation 412 kPa (4.2 kgf/cm 2 )
performed only in case of the emergency. After taking
the emergency measure, check air pressure in the near­
est TADANO distributor or dealer.
,,,
1. Remove the cap to the air-supply port. Connect lhe
air inflator 10 lhe air-supply port.

l
'-,.
r
.,
..'::

,',,
tP
1\ 0
,p;- "( p \
1\ 0 \ o
II
l_ _ TOO7J!E

--l

I. ~,~,~rtWA~ 6. Arter the tires have been inflated, remove the air in­
flator from the air-supply port.
". Airinnalor
\ + Replace the caps on Ihe crane air-supply port and the
-@!E' H· '3HHHm-
T3D'161:: tire valves.
"~;
..
,! 2. Remove the tire valve cap. Connect the other end
of the air inflator (0 the tire valve.

,
,"
Air inflater

"
~!.
~.

s-
!.
~;

TOO,JIE

3. Start the engine to drive the air compressor and in­

nate the tire.
• The tire can be inflated more quickly if the engine
speed is increased.

Equipment Outside the Cab Equipment Outside the Cab

59
 TGJ~793E

Tire Chain (Option)

A WARNING
A When wearing a lire chain, make sure that the
chain does not interfere with the wheel house at
the traveling. Inadequate types of tire chains may
damage the brake piping or vehicle body during
traveling.
ADo not travel in the special steering mode with
the tire chains fit on the rear wheels. The brake
pipings or vehicle body may be damaged when
the vehicle is steered.
Alf an abnormal sound is heard during traveling,
stop the vehicle immediately and check the wear­
ing condition. If the tire chain cuts or comes off
partially and it touches to the vehicle body, the
fender, etc. may be damaged.

When wearing the lire chain, pay attention to the fol­

lowing:
(1) Wear the tire chain only to the rear wheels.
(2) Set the steering mode select switch to "two-wheel
steering" and selthe drive mode select swilch to
"U4D" or "H/4D" .
• If a commercial tire chain is too long for your vehi­
cle. you can cut off the extra length at purchase 10
facilitate wearing the tire chain.

Equipment Outside the Cab Equipment Outside the Cab

60

Emergency Procedures
If Trouble Occurs
WARNING
A If trouble occurs to the carrier whfle traveling,
reduce the carrier speed. Remain calm and be­
ware of the cars behind you. Stop the carrier at a
safe place.
A Working on a stopped carrier in a tunnel is
I very dangerous. Do nolatlempllo do this
however simple the job may seem to be.
If trouble occurs to the carrier and the carrier cannot
move, take necessary measures as follows:
(1) When stalled on road
• Lighllhe hazard lamps 10 let the cars behind know
,, the trouble of your carrier.
• Ask for help to transport the carrier to a safe place.
• Inform the nearest TADANO distributor or dealer.
(2) When stalled in railroad crossing
Press the emergency button provided in the crossing
area to inform the coming train.
If emergency button is not provided, posilion a per­
son to make an approaching train know the trouble,
considering the distance necessary for the lrain to
stop.
Ask for help to transport the carrier (0 a safe place.
Inform the nearest TADANO distributor or dealer.
Indicate fhalthis is a troubled car, first Check the carrier
ation manual.
for causes of trouble. If repairs are possible, perform re­
pairs paying enough attention 10 the traffic.
Among many causes for carrier stall, there is one for
shift Inoperabllity. In this case see "lf Shifting Gears is
Impossible".
Emergency Procedures
61
TQ63-l1~E
If the Engine Stops while Traveling
A WARNING
Alfthe engine stops, steering can become ex­
tremely difficult if not impossible unless the crane
is equipped with the emergency steering pump
(option).
The emergency steering pump (optional) is connecled
directly to the transmission so steering can be continued
even if the engine stops when lraveling.
Pull (he crane over to a safe location. After the vehicle
Slops, follow the appropriate troubleshooting proce­
dures.
• Power steering is not available when the engine is not
running.
• The emergency steering pump runs only when the ve­
hicle is traveling. When the crane stops, sleering can
not be performed.
If the Engine Stops Due to Fuel
Shortage
When the engine slops due to the fuel shortage, bleed­
ing the fuel system is necessary afler replenishing the
fuel. For details, refer to the engine manutacturer's oper­
Emergency Procedures
 1063-\23E

If Shifting Gears is Impossible Emergency Gear Shifting Procedure (1)

A WARNING
AThe following procedure is to be followed only
for moving the crane to a service shop for repair.
Never use this procedure for other purposes.
Inspection with Check Switch
Shifting gears on this machine is performed electrically
using an MDT (mulliplex data transmitter) system.
If this system malfunctions, shifting gears becomes
impossible. At the same lime, the MDT abnormality
warning appears on the central alarm display and an
error number is displayed on the error number display.
Under this condition. press the MDT system check
switch at the rear of the cab before attempting to shift
gears. II error number disappears, the MDT system is
again functioning normally and ordinary gearshift is
available.
• If the MDT system cannot be restored, follow the
"Emergency Gear Shifting Procedure (1)" in the next
section.
A WARNING
AWhen the emergency transmission switch is
ON, the engine oil pressure gauge, water tempera­
ture gauge, and fuel gauge do not function. Be
careful when traveling with the emergency trans­
mission switch ON.
AWhen the emergency transmission switch is
ON, the safety device for engine protection does
not function. Gearing down without slowing the
crane's travel speed can cause the engine to over­
rev or damage the drive system.
Before gearing down, be sure to reduce the travel­
ing speed to the next slower range.
A While the emergency accelerator switch is
turned to ON, the engine speed increases to
maximum when the accelerator pedal is de­
pressed even slightly. Pay sufficient attention
when using the emergency accelerator switch.
A Lock-up function is inactive, so that there is no
engine braking effect. Take care to avoid exces­
sive use of the foot brake.

MDT system rJ"Ieck switch

+If Ihe following procedure is not effective, follow the
"Emergency Gear Shifting Procedure (2)" in the next
section.

1. Activate the parking brake. Shift into Neutral.

2. Snap the emergency transmission switch at the

rear of the cab to ON and operate the gearshift. In this
case, the gear position becomes fixed as listed below
MDT abnormality
according 10 the gearshift position.

Gearshift position Gear position Gearshift indicator

"1" tat 1
"2" 2nd 2
"0" 3rd 0
"R" tst R

,.
e" ,
i
~
;­
i:
\
"- . ".,

Emergency Procedures Emergency Procedures

62
 T06342~E

""

Emergency Gear Shifting Procedure (2)

Emergency transmission switch o o A WARNING
AThe manual locking device for the solenoid
0;11 valves is provided for moving the crane in case of

f;,'
-Th
Off
emergency. Do not touch the locking device ex­

~.
cept in an emergency.

J. ABefore this operation, take the following safety

,., precautions:

'1"196-101:::
3. If the engine speed does not rise to specified val­
ue even lhough the accelerator pedal is depressed,
turn on the emergency accelerator switch as neces­
sary.
• While the emergency accelerator switch is turned ON,
the engine speed increases to maximum when the ac­
celerator pedal is depressed even slightly. Pay sufficient
attention when using the emergency accelerator switch.
• Usually turn OFF the emergency accelerator switch.
Stop the engine.
Apply chocks to the wheels.
Light the hazard lamps to let the cars behind
know the trouble of your carrier.
Alfthe solenoid valve is manually locked, the ve­
hicle begins to move as soon as the engine starts.
Be sure to operate the parking brake and step on
the service brake pedal before starting the engine.
After moving the vehicle to a desired place, imme­
diately stop the engine and return the lock bolt of
the solenoid valve to the original position.

1. Activate the parking brake. Shift into Neutral and

Emergencyaccereraror switch o o
stop Ihe engine.

2. Loosen the lock nut of the manual locking device

beside the solenoid valve for the transmission. Turn
the lock bolt clockwise till it comes to an end. The so­
lenoid valve will be the same condilion as energized
to make the clutch operable.
T'l9G--1IE
• Select the solenoid valve according to the traveling
direction.
f 4. If shifting gears is possible, move the crane to a
!a service shop.
Forward Solenoid valve F2

s,
• Change lhe gearshift position so that the vehicle
speed does not exceed the allowable speed range for
Backward Solenoid valve R

,
Lock nul

LOckbOIL~

Ihe selected gearshift position. F2

i
• After you have moved the crane, return the emer­ ......_'R
~ gency transmission switch 10 OFF.
!
~
Speed {anne
Shift position
H; Lo
"1" o 10 9 km/h a to 4 km/h
f "2" a to 18 km/h 0108 km/h
<'
t~: "D" a to 36 km/h u to f S km/h
"R" a to 9 km/h a to 4 km/h

J
-,,,'
:.-.
Emergency Procedures Emergency Procedures
63
3. Depress the service brake pedal and start the en­ Towing the Crane
gine.
A WARNING

4. Release the parking brake. Start traveling by lelting
off the service brake pedal slowly.
If the Engine cannot be Stopped
[NOTICE]
• Use the emergency engine stop switch only in
an emergency.
• After using the emergency engine stop switch,
have the machine inspected by your nearest
TADANO distributor or dealer.
If the engine does not stop even though the starter
switch is turned to OFF, pull the emergency engine
stop switch to stop the engine.
• After the engine stops, push in the emergency en­
gine stop switch to the original posltlon.
Emergency engine Slop swilch
• •
A When the engine stops and the crane is at rest,
steering is impossible unless the crane is
equipped with the emergency steering pump (op­
tional).
A The steering wheel feels very heavy, because
the engine is not running.
A When a crane is towed, only the foot brake can
be used. [f a crane is towed on a long downward
grade, it will be necessary to use the foot brake re­
peatedly, possibly overheating and damaging the
brake. To prevent brake overheating, stop the
crane frequently and allow the foot broke to cool
down.
A Use tow cables with sufficient tensile strength
and firmly fastened to the crane. It is dangerous if
the tow cable breaks or becomes disengaged.
A Tow the crane at low speeds with minimum
speed variation. Abrupt starting or braking is very
danqercus.

~- ~
When the crane must be lowed in the event of engine
failure, etc., follow the steps below:

~ """'" ~ 1Il1ll" ~
-o-
1. Connect the air hose from the towing vehicle to the
PUll' '2 air-supply port of the failed crane.
Engine slop r-=-­
T.!9G-IJE

Air-supply port
1'30719£

'­
,::~: t­
,~
Emergency Procedures Emergency Procedures
64

 TQ5:lA22E

2. Attach a lengthy tow cable so thal sufficient clear­

ance is maintained between the towing vehicle and the
c.
.
~. vehicle in distress .

3. Place the switches and levers in the following posi­

tions:
(1)GearshiH lever .......•... "N"

(2)Drive mode select switch .••• "2-WHEEL(Hi)"

(3)Starter switch ..•.....•... "ON"

4. Make sure mat the air pressure is as specified and

release the parking brake. Start lowing the crane.

Emergency Procedures Emergency Procedures

65
MEMO

66
 , ~,

•
"

,
"
::
,.'",,'
';~,

;,.
,;,
'.', ~j.
:. r:

OPERATION

>

;'

>
',',
 .

.!,"
 T058143E

Crane Operation Procedure

-Summary
A WARNING 2. Make sure that all the levers in the cab are in the
A. This summary briefly describes the essential following positions:
steps for crane operation from start to finish. For (1) PTO switch· •........••••.••.••••.•••• OFF

detailed information on the individual procedures, (2) Swing brake switch •••.....•............. ON

,;;, refer to the appropriate pages in this manual. Do (3) Gearshift lever •....•..........•..•••.... N

, not operate the crane until you have a complete (4) Parking brake switch .•••.•..........•• PARK

understanding of all the instructions given.
A "Safety" section in this manual contains the
precautions to be followed during the crane opera­
tion. Carefully read the section.
Alf you find anything abnormal with the crane
(5) Outrigger stale emergency regisler switch .... OFF
(6) Main and auxiliary winch control levers. boom tele­
scoping control lever, boom elevation controllever
and swing control lever •..••........... Neutral
(7) Swing lock lever' .................•••• LOCK

during operation, stop the operation immediately,

check and locate the cause, and repair any faulty
,. components. To prevent accidents, do not operate
the crane until repairs have been completed.

Preparatory Steps 3

1. Enter the cab, and adjust the seat and each lever
stand so that the levers and all other controls can be op­
erated easily.

Position for crane oper'llion

Stowage position
(for haveling)
5

--. 7

;' II

TIlllUE I

"
i'
,
%'
r
,
"

'':.

3. Start the engine.

Crane Operation Procedure - Summary Crane Operation Procedure - Summary

67
 TOsal43E

4. Set thePTO switch ON. 9. Reeve Ihe wire rope around the main hook block
sheaves as required for the operation.
5. Let the machine warm up. While it is warming up, • When decreasing the rope part-line number to smaller
check that all meter and moniLor displays are normal than the standard, do not fail to register the number on
and that the machine is not making any abnormal the AML.
sounds.
10. Mount the single Lop or jib as necessary.
6. Fully extend the outriggers and level the crane.

Single lop Jib

T0Il81SE

• Select the winch to be employed on the load moment

7. Register the boom lift status and the maximum-ex­ indicator.

tended outrigger status on (he load moment indicator. Auxili.ary winch ~- Winch selector switch
indicator lamp ~ I

~~
o
l:lb-5Jrl ~
~I "j

I'j&§ 0 [g)
fi
_' L§l Maln w'ooh
employed
" 5P~. ~

vt

~li
BG • 252
;Q:(t_~) :Auxili.ary winch
"" "" ~ employed
"" ""
~ 'l\,.. ..J @]!1l
I.oJ (..lijl.rBJ QI
~iFj
rn(.,@I"H! ..'
TG06.i!IE

0 TJQUZ

11. Select the operational status on (he AML.

If the jib has been dismounted from the crane body, reg­

8. Remove the main hook block {rom its stowed posi­

ister the removed slatus on the load moment indicator

tion.
using the jib slate switch.

o
--------,~ '----- Jib state swilc1l
r~'~
Crane Operation Procedure - Summary Crane Operation Procedure - Summary
68
 ,
'.--'

T0S8143E

Crane Operation 4. Refract the outriggers completely.

1. Lift and move the load by using the hoisting, tele­

scoping, elevating and swing operations.
5. Set the PTa switch OFF.
. ~,.
~, 6. Return each lever stand to the stowage position.
f:
- i: Position lor crane operation
, ~"
\~ Stowage pcsmon

\ "I (for lra~elingl

TIOOlO
T2J06'JE

At the End of Operation

-~

1. Stow the single lop or jib. 7. Shut off the air conditioner and all other equipment
inside the cab.
2. Stow the main hook block and the boom in the {rav­
eling style. 8. Close all the cab windows.

9. Stop the engine and remove [he key from the

starter switch,

10. Exit of the cab and lock the door.

11. Perform the post-operaftonal checks for lhe same

points as for the pre-operafional checks. If anything ab­

TooeOl normal is found, have it repaired before operating the

crane again.

3. Make sure that lhe levers in the cab are in the fol­
lowing positions:
(1) Winch, boom telescoping, boom elevating, and swing
levers .•••....................•... Neutral
(2) SWing brake switch •.••.•••.....••..... ·"ON"
(3) Swing lock lever .........•......•••. ·"LOCK"

;;

,
:. :::
Crane Operation Procedure - Summary Crane Operation Procedure - Summary
69
 T06:J,.032E

How to Read the

Performance Data Plate

Load Radius/Lifting Height Chart

• The following diagram is an example of the load ra­
dius/lifting height chart. The chart is localed inside the
cab.

GR-700EX WORKING RANGE CHART

..
.. :[

'"

"
on,., (",l

"". h." I,",., ..",,,,,- ". "'0" ",.,

,,,',,," ,,',," ,-, ,"",,' "", ,,' ,"
,., "~

,,'co"'"
I,,, ,,,',"
'" ."." ,oJ " " " " . ' " " . , .. ,
,, '."~

"O~,"I" " " , • • "" ,.

",,,,,,,,,,,,.,,.,,,,,,, "",,','
t 'I I "
I "~
,. h

The load radiuslliftlng height chart provides the load radii
and lifting heights in relation to different boom lengths
(jib lengths) and boom angles (jib offset angles). Use the
chart in conjunction with the rated lifting capacities table
when making an operation plan.
• While points A and B in the figure are at the same
load radius, point A denotes (he boom angle (or jib off­
set angle), and point B the lifting height.
• The load radiusltifting heighl chart does not include
the effect of boom deflection. The greater the weight of
the load is, the more the boom deflects. causing the
load (operating) radius to increase somewhat. Take this
effect into consideration when reading the load
radiusllifting height chart .

.... -:
......
A
..' '

.........
..../.
'.~:

,
'...:

l ,
B

~Uj-;-'-~
(H) ... --­
1
~
~

I• Lcadracius withnutload un hook

g' load radius Wilhload on hook ~ l'lOJJ.8E

e
:J
I _ Load Radius-----.{R)
1'209011";

How to Read the Performance Data Plate How to Read the Performance Data Plate
70
 TIl63-lJ2E

Below are some examples of rated lifting capacity

Rated Lifting Capacity Table
charts.

.Ii. WARNING [Example 1: Boom lift; oulriggers fully extended (7.2 m)J

A The values shown in the rated lifting capacities

table are based on ideal conditions where the [i]QJGR-"700E:X RATE:D LIFTING CAPACIT1E:S

crane is set level on a firm surface, there is no

.': wind or side load, and the load is not swinging.
When operating the crane under these conditions
is not possible, reduce the load as necessary
according to the actual operating conditions.

Rated lifting capacttles tables are set up as shown be­

,
, [ow with (he kind of job and the outrigger extension
conditions. For actual values see the rated lifting capaci­
ty tables provided in the crane operator's cab.

Kind of job Outrigger extension

Outriggers extended
Boom lift
Fully extended. (7.2 m)
Extended to mid. (6.7 ml
--
__ 0

o ••• ••
"''-• • • • • b • • ~ • • • ,.tJ

Single lop lift Extended 10 mid. (5.5 m) .,,_, •••". b.o • • " •••• ) r.o ' •• , ..... ' .... ~lo. , •• "

Jib lift
""T~'·I'" "'"., , ". "" ....... I. "'.,to,,",....TO. I<>O,".,"" J

I Outriggers extended
800m lift Extended 10 min. (2.8 m)
"
."
.
"'-"
_,_I>
_
'-"""
, , _•• _
.,

,,~~.Uo
..
1 ... , • • , II .. '"
,. , '"''''''
.1 ..

".
_
II .. "
, 110
I

n. ",.. . . .'....',. ,..

1.

.. _ .... " 'll- 1::1 ,0 ll- • ,

Sinale toolift ~-
Outriggers not extended 3·13'96D-72120·0
(On-rubber) --­ [Example 2: 800m lift; outriggers extended to middle
800m lift (6.7m))
Stnole top lilt
.j
0SQl GR 700E.X RATED LIFTING CAPACITIES
14r....-::;;l
"1Ilr-t-------t1i1
::::>'"'"'
ON~SY09lt'OO:EI.~~~ ~
'B ~T~'Il:WI\ffl"'((l)gl
,...
I"·
•• ,,,,l • • • h

'~t' 'Ll. " . ,ij....

~'" . ." " ... f­ .. ~

.. , ,,,
3 .,. •
4 " , • • •
• , ,,00 •• , "0011 0

,."
,""
,""••
00 ,
'0'" " .., O~ 4

00' •
• ., 0 ••
" ,'U" ,g, •• ~, ,.,. " ,4
.0" '• • " , . " "
O.Oil' . ,. . . ,.
'00 .. '" ,
"n .'OJ''''
,,,,,
'4
""Q.""""
•• '00"
'4 , """ "•

..
1 0
'" ,
'''.0 ''''O,ll''
,
"0
,".
"0
,, ,
"

,
.' "
.'
,".
~O

,
.~.

, oo......u ..
,
· . ·
,
,,.
( ••
•
•
• •
•
"D
D
0­
••
"
""......._o.,'·rl

•. __ .. ... I. r I ' " , •• " " . "

~,., ~ ."",,". ,....

IE, '.,
""' ,." '".'""'"
,...,••,,,,.,..",.•,.,",,,,., He .00"( "." '"I'"'·"
,m
" ,.-...,.'
..
, ", "
, ,,,.,..'
,." ", "" ,,,,,,
,." " "",
..... .."....
n." ,•• "."".,...,,,,
~
,...,..". " .. ",""'W "",.•".." "'.",,'" ,,,,,,". ' ·T: "
•• ,,,.,, .. ,,,, '0 " ID • • •

313-96D·nnoo

How to Read the Performance Data Plate How to Read the Performance Data Plate
71
 T06:l4J2E

[Example 3: Boom lift; outriggers extended to middle [Example 5: Outriggers not extended (on-rubber)}
(5,5m)J
r'---------,
asm GR·700EX RATED LIFTING CAPACITIES
~RU"B[R OT"""',"",,Y IUNIT,~ '0«''01
. , . " , , , 00 , O[Ml

l'" 0." f"", '"0' H.'>I'o"

h' ,
" .. ,-,
bll"
",~
II.".
"""I'L~ "".
,.~"
00
" II. "". " IT.
"" 00 ,,, A'l
' ,, '
"'"
00 " '

', ,"'
.
~,
'0
'0
" ""
n •
"•
,.
..
.0 ,~~

. .. . . ·. . . ·

.­,
"
,. •• " , ,, , ,
.., , " .. ,, , •' "', ,.
00 0
.,
'0 "
'0
'00
'0
" " <>.,
, ,
, , ,
'" 11

...
'0 ,

.
• 0
" ,
.. ·

'0
'0
.." .... , ,
000
o
". " •
", ,
" ,
", ,
,.
l~.O

'00
• .••,.,
00 '.

- '", •
,. ,
'"
. '"
'"0

•
0

'. .
"'
..... ...
, •
.-..,_,. '
0'

~o
, •
, .-
.. " •
0

"o.
..
0 0 0
" 0

•
•
0

0'
_ _ 00
'
""
" "' ,,'
..........
,
'
,.'
... - ""

0
0
0
0
•
0
0

.
",."".()
.~
• .00 .00
• ·w," '''.UOOmo, ,. (') '" ,".,,, , •• ,." "I"" "01
0
"" ''"
""
0

·
0 0 0 '00
•
.. .. ..
.
' 'tS"..... ."

0 0

.4'l. . . . . b •• "'.n.'.r1 " '00

"alE
,', AU..'0"""".",",
ro" "', .""", """ " ... , ..
,,,,, "."",,, l'",a".""~".,". ,
~,"
I.... :\

" ....... ,... ,,,,"'. ,

"",'"""",.""""
• ...,. _~.",O .. ", ••• ,. ,. l '0' '"" .. , .. , '","1"" ' ...1

""'E' ,.." "'" "",., "." ,"."0'"'''"

.l....' """,. ••0»' ,",,,,-:'',.,,
,"'"
.. ....
"",'.... "".",
,."" ""."" " , ,,,.,,". .':' "
-,,.,
..... .. .. .
,
,'.."" ' ....
.... n,"
,." , , ' ,,_•..•
,,.. '"." .., , ,. ..
', .".,.- .", """ , ",
''"'" .. ,., ""., ..
..,
....".". "'. '"',,' '"'''."n" """"" ",,,,,,,,, v- " ,.
.. ,',
..-",,'
.....
0'.· .".,
".'~
110'

,,"
Ro..,...,
" ., .
"""'"'''''''' " " 00
I ':';"

.. ,'.,,,
"., ,,,- p, • ,,,- p,•
'"

[Example 4: Boom lift; outriggers extended to minimum

(2,8 m)]
,--------------,
(iSQJGR"700EX RATED llFTIlIlG CAPACITJES

1:5""'llm'l
,.. , ..... ,"" "
O~

~
CI.'N:lE' W; D~'U1Il!.l:S"HD
:lSI'ROlm;rl(llIl;'Ii!l:Lll

"",.\'1
..
""
""' ..
". ,"," "'" ."
'''~
, ,
..'" ,..,.",, . ,,, "'...," , """, ,,. ,,, "'" ,..'•",
=H:
-#­ "
:11

...."" .,."' ..... ,,, ",..• "" ••..'"" "", ..·.,,, "" ,, .
..
,
00 10 0 " ,
," "
..·,", • ,'" ..•"' ,

" ,~

'" ·
, "'.. "
"
'" ,
"
"" .. .., •, , • '" ..
, "
'0.
".
...

17.0 . , 1 .,

. "
, "'
·
,
,0 , ," 00

• .,'" .,' ~.

.----- ·,• ,,­ ,

0'

0
M'

,
~"".~
0
"
oo'
. 00

""
.'" '"
'00
.'
.. '

.- ,
4 , ' _ 0 0 _ 0".
0
0

,
••
" '"
'"
.m
'00
"

A w,",,,,._o •• ~",,,.(, , •• "" •• "., .....,"., ••• ,

;,
' .. "
....
,."" •• , , "., .. ,"
............ ".". ,.,.. .... ,.".

NOTE,!•• , , " ; .. , •••• ' " ,., •• , . " , ."

' . r .. ,

..
-
.. .. .", .. ,.. "",
' ... ,"'''''''''''<,.".."

,," ••,.,,,.....'... """''''' ""_,H" ,,,,,,.,

'"
"
r,; •• ,,,.-,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
; "
,.o"[~"""

" , 0

How to Read the Performance Data Plate How to Read the Performance Data Plate
72
 ----_.--_.,'-_ .. -_._.'-'---
.. ~- ~,

- , ; ~,
"'

See the rated lifting capacity table which conforms (0 the

actual outrigger conditions.

Find the correct rated lifting capacity W (kg) thaI corre­

sponds to boom length L (m) and load radius R (m).

Boom Length
Load
... " . ...... ......
Radius Lm
e-
~
f- f-
lm) /', /', boom /',
,

R
! ~
!

W
f
, ."
!,
...
,,
! L ~
!

• Rated lifting capacities are based on Ihe condition

that the crane is inslalled level on the firm level ground.
They include the mass of both the lifted load and slings.
• The values above the blue line are based on the
crane strength and those below, on crane slabitity.
• The rated lifting capacity values for boom lift are
based on the load radius. The load radii shown in the
rated lifting capacities table include the deflection of the
boom under the weight of a load. When determining ca­
pacity (rom the table, therefore. find the rated lifling
capacity value based On the actual measured load ra­
dius.
• When (he actual boom length exceeds the length
~
•) specified for a certain boom extension. compare the rat­

,.,
\ ed lifting capacity value for the specified length wiLh that
for one stage longer, and use the smaller of the two.
f
Co
(The value may be different from that indicated by!he
AML)

i;­

How to Read the Performance Data Plate How to Read the Performance Data Plate
73
 fQ63-l32E

Jib Lift when Outriggers are Extended

See {he rated lifting capacity table which conforms to [he
actual outrigger conditions and boom length. Find the
correct rated lifting capacity that corresponds 10 the jib
offset angle and boom angle.

44.0 In ~m • !t.9 m Jo~

Boom
3,5' Till 25" Till 45" Till
An"le
R w
-

, ' w

B : 800m angle R : Load radius W: Total rated roads

• Rated lifting capacities are based on the condition

that the crane is installed level on the firm level ground.
They include the mass of both the lifted load and slings.
• The values above the blue line are based on {he
crane strength and those below. on crane stability.
• For jib lift, rely only on the boom angle, regardless of
boom length.

Single Top Lift when Outriggers are

Extended
For operations with the single top, use the boom lift and
on-outriggers section of the rated lifting capacity table [0
find the allowable load. Find the rated lifting capacity
value based on boom length and load radius. From that
value. subtract mass of hook (for 40-lon capacity:
470kg, for 70-lon capacity. 850kg). The resultant value
is the rated lifting capacity for a single top lift. However,
remember thai the maximum rated lifling capacity for a
single top operation is 5,600 kg. When the result of the
above calculation «table value> - <mass of hook» is
over 5,600 kg, always regard the rated lifting capacity as
5,600 kg. - :.
,",
~

How to Read the Perlormance Data Plate How to Read the Performance Data Plate
74
 ,,
'~\

.
f lC&J..l32E
~
t
"F '.
1C
•
,, " Boom lift when Outriggers are not

Extended (On-rubber)

1
. Choose "Stationary" or "Creep". Choose "Over Front" or
i
"360° rotation". Select the boom length L (m). And then
)
read out tne rated lining capacity W (kg) from the load
. radius R (m).
'('
ON RUBBER STATIONARY

,
,
, ~"d
I~diUS Over Fronl )(;0· Retaucn
( L (1) L (2) L (3) L (1) L {2)
,,
,, I
:,

~Ri--+---+---'_+---+ _
I 1- ~---

l-­
R w

Ij+--~-+----+l--I I - - - - \ - 1

TIon"F.

• The rated lifling capacity include lhe mass of the

slings and the hook block.

• The values above [he blue line are based on crane

strength and those below, on crane stability.

• The load radii shown in the rated lifting capacity table

,
;
include the detlectlon of the boom and [he tires under
;, the weight of a load. When determining capacity from

the table, therefore, find the rated lifting capacity value

based on lhe actual measured load radius.

• The rated lifting capacity values for on-rubber opera­

tion assume that the tires are at the specified air

pressure and that the crane is set on firm and level

ground with the suspensions locked.

• Do net perform jib lift. When performing boom lift, do

not extend Ihe boom beyond the length below.

·27.75 m (with the boom in over-front area)

·19.62 m (with the boom our of the over-front area)

• "Creep" during on-rubber operation refers to traveling

at a speed of 1.6 kmfh or less and less than 60 meters

in 30 minutes.

• Before traveling with load on hook, apply Ihe SWing

brake.

• Do not operate the crane during traveling with a load

on hook.

How to Read the Performance Data Plate How to Read the Performance Data Plate
75
 T06:lJ32E

• For traveling with load on hook, shift the drive

mode select switch to "U4D". Keep the gearshift lever
to the first.
• The "over-front area" in the table refers to an area in­
dicated by the "over-front area" symbol in lhe AML
display, This area lies in ±2° frontward of the carrier.

Over-fronL .t~-(=t:~;]~~3

L ___
TOOGG6~

Single Top lift When Outriggers are not

Extended (On-rubber)
For operations with the single lop mounted, use the
boom lift and on-rubber section of the rated lifting capac­
ity table 10 find the allowable load. Find the rated lifting
capacity value based on boom length and road radius.
From Ihal value, subtract mass of hook (for 40-ton ca­
pacity: 470 kg, for 70-ton capacity: 850 kg). The
resultant value is the rated lifting capacity for a single
top lifl. However, remember that the maximum rated lift­
ing capacity for a single top operation is 5,600 kg. When
the result of the above calculation «table value> ­
<mass of hook» is over 5,600 kg, always regard the rat­
ed lifLing capacity as 5,600 kg.

How to Read the Performance Data Plate How to Read the Performance Data Plate
76
 T0G3432E

Notes on Rated Lifting Capacity Table

::
Outrigger status and working areas
Over-side area
Crane's capacities (max., middle and min.) depend On
ounlqqer extension widths and working area (boom di­

Over-front area
Over-rear area
rection).
lifting capacities for over-front and over-rear areas are
Over-side area
"outriggers maximally extended" conditioned.

Outriggers righl and left side extension widths decide

TLOIOBDE
the crane's operation areas.

(~Bm~
OUlrigger 6.7m 5.5m
~~lension widths (MID2) (MIDll_~ MIN The figure below shows the relation between (he crane
Operation areas (all 30" 20" 5' capacities (working areas) and Ihe outrigger extension
status.
,
,
• Wo,kln!! ~IU ch~rI
(loft sid.
Working a,o~ ch~"
(Rrghlsldo

,­· ,-, .

""
.~,

i ,
O~oo

..,. ~ooo

..,. .".. 0000

.. ". 0000

°t OO
..- ,-,
1
: "0

j
"~, "" -
._, ,,,.
.. ,. . i: ,
......
,
i ._"
,. .-
'
0"."

- 0000 .0"0 0.00 "0." 0000

...
0000

,-. °r'o · .....

,- ,-,
• 000. OOtO
, - .
,-
O!o •
i

t
/
0-

,
I,
II

..,. -. ..-
, .....
' 000.
...'" 0 .. 00

,
... ·
I, t· ....

,, .
~.
"" ... "" .~"'
""
_.
;;

~
J
0.00
.. 0000
.'-. 000.
...... 000. ...... 000.

T3DO~5F.

How to Read the Performance Data PJate How to Read the Performance Data Plate
J.~, 77
 TO&:l--<32E

- Example c- Boom length

While (he outrigger extension is as shown below, the
Boom lengths written in the lifting capacity chart repre­
rated lifling capacities determined for each working area
sent boom's conditions as follows:
for boom lift are as follows:
+ For lifting capacities for boom extended to middle,
Area [1] (325"-20"): MAX
which are not shown in the chart, see AML indlcauons.
Area [2](20"-175"): MIN
Area [3](175"-210"): MAX
Area [4](210"-325"): MID (2)
Retraction (Full retracted) [)1'1! 11.5m
+If the outrigger extension is as shown below, the lifting
capacity turns from MAX into the MIN when the boom
SWings from the area [1] to the area [2).
D'S:?
Mark is viSIble
15.56m

The lifting capacity turns from MIN into MAX when the ,
boom is swung further into area [3].
[)fl (
(2nd boom secuon full extended)
19.62m
MAX means crane capacities when the outriggers are Extension

fully extended.
MID (2) means crane capacities when the outriggers are
0 i 5" , (
First mark on llle Jrd boom secuon begins to be exposed
27.75m

extended to middle (6.7 m). I , d ,

MID (1) means crane capacities when tile outriggers are 0 i
/ 35.B7m
(
Second mare on the 3rd boom section begins 10 be exposed
extended to middle (5.5 m).
i If , , , (
MIN means crane capacities when the outriggers are 0= (Full extended)
?
44,Om
extended 10 minimum (2.8 m). T2S~OH:

Standard number of parts of line {or each of (he boom

,"' ' O 'O ~' ' [1l-M1,lt'OO'MOO"

lengths is as in the following chart.

+The maximum allowable load is 5,600kg for both the

main and auxiliary winch ropes. When reeving in num­

rul~ e"cndod : e'le~d~ 10middle bers other than the standard numbers of parts of line.

7.2m] : ~sm
take care not to exceed these limitations.

(1) Outriggers used

RIGHT Boom 11.5to 15.56 to 19.62 to 27.75 to Jib.

11.5m
length 15.56" 19.62m 27.75" 44.0m Single!op

No. of
i parts 01 lin
16 12 10 6 4 1
left 'e~' 0<110990' ,I R;~hl r!"~r DU~gg",
c>l""dl>d middla e,loMl>d lominil'Ourn
S.7m !
210 " ".....-+J~-- 2.am
0.00 17~ 000 (2) Outriggers not in use (Over front)
'"
,~,

Boom length 11.5m 19.62m 27.75m Single top

No.01 parts olline 6(8) 4 4 1
In the ( ) shows for stationary over-front operation.

How to Read the Performance Data Plate

78
How to Read the Performance Data Plate ,.
".~
 T063432E
,
I(

Reduced Lifting Capacity from Rated

Lifting Capacities

'.'

Boom Lift Single TopfJib Lift

The rated lifting capacities for boom lift assume that the The rated lifting capacity values for single lop/jib lift list­
jib is stowed in the specified position and the main winch ed in the rated lifting capacity tables assume that the
is used. When tile jib is mounted on [he boom head, main winch is used. When performing the jib/single top
subtract Ihe values in the table below from the rated lift­ tift using the auxiliary winch, subtract the mass of the
ing capacities. main hook block from the rated lifting capacities.
• When base jib or top jib or both jib removing, jib state
switch select removed.
F-------------------,
WEIGHT REDUCTIONS FOR AUXILIARY
LOAD HANDLING EQUIPMENT
I Load Handling Equipment
71}[0I1, 8Sheave Hook BIW:{See Hook BltO; forWualWl!;ghl)
40IDn.4Shea~e Hook Blcd(See Hook Block for l\dUal we;ghl)
850
410
(kg)
(kg)
T= --
Aux.Hoak(Se'l Hook for aClual weiglll) 150 (kg)

~Lifting from Main Boom with

# 1
Base andforTop Jib slowed on base boom o (kg)

Single Top slowed on lop boom

o (kg)
Single Top erected but nOl used
o (kg) Fig,1
9.9m Base Jib erected butnot used
(kg)
_ [Boorn~9!h-rl1, liJFI-'i.
0,100 ee
~~I~~?\R~~
lW_ 3 200
Fig 2

R9m Base Ji~n~fecled butnotused

+Au~.Hook on To Jib
(kg)
Fig.3
I lJ.iS~~,,!
800mLel1Qt~'"

-I ~:rm :m 0\00
17.7m Base and Top Jib erected but not used
(kg)
""m'
h rs.
n. 12.. u. 1 a . SJill H. Om Fig,<1

''''
'"
used
1<"
11. III '"

.j-Aux.Hp.g~onTopJi _

1 1
17.7m Base and Tog Jib erected bul not '"' (1;9) Fig.S
Boomlen Itl 11..i0l 15. 1m
r,. 'lm 21. B~:-i1m H. 0",

Littin
10100

from 9.9m Base Jib with

'" "" "" "" ,
7.Bm Top Jib erecree cut nol used
Prohibiled
7.8m Top Jib slowed on 9.9m Bas.. Jib
Prohibited

1/1, rrn, f!P.,

Fig.1
J J! rrn,/
Fig.2 Fig.3 Fig.4
~
~,I
Fig.5

Ncte • ceceeny dedU<:1ions are for TADANO supplied equjpmem only.

• When lining from Jib deducllolal weight of all load handling devices
leeved on Main Boom ncse er-ecuy from Jib c<lpac'ly. (:l2)
# 1. correct slate of Jib. equipped or removed, should be inputted inLo
the LOAD MOMENT INDICATOR{AML·l) by Jib slate key swiLch,
#2. The winch which is lining load should be cennec in the AUTOMATIC
MOMENT lIMLTER(AML-L) by main winchfauxitiary winch selector swilch.

343-969-72170

,
,'"
t::. ..' How to Read the Performance Data Plate
79
How to Read the Performance Data Plate
 T06J~43E

AML

(Overload Prevention Device)

• Swinging will not stop automatically even if

overloading occurs during on-rubber operation.
AAML is intended as an aid to the operator.
Under no condition should it be relied upon to re­ When lifting a load on rubber, note that the 360­

place use of Rated Lifting Capacity Table and degree capacity is less than the over-front
Operating Instructions. Sole reliance upon the capacity.
AML aids in place of good operating practice can When swinging a load lifted up in the over-front

cause an accident. The operator must exercise area toward an over-side area, be extremely
caution to assure safety.
careful not to overload the crane. If the moment
AAML operates properly only when it is used ex­
ratio indication on the load moment indicator ex­
actly as instructed in this manual. If you do not
ceeds 100% and the alarm buzzer sounds during
follow the specified AML and crane operating pro­
boom swing toward the over-side area, stop
cedures, the crane could overturn or be damaged,
swinging immediately. Then lower the load or
causing a serious accident. Be sure to observe
swing the boom back.
the following precautions for safe operation.

e Never perform any operation with the AML deac­

tivated .
• Place the crane on firm and level ground with { f!­
the outriggers extended and adjust the crane so over-front _\

that it is level (for on-outrigger operation).

Before operating on rubber, check that the tires
have the specified air pressure.
• Before starting operation, perform pre-opera­
tional checks on the AML to ensure that it is
operating properly.
• When the AML exceeds the specified value, the
Rated lifting capacities vary depending on the
alarm will sound intermittently. Slow the crane
outrigger extension width. When swinging the
operation and take great care. (For the specified
load to the area allotted for smaller rated lifting
value, see the "Configuration and Functions of ;
capacities after lifting it in the area allotted for
the AML System" sectlon.)
greater rated lifting capacities, pay attention not
Do not lift a load on the boom with the jib
to overload the crane after understanding the
mounted. lfthis must be done by unavoidable ;
section "How to Read Performance Data Plate".
reasons, a boom lift status, and not a jib lift sta­
tus, should be selected on the AML ,
In this case, a precautionary warning is output
when the moment is below 90% and a limit
warning is output when the moment is below
100%. Remember that the warnings will be out­ ,,
put earlier. (For the moment values
- :c>
corresponding to the warning types, see the
"Configuration and Functions of the AML
Systern".)
.
":-(~

AML (Overload Prevention Device) AML (Overload Prevention Device)

80
 106:14U[

[NOTICE]
aozz +While the elevating cylinder is extended or re­
tracted to the full stroke, the display of the AML
becomes erroneous. In this case, elevate the boom
in the opposite direction to terminate the stroke end
condition.

TJ072a:

Do not lift a single load using both the boom

and jib. If this must be done by unavoidable rea­
sons, a jib lift status, and not a boom lift status,
should be selected on the AML (The figure
shows a 3.5 0 offset angle with the first jib sec­
tion extended.) Make sure that the mass of the
load (includIng the mass of the load handling
devices) is less than the specified rated lifting
capacity for the jib. Ifthe load is left held up only
by the auxiliary winch wire rope when the main
winch wire rope is loosened, the load's center of
gravity moves to give an increased figure In mo­
ment display. Take care to avoid overloading.

o
-1 o

~~II T:\07~B

When the crane is automatically stopped during

a critical operation (hoisting up, boom extension
or boom lowering), operate the appropriate con­
trois to move toward the non-critical condition
(hoist down, retract boom or raise boom) .
, • Do not elevate the boom to raise the load clear
"I
of the ground. Doing so is dangerous because
the crane will not stop automatically even when
it is overloaded. Hoist up the load to raise it
clear of the ground. Once the load has cleared
the ground, stop hoisting and check for safety.

AMl (Overload Prevention Device) AMl (Overload Prevention Device)

81
 TC63J4JE

Configuration and Functions of the (2) Working range limit functions

AMLSystem
The AML system is a safety device provided 10 prevent
overloading of the crane which may cause it to overturn
VVhen any working range limit is registered to the
AML, the crane is controlled so that the crane work
posture does not exceed this registered working
range limit. VVhen the crane reaches the registered

or be damaged. limit, failure massage is shown, alarm, buzzer

The AML system has various kinds of functions. includ­ sounds, and the crane operation stops.

ing the following typical functions. Based on the (3) Slow stop function

registered work conditions by operator selection and the In the following cases, the boom elevation speed

signals from various sensors, the crane operations are gradually decreases to stop before the boom reach­

controlled. es the stoppage position.

(1) Automatic stop function to prevent overloading Wllen the automatic stop is caused by overloading

The AML calculates and compares the working and (Boom lowering will stop.)

rated moment values and displays their ralio. \fIJhen VVhen the automatic stop is caused by backward

the working moment exceeds the rated moment instability during on-rubber operation (Boom rais­

(100% or more), failure message is shown, alarm ing will stop.)

buzzer sounds, and the crane operation toward the Wllen the elevating cylinder reaches its stroke end

critical side slops. (Boom raising and lowering will stop.)

VVhen the automatic stop is caused by working

range limit function (Boom raising and lowering will

stop.)

Wllen the automatic slop is caused in the interfer­

ence area of boom, jib, elevating cylinder and

engine cover (800m lowering and swing will stop)

On outrigger operation On-rubber operation

Automatic stop
by overloading
Stan bv backward instebilitv 800m raiainc
Stoo at stroke end
Stop by working range
restriction
Stop in interference area of
boom, jib, elevating
cylinder and enoine cover
Holstine uo 0 0
Boom lowennc @ @
Boom extension 0 0
SwinQ 0 x
@
Boom raisinc/lowenno @ @
Boom ralslncnowerino @ @
800m extension 0 0
Swinq 0 x
Boom jowerinu @ x
Swing @ x

@: Slow stop 0: Slop X: Not slop -: Nol relevant

AML (Overload Prevention Device)

82
AML (Overload Prevention Device)
...
~.

'.
AML System Configuration
800m lenglh signal
~._----
800m angle signal Momenl ratio signal Crane control posilion
signal

II II II

Outrigger status
Outrigger extension Swing angle signal
width detector
lift states
c
,g
~ Working range limits
~
.2 Number of parts of line
~ 1---------­
~
o Jib status
r­ _ _"----_,,"-1__
~h setecfion
(single top and jib lift only)

AML unil
Alarm buzzer External warning lamps

Display panel -\0J~/

'1e'"'\~
~'¥]JJ!~

f~ -
Slop output when:

" Moment ratio is 100% or more

Backward Stroke Working rnrerrerence area
"Overwinding occurs
slability oed range of boom, jib,
"Moment exceeding limit for
control resfncton elev<lting l:)'linder Swing restricted
[ boom lift with jib mounted ecuvetec and engine eever
"AML system error occurs

a
I

.I. J., J.,

Boom lowering Hoisting up Swing hailed in Boom raising Upper boom Lifting heigh! Load radius
halted halted critical side hailed angle restricted restricted restricted
(Except for Lower boom
on-rubber angle restricted
operation)

AML (Overload Prevention Device) AML (Overload Prevention Device)

83
.,
Automatic Stop Functions Alarm Functions
Causes of Halted Condition Alarm
automatic stop Operation
movement A control is moved toward Moment display: Displays
• Moment raflo • Hoisting up critical side (hoist up, [Warning:0024].
is 100% or more (*1) • Boom lowering boom lowering or boom Buzzer: Sounds continuously.
• Overwinding • 800m extension extension) while overwind­
• AML system error ing condition exists.
• Swing (award
Overwind cutout function Moment display: Displays
cnfical side
is deactivated with the [Warning:0015].
Upper boom angle • Boom raising
winch overwound. External warning lamps: Red
restricted • Boom lift
lamp is IiI.
I lower boom angle • Single top 1m • Boom lowering Buzzer: Sounds cominucusly.
~ restricted • Jib lift Moment rauc is 90% to Moment display: Yellow seqment
~ lifting height • 800m raising 99% is IiI.
m
c
:g restricted • 800m extension External warning lamps: Orange
~ load radius • 800m lowering lamp is IiI.
restricted • Boom extension Buzzer: Sounds intermittently.
Swino restricted • Boom swlnq A control is moved toward Moment display: Displays
• Backward stability • 800m lift • Boom raising critical side while moment [Warning:0023].
control /*2) • Sinnle too lift ratio is 100% or more External warning lamps; Red
lamp is lit.
• Stroke end • Boom raising
Buzzer: Sounds continuously.
• Boom lowerinq
• Boom lilt AMl system error Moment display: Displays failure
• Interference area of • Boom lowering
• Single top lift messages.
boom, jib, elevating • Swing 10
• Jib lift AML buzzer: Sounds 3 seconds.
cylinder and engine interference

Working range limit Moment display: Displays failure

cover
side function activated. messages.
Associated restriction indicator
(*1)~ For the boom lift with the jib mounted, automatic lamp flashes.
stop will work when the moment exceeds the value AML buzzer. Sounds 3 seconds.
listed below, according to the outrigger extension Operated to critical side Moment display: Displays
when backward stability [Waming:0025]
width:
control activated. Buzzer-Sounds 3 second.
(*2): Automatic stop will work when the boom is raised to
Slow stop control Moment display: Displays
69" with on-rubber operation.
[Waming:0081) or [0082]
AML Buzzer: Sounds 3 seconds.
Outri er extension width Moment
Entered to interference Moment display: Displays
Maximum 7.2 m 94% or mere
area at boom, jib, erevaun [Warning:Ol17] or
Middle 6.7 m 93% or more cylinder and engine [Warning:0138]
Middle (5.5 m) 92% or more cover AML Buzzer: Sounds 3 seconds.
.~.9.9!!!.!~~.~!~~.j!~.~9.~.~.~~~.9~.~9.9.~.~....._............_..._......._......
[1)Moment ratio is Moment display: Applicable
84% (0 94%. segment is lit.
(2)Moment ratio is External warning lamps:
83% to 93%. Orange lamp is lit.
(3) Moment ratio is Buzzer: Sounds intermittenlly.
_....82% to 92%.
_...._...... _....__ .............. -- .......... -- ---- ....... ......... ...............

(1) Moment ratio is Moment display: Displays

94% or more. [Warning:0088].
(2)Momenl ratio is External warning lamps: Red
93% or more. lamp is IiI.
(3)Moment ratio is Buzzer. Sounds continuously.
92% or more.

AML (Overload Prevention Device) AML (Overload Prevention Device)

84
 I06:l44JE

• (1) is applicable when the outriggers are extended (0

maximum (7.2 m).
(2) is applicable when the outriggers are extended 10
middle (6,7 m).
(3) is applicable when the outriggers are extended to
middle (5.5 m).

,. +In the above table, "Buzzer" is the device outside the

· AML unit, outputting buzzing sound.
"AML buzzer" is the device inside the AML unit, out­
,.,.
pultlng beeping sound.
• The AML buzzer sounds for 3 seconds every lime a
message appears. It outputs long sounds when slow
,~. stop control is activated and outputs short sounds when

,{, other controls are activated.

~
1.

,·
.'
.~

I­

,
"

·,
i
;
,;.
k
k
;

t
u
1.:"
",~,-
~
~-

AML (Overload Prevention Device) AML (Overload Prevention Device)

85
 .. .
~

'Q~JHlE

Controls

3 4 5 6

-
~

120015·2

1. AMLunil 5. Jib stale switch

2. Override key switch 6. Jib removed indicator lamp
3. Outrigger state emergency register switch 7. Winch selector switch
4. Outrigger state emergency register indicator lamp 8. Auxiliary winch indicator lamp

Override Key Switch Outrigger State Emergency Register Switch

This is the emergency switch used to stow the boom
when an error occurs on (he AML system .
• For derails, see the "In the Event of a System Failure"
section.
This switch is used 10 enable registering outrigger exten­
sion width temporarily on the AML and to sustain crane
operation while an error occurs on the oUlrigger exten­
sion detector.
• For details, see the "In the Event of a System Failure"
section.

AMl (Overload Prevention Device) AML (Overload Prevention Device)

86
 IO'1~4Jf

Names and Functions of

AML Main Unit Parts

Bargraph display
0
'7 TADANO
oV
~
621 If IODODOO(J[lOOllllllr/ Display panel 1
V
- I 888~Ir-:i·\
1)/
88Bm~ ,
Display pane12
1~8BB ~ 88B
.,
, <, • I 88B ml§e
Control
-, 0 0

~lSJ5J
0
V
'''''~''

~~ o 0
IQI2lED
I
B '>::::
~@)
0l!J@0IsH~
0 0

AML (Overload Prevention Device) AML (Overload Prevention Device)

87
 T06344JE

Bargraph Display

3 2

B 4

ICllJIJCICICllJq
",/'
Usually on 1>-09 90--99 100-109 110 or more
than thai

Each Irame represenunq 10% Each framerepresenting 2.5%

Each Irame representing 2.5%

1. Moment ralio mark

The moment ratios on the bargraph are colorcoded as

follows:

safe (green), notice (yellow) and limit (red).

2. Moment display

Normally displays a moment ratio on a bargraph.

Displays the main-circuit pressure when the display al­

teration key is pressed.

Also displays error messages when an operational or

system error occurs.

3. Scroll-up key

Used to see the previous lines of message displayed on

the moment display.

4. Scroll-down key
Used to see the next lines of messages displayed on the
moment display.

AML (Overload Prevention Device) AML (Overload Prevention Device)

88
 ..
~

Display Panel 1

1. Jib angle display

9. Load radius limit symbol
lJVhen jib lift is selected. the jib offset angle is displayed.
This symbol indicates that the load radius display [11} is
lJVhen the number of parts of line select key or the dis­
showing the registered load radius limit value. The load
play alteration key is pressed, the number of parts of
radius symbol [10] is also displayed at the same time.
line is displayed. Also, when an upper boom angle limit

has been registered. the registered upper boom angle

10. Load radius symbol

limit value is displayed while the register key is pressed.

This symbol indicates that the load radius display [11} is

showing the load radius.

2. Number of parts of line symbol

This symbol indicates that the jib angle display [1] is

11. Load radius display

showing the number of parts of line.

Normally displays the crane's load radius. Displays the

boom swing angle while the display alteration key is

3. Boom length symbol

pressed.

This symbol indicates that the boom length display 113]

lJVhen a load radius limit has been registered, the regis­

is showing the boom lenglh.

tered load radius limit value is displayed while the

register key is pressed.

5. Jib angle symbol

This symbol indicates that the jib angle display (1) is

12.Counterweighl state symbol

showing the jib offset angle.

This symbol indicates that operation with the counter­

weight mounted is selected and indicating its mounting

6. Jib lift symbol

state.

This symbol indicates that jib lift is selected. It also indi­

cates the condition of Ihe jib.

13.Boom length display

Normally displays the boom leng/h.

7. Actual load display

Displays the lifting height while the display alteration key

Displays fhe actual load,

is pressed.

Vv'hen a lifting heighllimit has been registered, the regis­

8. Rated lifting capacity display

tered lifting height limit value is displayed while the

Displays the rated lifting capacity.

register key is pressed.

'" ­

_~ik...'
,~
AMl (Overloati Prevention Device)
89
AMl (Overload Prevention Device)
.'- '~
 I06..J44'E

14.lifting helqht symbol

This symbol indicates that the boom length display [13]
is showing the lifting height

15. lifting height limit symbol

This symbol indicates that the boom length display [13}
is showing the reqlstered lifting height limit value.
The lifting height symbol [14] is also displayed atthe
same time.

16.Upper boom angle limit symbol

This symbol indicates thai the jib angle display [1] is
showing the registered upper boom angle limit value.

17.Boom angle symbol

This symbol indicates that the boom angle display [19] is
showing the boom angle.

18. Lower boom angle limit symbol

This symbol indicates thai the boom angle display [19J is
showing the registered lower boom angle limit value.

19.Boom angle display

Normally displays the boom angle.
Displays the moment ratio when the display alteration
key is pressed. When a lower boom anqle limit has been .
registered, the registered lower boom angle limit value is ,"
:<
displayed while the register key is pressed. ,
~.

20.Boom lift symbol

This symbol indicates that boom lift is selected.

21.Single-top lift symbol

This symbol indicates thai single-top lift is selected.

- -- t
,"
.'
'. ~,

- . 1"
•
I.
.-, , t
~;-,:-

AML (Overload Prevention Device) AML (Overload Prevention Device)

90
 r06J~~JE

Controls

i
)

.,t:
'j,

,
,,
,
;;
{
",
"
"

.;

1. Increase key
10. Lower boom angle restriction key
Used (0 increase the selected value.
Used to activate and cancel the lowermost boom angle
limiting function.
2. Decrease key

Used to decrease the selected value.

11. Lower boom angle restriction indicator lamp
Lights up when the lowermost boom angle limiting func­
3. Outrigger mode select key tion is activated.

Used to select the outrigger status. 12.Upper boom angle restrtctlon key
Used to activate and cancel the uppermost boom angle
I, 4. Lift mode select key nm'lfing function.
~
Used to select the lift status.
13.Upper boom angle restriction indicator [amp
5. Check key
Lights up when the uppermost boom angle limiting func­
Used to check the AML system functions.
tion is activated.

6. Register key
14. Lifting height restriction key
Used to register a selected status.
Used to activate and cancel the lifting height limiting
function.
7. Display alteration key

Used to alter the displays on display panel t.

15. Lifting height restriction indicator lamp

Lights up when lifting height limiting function is activat­

B. Load radius restriction key

ed,

Used to activate and cancel the load radius limiting func­

;
l6.Right swing restriction key

,.; tion.
~, Used to activate and cancel the right swing limiting func­

9. Load radius restriction indicator lamp tion.

Lights up when the load radius limiting function is acti­

vated.

AML (Overload Prevention Device) AML [Overload Prevention Device)

91
17. Right swing restriction indicator lamp
19. Left swing restriction indicator lamp

Ughts up when the right swing limiting function is acti­

Ughts up when the left swing limiting function is activat­

vated.
ed.

18.Left swing restriction key

20.Number of parts of line select key
Used to activate and cancel the left swing limiting func­
Used to register a number of parts of line.
tion.

Display Panel 2

1. Over-front position symbol

3. "On-rubber" (Outrigger-not-in-use) state symbol

Indicates that the boom is swung into the over-front po­

Indicates that the on-rubber operation (non-outrigger op­

sition.
eration) is selected.

Ugh!s when the stationary on-rubber operation is select­

2. Outrlqqer state symbol

ed, and flashes when the traveling on-rubber (creep)

Indicates the way the outriggers are extended. Flashes

opera lion is selected.

while an outrigger state is in process of being registered,

and lights up when Ihe registration is completed.

4. Suspension lock state symbol

Lights when the suspensions are locked up.

5. Boom position indicator

Displays the boom position in 100 increments.

,
t,
"
-'. _f'
§
'.' 1r
i
,
',' 1
t.

AML (Overload Prevention Device) AML (Overload Prevention Device)

92
'.",' "
11l53UJc

Selecting Operational Status • Counterweight state indicative symbol is marked up

as shown below:
A WARNING
Dismounting the Counlerweight Mounting the Counterweight
A Should the operational status be incorrectly
registered, the crane may overturn or be damaged,
leading to a serious accident. Prior to every opera­
tion, check that the registered status corresponds
to the actual status of the crane.

Selecting Outrigger Status

• The "on-rubber stationary" status is the default status
and is automatically selected when the power supply is
turned on (the PTO switch is placed in the "ON" posi­
(ion).
• Turning the power off (PTO switch: OFF) automatical­
ly erases all the previous settings stored in memory after
approximately 2 hours. To resume the operation more
than 2 hours after the power has been last turned off,
enter the settlnqs all over again.
Register the outrigger stale using the outrigger mode
select key and the register key.
o o
(1) On-outrigger operation
When the outrigger mode select key is pressed, the
outrigger slate symbol and counterweight state ln-.
dicative symbol flashes in accordance with the status
that the AML detects.
After making sure that the display conforms 10 the
actual oUlrigger conditions, press the register key.
The outrigger stale symbol will change from flashing
to continuous lighting and the moment display, rated
lifting capacity display and actual load display will re­
turn to normal display conditions, meaning that the
slate has been registered.

Actual outrigger
extension Displayed outrigger status
condition
- I-BB~·I~\
.' ml _ •••

BBB.~ •
. ~ B!!;~ =;>
. 1BBB .1 BBB

Register key

Fullyextended (7.2m)

o Mid. extended (8,7m)

Outrigger status select key
\ TJO,33E-1
Mid. extended (S.Sm)
. .i
I
.~
INOTICE]
• Crane operation is prohibited without full counter­ '-'"--..1=0 Min. extended (2.8m)

;' weight (7,900kg) installed. TJ(l73~E

i.
'. i,

AMl (Overload Prevention Device) AMl (Overload Prevention Device)

93
 IOijj44Jf

(2) On-rubber operation Selecting Lift Status

Press the outrigger mode select key repeatedly until
• The boom lift status is the default status and is auto­
the display conforms to the actual condition (on-rub­
matically selected (the boom lift symbol lights) when the
ber stationary operation or on-rubber creep
power supply is turned on (the PT0 switch is placed in
operation). Then press the register key. The moment
the ON position).
display, rated lifting capacity display and actual load
• Turning the power off (PTO switch: OFF) automatical­
display will return to normal display conditions,
ly erases all the previous seltings stored in memory after
meaning that the on-rubber state has been regis­
approximately 2 hours. To resume the operation more
tered.
than 2 hours after the power has been last turned off,
On-rubber stationary operation On-rubber creep operation enter the selunqs all over again.

Register the lift status using the lift mode select key and
the register key.

o o

T'23228E'j

• The outrigger status automatically changes to on-rub­

ber creep status when an operation is made for stowing
the outrigger after the registration or the outrigger status.
Be sure to again register the outrigger status. when nec­
essary.
Register key

o
Lift mode select key
T30,J5>:

Each time the lift mode select key is pressed, the mode
changes in numerical sequence, from (1) to (9). The dis­
play returns to (1) if you press the switch while the
status (9) is displayed on the screen. Select the status i.
that corresponds to the actual lift status. ""
, ~
• After selecting the intended lift status, press the regis­
ter key to register the status. The corresponding "
,
'0.

indicative symbols will change form flashing to lighting,

.'.~.
I
f
and the moment display, rated lifting capacity display ". f

and actual load display will return to normal display con­

ditions, meaning that the state has been registered.

.'.;

(VVhen the jib set status is selected, the jib lift symbol
will remain Oashing.)

AML (Overload Prevention Device) AML (Overload Prevention Device)

94
:/ T06344JE

• Selecllhe boom lift status when lifting a load on the

boom with the jib mounted.

• Seleclthe jib lift status when lifting a single load using

both the boom and jib.

(1) Boom lift

[ ]~
(2) Single top lift

[ l~
(3) Jib set (mounting or stowage)

[
I..~.j+:
, ,

(4) Jib 11ft; 9_9m jib. 3.S" offsel

'I~-
[ :JC \
J.J

(S) Jib lift: 9_9m jib, 2S" offset

[ c n .]
2 J.U \
~
(6) Jib lift: 9.9mjib, 45' offset

[ '-{!:JD '1 \
~
(7) Jib rift : 17.7mjib, 3.5' offset

[ 3.JC ·I~-. \

{51Jib lift: 17.7mjib.2S" offset

[2 cn
_ J.U ·I~-.
\

(9) Jib lift: 17.7mjib, 4S' offset

[ '-{ J.U
C ,n
']~. \
TJO,JGE
- .

~.

AML (Overload Prevention Device) AML (Overload Prevention Device)

95
Selecting Number of Parts of line • When the power supply is turned on (i.e. PTa switch
ON), the standard number of parts of line corresponding
[NOTICE]
to the work condition is selected.
• If the registered number of parts of line is smaller
than the standard number, a maximum allowable lift­
Register the number of parts of line using the number of
ing load is limited, depending on the registered
parts of line select key and the register key.
number. If zero(O) is registered, however, the AML
performs as ifthe standard number has been regis­
tered.
• Similarly, the AML works on the basis of the stan­
dard number of parts of line If the registered number
is larger than the standard number.

Number of parts of line symbol

Number of parts 01line

Decrease key

Increase key

1'30'3'E·1

1. Press the number of parts of line select key. The 3. Once the intended number of parts of line is set,
number of parts of line symbol will flash, and the number press the register key and register the number. Then,
of parts of line will be shown on the jib angle display in a the number of parts of line symbol will be turned off and
flashing mode. the jib angle display will return 10 a normal status.
+ The number of parts of line can be confirmed by
2. Press the increase or the decrease key to set the pressing the display alteration key.
number to the actual number of parts of line.
+ When the increase or the decrease key is pressed, a
numeral showing the number of parts of line changes
from flashing to lighting, and increases or decreases.
+lAIhen the increase or the decrease key is kept
pressed, the number of parts of line continuously in­
creases or decreases.

AML (Overload Prevention Device) AML (Overload Prevention Device)

96
 Selecting Winch Condition Selecting Jib Mounted Condition

,~, A WARNING A WARNING

,

;~,

,"
A Select the correct winch according to the actu­ A If the jib mounted/dismounted state is set im­

,, al crane condition; otherwise the AML will show a

properly, the AML does not function accurately.
The crane operation in this condition could create
wrong moment ratio, and damage to or overturn of
hazard.
the crane can be caused.

The jib can be dismounted from the crane body when it

[NOTICE]
+ For boom lift, always employ the main winch.
The lifting capacities vary depending on the operating
condition. Register the winch selection using the winch
selector switch 50 that the auxiliary winch indicator lamp
is as sho.....n in the figure below according 10 the operat­
ing condition.
The winch selection alternates between main winch and
auxiliary winch each time the winch selector switch is
pressed. VVhen auxiliary winch is selected, the auxiliary
winch indicator lamp lights up.
is not used. The reduced mass of the crane body after
jib removal will influence the accuracy of the AML. Use
thls switch 10 set the jib mounted I dismounted stale 10
IheAML.
+The key can be inserted in and removed from eilher
"REMOVED" or EQUIPPED" position.
(1) "REMOVED": Select this position when the jib is dis­
mounted. The jib removed indicator lamp will light up.
(2) "EQUIPPED": Select this position when the jib is
mounted. The jib removed indicator lamp will go out.

Jib removed indicat~r lamp

" tJ):Auxiliary winch

;~9::[
-
c::jI employed

T605lI1 F. Jib slale switch

T.!·115IE

Single

:~:©J I
top lift
Single I

.~ ~!

AML (Overload Prevention Device) AML (Overload Prevention Device)

97
 JD6J~4JE

AML Pre-operational Inspection
.It. WARNING
A Operating the crane with a malfunctioning AML
could cause the crane to overturn or be damaged.
Be sure to perform the pre-operational inspection
on the AML system and start the crane only after
ensuring that the system is operating properly.
Before starting operation, check that the AML works in
good condition, as follows:
1. Press the check key and make sure that the AML is
in the following conditions:
• Moment display •• -All segments light up.
• Display panel (1 and 2)
• •....••••..•. 'AIl segments light up_
• Working range restriction indicator lamp
3. Make sure that the display on the display panels
conforms to the actual crane conditions.
(1) Boom length
(2) Boom angle
(3) Jib angle......shown while jib lift is selected
(4) Aetualload ..With no load on hook, make sure that
an approximate mass of the hook block
is shown
• The actual load is not shown correctly if the lift sta­
tus is not registered correctly.
(5) Outrigger slate symbol
(6) Boom position indicator
(7) Over-front position symbol
.................shown while the boom is in over-front area
(8) Counterweight state indicative symbol
• If the AML does not work property, have il checked
and repaired by the nearest TADANO distributor or deal­

· .•.......••.. -All six lamps light up.

er.
• Alarm buzzer' •.. 'Sounds continuously.
• Movement toward critical sides
• •.•••.••••.•• -Automatlcalry halted

/ Buzz

o ~~ Barqraph displa
- 'Jt 'ftOAHO

~
0J,
~~
, -, II
[IDDDDDOllDDDDIIID
~
I
Display panel 1

Display panel 2

Ii­
. t

: .... ,
2. Press either the register key, display alteration key ,,, '"
or check key to return the display to the norma! condi­ -.\~. ~:
tion.

AML (Overload Prevention DeVice) AML (Overload Prevention Device)

98
 ,
..
,~,
>
TC63UJE
.:'
.;,
,

"

.
, How to Use the Working Range Limit Boom Angle Limit

Function Raise or lower the boom to the desired angle, and press
the upper or lower boom angle restriction key. The cor­
[NOTICE]

responding restriction indicator lamp will flash and the

.If the working range limit is registered very close
buzzer will sound continuously, indicaling that the boom
to an obstacle, there is a risk of the crane colliding angle limit has been stored in the memory. When the
with the obstacle, depending on the operational sta­ boom is moved back to an angle wilhin the set limit, lhe
tus and the manner in which the load is handled. restriction indicator lamp stops flashing and stays lit and
When registering a range limit, allow a sufficient the buzzer stops.
clearance to avoid collision. Thereafter, the upper or lower boom angle restriction in­
dicator lamp flashes and the buzzer sounds
The working range restricting function makes the boom
continuously whenever the upper or lower limit previous­
automatically slop at the previously registered boom an­
ly registered is reached. (Boom rising or lowering stops
gles (upper and lower), lifting height, load radius and
automatically.)
swing angle,
To cancel the boom angle limit function, press the boom
The function is useful for handling a load in a confined
angle restriclion key again. The corresponding boom an­
place because it defines the area in which the boom can
gie restriction indicator lamp will go out.
operate.
• Turning the power off (PTO switch: OFF) automatical­
ly erases all the previous settings stored in memory after
approximately 2 hours. To resume lbe operation more
than 2 hours after the power has been last turned off, Upper boom angle
enter the settings all over again. restriction indicator
lamp

Upper boom angle resuictec Lifling height restricted

Lower boom angle resecteo Lower boom angle
restriction indicator
lamp
\\»"""""",

Lower boom angle

restriction key

, Upper boom angle

-- ---_. ----_. -_. --- -------------------_. --­
~ restriction key
Load radius resuicieo Swing restricted

~--~R~-i~1

AML (Overload Prevention Device) AML (Overload Prevention Device)

99
 T06J4~3E

Lifting Height Limit Swing Limit

Move the boom 10 the desired height, and press the lift­
ing height restriction key. The lifting height restriction
indicator lamp will flash and the buzzer will sound con­
tinuously, indicating thatthe height limit has been stored
in the memory. VVhen the boom is moved back 10 a
height within the setlimit. the lifting height restriction in­
dicator lamp slops flashing and stays lit and the buzzer
stops.
Thereafter, the lifting height restriction indicator lamp
flashes and the buzzer sounds continuously whenever
the height limit previously registered is reached.
(Corresponding boom motions stop automatically.)
To cancel the height limit function, press the lifting
height restriction key again. The lifting heigh! restriction
indicator ramp will go oul.
0 0
~~
,-!
~ ~~
B site direction.
Swing the boom to the desired position, and press a
swing restriction key. The corresponding swing restric­
tion indicator will flash and the buzzer will sound
continuously, indicating that the swing angle limit has
been registered in the memory. \fIJhen the boom is
swung back to an angle within the set limit, the swing reo
striction lamp stops flashing and stays lit and the buzzer
stops. Thereafter, the swing restriction indicator lamp
will flash and the buzzer will sound whenever the limit
previously registered is reached. (800m swinging stops
automatlcally.)
To cancel the restriction function, press the correspond­
ing swing restriction key again. The corresponding
swing restriction indicator lamp will go out.
• \fIJhen registering a swing angle limit, register both the
right and left swing limit. One-sided registering is dan­
gerous because an automatic stop is not made when
the boom approaches the limit position from Ihe oppo­

I I/~~
277·~·1 07 V
Lifting height restriction
indicator lamp
o o

II~[I soAr,1 lifting height restriction

~key
I I left swing restriction

~~~
indicator lamp

(g~8
Right swing restriction
~(@
indicator lamp

~g

0 0 nOT·IIE

Right swing restnction

key

left swing restriction key

o o TIOT·I~r.

AML (Overload Prevention Device) AML (Overload Prevention Device)

100
--, .
. if, J0634431:
.1
...."
"
:f Load Radius Limit
Move the boom to the desired load radius, and press the

load radius restriction key. The load radius restriction

indicator lamp will flash and the buzzer will sound

continuously, indicating that the load radius limit has

been stored in the memory. lMlen the boom is moved

back toward the non-critical side, the load radius

restriction indicator lamp stops flashing, and stays lit and

the buzzer stops.

The load radius restriction indicator lamp flashes and

the buzzer sounds continuously whenever the limit pre­

viously registered is reached. (Boom extending and

lowering stop automatlcally.)

To cancel the load radius limit function, press the load

radius restriction key again. The corresponding load ra­

dius restriction indicator lamp will go out.

o o
"I-

Load radius restriction

indicator lamp

Load racvs
resncucn key

,
j

~,
'j

,.

AML (Overload Prevention Device) AML (Overload Prevention Device)

101
 r05l~4Je

Display of Working Range Limit Values

Press the register key while working range limits have
been registered.
lfoJIlile the key is being pressed, the registered working
range limit values are displayed. On the moment display
will be displayed a message "Working range".
• This display is not made during a preoperational
check of the AML and when a working state is being
registered .
• V\lhen working range limits are nol registered, the
message "---" will be displayed.

o o

Lower boom angle limil value

Load radius limit value

Boom position indicator

Swing limil value

,.
,

AML (Overload Prevention Device) AML (Overload Prevention Device)

102
 ."
- '!"
T063HJE

Display Alteration
. Displays on the moment display and the display panel 1
can be altered, as shown below in the figures, by press­
ing the display alteration key. The indicative symbols are
displayed, 100.

Moment Display

M**** MPa
TUnil

I
-
Main-circuitpressure

Meaning main circuit pressure

T:J07-15E

Display Panel 1
• Displays on the actual load display and the rated load
display do not alter even when the display alteration key
is pressed.

Number of parts of line

Lifting height
r~~ ~ ~
,~~r-~

6
.

~
o(!) .'D~
(5) ..... rUll <, Rated lifting capacity

~ o
(Q (21
0 0

81 Swing angle

(!YJ
~g
Display alteration key
o o

AML (Overload Prevention Device) AML (Overload Prevention Device)

103
 106]~~1E

Recovery from a Slop

Restore the crane operation according to the following
steps. (2) Vv'hen the limit moment for the boom lift with the jib
(1) WIlen moment is more than 100% mounted is exceeded
Moment display: [Warning:0023) Moment display: [Warning:0088j
• Buzzer sounds continuously. Buzzer sounds continuously.
Hoist dowilihe lead on ere ground.

B~
~ ~
0 0

I:J
El
r~-"oo,~-
W=-no 008II Retract the boom slowly.

~g ~
=
~
I@Im'isJ~
rg~T8 ,. -----------­
l!'D~ Raise the boom slowly.

~G
0 0

,
v

(3) Overwinding
Moment display: [Warning:0024J
• Buzzer sounds intermittently.

Hoist down the load.

0
.,.­ 0

I:J
(9
t 1'1""""; 002. I

~~

-E;:J~
c:::::Jh-­ Retract the boom slowly.

~:rnl~~

. rg~18
l!'D~
[iJ1-ttlrnG
0 0

AML (Overload Prevention Device] AML (Overload Prevention Device)

104
"''­
 (4) VV'hen backward slabmty control function works
Moment display: (Warning:0025]
Buzzer sounds continuously.

(q"
... ­ 0

I~ I-~, I

~
Lower the boom slowly.

c =
,Ih-

k!®I~~
©@I;'
(l'j)~
~g
0 0

(5) VV'hen the automatic stop is caused in the interfer­

ence area of boom, jib, elevating cylinder and engine
cover
Moment display: [Warning:0117] or [Warning:0138]
AML buzzer: Sounds 3 seconds.

,
•
Raise the boom slowly.

,
• 0
... - 0
,,
~'"
i: [:'>min9 0117:'j
W.mir>g-Ol:11l

!,

[I~
,,
,

c:::::::Jb-
I@I 51
, ©@Iion
®lisJ
Swing back the boom.

(l'j)~
~g
0 0

AML (Overload Prevention Device) AML (Overload Prevention Device)

105
 T06J~43E

(6)VlJhen upper boom (7)VlJhen lower boom (8)VlJhen lifting height (9)VlJhen load radius (10)VlJhen swing angle
angle limit is angle limit is limit is reached: limit is reached: limit is reached:
reached: reached: Moment display: Moment display: Moment display:
Moment display: Moment display: [Warning:0028] [Warning:0029] [Warning:0042 or
[Warning:0026] [Warning:0027] Buzzer sounds con­ Buzzer sounds con­ 0043]
Buzzer sounds con­ Buzzer sounds con­ tinuously. tinuously. Buzzer sounds con­
tinuously. tinuously. lifting height restric­ load radius restric­ tinuously.
Upper boom angle lower boom angle tion indicator lamp lion indicator lamp Swing restriction in­
reetncuon indicator restriction indicator flashes. flashes. dicator lamp flashes.
lamp flashes. lamp flashes.

n n Il

~ r:=­
~ f=
f=
V V V v" V
I
V V
7
'v
,
V
Lowerthe boomslowly Raise the boomslowly. Retractthe boomslowly.: Cancel working range Swing backthe boom.
lfmillunclion.

'l"'1212IE'2

AMllOverload Prevention Device) AMl (Overload Prevention Device)

106
 Abnormality Messages and
Displays a failure message
'Recovering Operations

Whenan abnormality message is shown on the AML

moment display. the AML buzzer sounds for 3 seconds.
Slop working and lake appropriate actions.
-. ~
-z-s-c-:
I:J~

lmJ~
~H1g
"'" TI~T'..:2E

Messages Meaninos Causes Solutions

I IWarnina:00011 RF. outriaaer retracted Outrigger beam retracts and the Re-extend the outrigger.
I [Warnina:00021 RR. outrioaer retracted extended width decreases.
I IWarnin"OOO31 L.F. outrlcoer retracted
IIWarnina:00041 L.R. outrtooerretracted
[Error:0006] Pins inserted in jib Jib connecting pin and jib set pin Set the pins on the jib to normal
are inserted. conditions.
I IWarninq:00111 Connectlno pin uninserted Jib connectinc pin is not inserted.
[Warning:0010] Approaching the swing The boom is swung close to the Swing in the opposite direction.
Iimil reoistered swine limit. Cancel the swino limit.
[Warning:0012] Backward instability The boom is swung from over- Swing in the opposite direction.
front or over-rear into over-side, Lower the boom.
and backward stability limit is
exceeded.
(Warning:0015] Stoppage due to overwind- Main (or auxiliary) winch is Unwind the main
ing (with overwind cutout wound excessively. (or auxiliary) winch.
function deactivated}
[Warning:0024] Stoppage due to
overwindinq
[Error:0016] Wrong operation status Wrong registration of operation Registeroperation status again.
--'.: reoistered <case 1> status (boom lift. jib lift, single top
- '- ~ -. [Error:0017] Wrong operation status lift, outrigger) is made.
recistered <case 2>
(Warning:0023] Stop due to 100% moment Moment ratio is 100%or more Hoist down the load.
ratio Raise the boom. Relractlhe boom.
[ Lower the boom.
(Warning:0025] Stop due 10 backward Backward stability limit is
t instability exceeded as the boom is raised
,.. or retracted during on-rubber
l
operation.
i
[Warning:0026] Upper boom angle Boom is raised above the Lower the boom.
,i. limit reached. UDDer boom anole limit. Cancellhe upper boom ancle limit.
•
t­ [Warning:0027] Lower boom angle Boom is lowered below the lower Raise the boom.
~ limit reached. boom anale limit. Cancel the lower boom anaIe limit.
(Warning:0028] Lifting height limit reached. Lifting height is beyond lifting Lower Ihe boom.
heighllimil. Retract the boom.
Cancel the lutinq heloht limit.

AML (Overload Prevention uevice) AML (Overload Prevention Device)

107
.'
 Messages Meaninas Causes Solutions
[Warning:0029] Load radius limit reached load radius is beyond load radius Raise the boom.
limit Retract the boom.
Cancel the load radius limit.
[Error:0041J Wrong counterweight state Crane operation toward a critical Register the counterweight status
registered side is automatically slopped again.
because the detected counter­
weight status is different from the
registered one.
[Warning:0042] Right swing angle limit reached Boom is swung beyond the swing Swing back the boom.
I(Warning:00431 Leftswina anole limitreached limit. Cancel the swine limit.
[Warning:0046] Re-registering of operation Outriqqerjack retracfinq operation Register operation status again.
status required is made.
[Warning:0047) Hook block in contact with Boom raised excessively while Extend or lower the-boom.
elevating cylinder. it is nearly fully retracted, and
hook block approaches the range
where it may touches the
elevatlnc cylinder.
[Warning:0056] No further boom swing Boom swung to the verge of the Swing the boom to the contrary
area where smaller lifting capacity side.
is rated because of outrigger Retract or raise the boom to avoid
extensionwidth. thai the rated lifting capacity is ex­
ceeded.
[Warninq:00571 RF. outrigger state changed Outrigger extension width has Re-extend the outrigger,
IWarnina:OD58) RR outriacerstate chanced decreased, and the lifting capacity Register operation status again.
[Warnina:00591 L.F. cutriooerslate chanced has been switched to a capacity
(WarninQ:00601 L.R cutriouer statechanged for a narrower outrtooerwidth.
[Warning:0078] Altered counterweight state The detected counterweight Register the counterweight status
status is different from the again.
registered one.
[Warning:0081] Elevation slowed down Elevation slow stop function is Stop operation.
activated because the boom has Operate the boom to the opposite
approached the stop angle. direction.
Cancel the boom angle limit.
Move the boom toward non-critical
side.
[Warning:0082] Swinging slowed down Swing slow stop function is Stop operation.
activated because the boom has Swing back the boom.
approached the stop position. Cancel me swing limit.

AML (Overload Prevention Device] AML (Overload Prevention Device)

108 ',_ l
 lG6JU:lE

Messages Meaninas Causes Solutions

[Warning:0085] Stroke end of elevation Boom elevation is automatically Stop operation.
cylinder stopped because it has reached Operate in the opposite direction.
the stroke end.
[Warning:0088] Moment exceeding limit The moment ralio is beyond the Hoist down the winch.
for boom with jib mounted limit during boom lift with (he jib Raise the boom.
mounted. Retract the boom.
[Warnina:0117] Potential boom interference Boom, jib, or elevation CYlinder Pay attention to obstacles when
IWarnina:01381 Boom interference is aporoachina the enaine cover. raisina or swinaina the boom.
AMl main unit or detector is Check or repair is required. Contact
defective. nearest TADANO distributor or
·~ Others ---
:I.
t
dealer. For crane slowing, see "In
"
J~ the Event of a System Failure".
,.,'
•
,

,,

,
,

'
,,,

.,
~}.

J
'-,
.. : .', . AML (Overload Prevention Device) AML (Overload Prevention Device)
;~ , 109
, 'I'·
 J06lU)i

In the Event of a System Failure

How to Use the Outrigger State Emergency
Register Switch
How to Use the Override Key Switch

A WARNING
A WARNING
A Use the outrigger state emergency register
A Setting the override key switch in the ON posi­
switch only in an emergency. After the operation,
tion and keeping the PTa switch in the OVERRIDE
contact your nearest TADANO distributor or deal­
position cancels the AML's safety feature, the stop
er to repair the outrigger detection system.
function. Using this switch during normal opera­
tion is extremely dangerous. Do not use this
Vv'hen any device in the outrigger extension detection
switch during normal operation. Use the switch
system, such as the cord reel, breaks down, the outrig­
only when operation has been disabled due to fail­
ger status registered in the AML is cancelled to make
ure of the AML system. When using the switch,
the crane inoperable. In such an emergency, use the
first hoist down the load on the ground and retract
outrigger state emergency register switch to register the
the boom; then use the elevating and/or swing
outrigger status on the AML.
functions to stow the boom.

1. Turn the outrigger state emergency register switch

If the recovering operalion corresponding 10 the abnor­
mality message does not restore the normal operation of
the crane, the system is out of order. When the system
is in an abnormal condition, you cannot operate the
crane.
In such a case, the override key switch is used to stow
the boom. Insert the key into the key hole and turn the
switch to ON and keep the PTO switch in the OVER­
RIDE position. The AML cancellation warning sign
appears on the central alarm display, and you can oper­
ate the crane .
• The key of the override switch should be kept by a
crane manager or a work supervisor.
to ON. The outrigger state emergency register indicator
lamp will light up and the outrigger slate on the AML will
be set to the boom lift and on-rubber creep status.
2. Press the outrigger mode select key to select the
outrigger status in conformity with the actual outrigger
extension wid/h.
• Vv'hen the front, rear, right and left outrigger extension
widths differ, select the smallest width.
• The outrigger state symbol keeps flashing during the
status selection.

PTOswilch
(OVERRIOE)
ON r7Kl
OFF I~~

, ()

i ):JJ I Override key switch

~I /
'~ /bN"fll II',~
<, ~ AML~~;/T

nJlll~

AML (Overload Prevention Device) AML (Overload Prevention Device)

110
",

3. After selecting the outrigger extension width. press

the register key to register the status. The outrigger
slate symbol will change (rom nashing to continuous
lighting.

Outrigger state emergency

register switch
Oulligger state emergency
register mercator lamp

,/r.-..'~r
~T'\

~
T~J!jJF:

4. Press the lift mode select key to register the lift sta­
Ius.

AML (Overload Prevention Device) AML (Overload Prevention Device)

111
 TC63<l5\E

Other Safety Devices

Overwind Cutout Device Deactivation of the Overwind cutout

The overwind cutout device prevents damage to the Function

crane that would be caused by pulling the hook block
A WARNING
into the boom head. When the hook block approach­
AWhen the overwind cutout function is deacttvat­
es the boom head, single lop or jib, the overwind
ed, the stop function will not operate even if the
cutout device sends a signal to the AML, which then
hook block is overhoisted. Be careful not to over­
slops any further crane action toward the critical con­
wind the crane when deactivating the overwind
dition.
cutout function is unavoidable or specifically re­
When overwinding is detected, the crane will be set in
quired.
the following status:
(1 )Any operation involving action toward the critical
Use the overwind cutout disable switch to deactivate
state -,hoisting up, extenclnp Of lowering the
the overwind culout function.
boom) is halted.
The overwind cutout function may hinder stowing the
(2) The alarm buzzer sounds continuously and a mes­
main hook block and mounting or slowing the jib. If
sage appears on the moment indicator of lhe
this happens, deactivate the function temporarily by
AML.
pressing the overwind cutout disable switch. While
When the crane is automatically slopped because the
the switch is held down, the overwind cutout function
overwind cutout device has been activated, retract
is deactivated.
the boom or hoist down to move the hook block away
from the boom head, single top or jib.
• The overwind cutout device for the jib can also be
used for the single top.
• When the jib or single top is mounted, be sure to
connect the leads of the overwind cutout device cor­
rectly. If the leads are not connected. the AML
assumes a overwinding condition. and all actions to­
ward the critical ccndltlons are automatically stopped.
• Once overwinding has occurred. the alarm buzzer
T28815E'21
keeps sounding until the hook block is lowered.

• When Ihe jib set status is registered in the AML,

Boom Jib Single lop

the overwind cutout function will be deactivated.

~.

~ ~
- _ V
Overwind detection switch

T007581::

other Safety Devices Other Safety Devices

112
 T063-151E

~: - ­
External Warning Lamps

A WARNING

A When the external warning lamp in red lights,

crane operation to the critical side stops. Do not

release AML stop function to continue crane oper­

.. ation. Operate the crane toward safety side at

once. Restart the work after lamp lighting has
- ,- ­ changed from red to orange, or lamp has gone off.

The external warning lamps are to inform the people

engaged in work around the crane of loaded condi­

tion of the crane.

While any of the following functions are deactivated.

the red lamp lights up in addition to inform the people

engaged in work that an automatic stop function is

deactivated.

(1) Overwind cutout function

(2)Automatic stop by the AML (caused by lhe mo­

ment exceeding 100%, working range limit, etc.)

TI31;~E

Color Crane (or AML) conditions

Not Safe
lighted • Moment ratio: less than 90 %
Orange Not in danger, but attention needed
• Moment ratio: beLween 90 % and 100 %
Red In danger (Motion to critical side stops)

· Moment ratio: more than 100 %

When an automatic stop funclion is de­
activated

· Overwind cutout disable switch: pressed

· Override key switch ON position and
PTO switch in OVERRIDE position

,
Other Safety Devices Other Safety Devices
113
 1~6851E

Operating the PTO and Warming

Up the Machine

A WARNING Operating the PTO

A Turn the PTO switch to the OVERRIDE posi­
tion switch only in emergency. Do not use this
position for normal operation.
~------ (OVERRIDE)
When the PTO switch is turned ON. the hydraulic pump
for the boom elevating, boom telescoping, and hoisting
circuits is driven, and crane operation becomes possi­
ble. When the PTO switch is turned OFF. the hydraulic
pump stops.
• The hydraulic pump for other circuits (han the boom

0"
ON
I ~ elevating, boom telescoping and hoisting is driven all

~
while the engine is funning.

Engaging the pro

PTO switch 1. Make sure that every crane operation lever(hoist.
173mI.': elevation, telescoping, and swing) is in the neutral posi­
tion.

2. Start the engine and lurn the PTa switch to ON.

The PTa lamp will light up and the AML will be ener­
gized. Also, the suspension will be locked and the
suspension lock indicator lamp will light up.
+ Keep the engine at idle when turning the PTa switch
to ON.

-- -- (OVERRIDE)

OfF,,""'?; ~ ,\

~ =:> ~I@l~
,-,~,
,,
~~
PTO switch

T2l111E

Disengaging the pro

1. Turn the PTO switch to OFF. The PTa lamp will go

out and the AML will be deenergized. Also, the suspen­

sion will be unlocked and the suspension lock indicator

(amp will go out.

+Aftercrane operation, turn the PTa switch 10 OFF to

protect the battery.

Operating the PTO and Warming Up the Machine Operating the PTO and Warming Up the Machine
114
..;.- ,
T0461l51E

Warming Up the Machine

[NOTICE]
• Be sure to allow the machine to warm up before
the start of any operation. This practice is especially
important in cold weather when the engine and hy­
draulic oil viscosities are high. If an operation is
started without sufficiently warming up the engine
and machine, highly viscous oils may cause dam­
age to the engine and hydraulic system.

1. Let the engine warm up at idling speed for approxi­

mately five minutes after starting the engine. When it is
very cold, extend the warmup time as necessary, ac­
cording to the ambient temperature.

2. Engage the PTO and extend the outriggers.

3. Increase the engine speed to between 800 and

1.000 r/min [rpm] and operate the crane without a load
for five to ten minutes. When it is very cold, extend the
operating lime according to the ambient temperature.
• Check the engine. hydraulic pumps, hydraulic motors,
swing bearing and pivot pin for any unusual sound. If
any are heard, stop operation immediately and contact
the nearest TADANO distributor or dealer.

4. Start a lift operation only after the machine has

been sufficiently warmed up without a load.

Operating the PTO and Warming Up the Machine Operating the PTO and Warming Up the Machine
115
 T0581S'E

Outriggers

Setting the Crane

A WARNING
A If the crane is set on inappropriate ground, it is
possible that the crane could overturn. Always set
the crane on firm ground.

Preparing the Ground

When selling the crane on soft ground or on ground that

cannot bear the weight of the crane, carry oul the follow­
ing procedures:
(1) Grade a slope or rough surface so that the crane can
be set in a level position.
(2) Place steel plates or wood blocks on the surfaces
where the outrigger floats are to be located, in order
to distribute the ground bearing pressure over a larg­
er area. The steel plates and wood blocks musl be
sufficiently strong and large in area and also appro­
priate for the ground condition. The outrigger floats
must be set at the center of the plates or blocks.

Controls

(JACK) =0
(AEr.1

129016·'

,,
1. Bubble level 5. Jack/slider selector switch - ~
2. Individual control switch (left front) 6. Extend/retract selector switch
3. Individual control switch (right front) 7. Individual control switch (right rear)
4. Collective control switch 8. Individual control switch (left rear)

Outriggers Outriggers
116
 TOSll\61E

Extending the Outriggers [NOTICE]

• When the jack/slider selector switch or the ex­
tend/retract selector switch is operated, the
:,'
A WARNING
outrigger switch activation warning appears on the
AOutriggers with improperly extended beams
central alarm display. If no outrigger operation is
cannot assure safety. Fully extend the beams at all
times.
performed. for apprcx. 10 seconds in this condition
an alarm buzzer sounds intermittently.
.
AThe crane can sometimes remain level even
After finishing outrigger operation, return the selec­
when it is supported on only three jacks.
tor switches to the neutral position.
Operating the crane in such a condition is very
dangerous. After extending the outriggers. make
sure that all outrigger floats are in contact with the
o
ground. Any unseated float must be lowered so Alarm buzzer
that it is in firm contact with the ground.
Alf the crane is not level on the ground, the load
radius will increase when the load is swung to­
ward the lower side. In the worst case, this could
cause the crane to overturn. Always use the bub­
ble levels to make sure that the crane is level after
extending the outriggers.
Cerurat alarm display 0 T.!JIHE

A Operating on outriggers when any tires are in

contact with the ground will reduce crane stability • When outrigger stowing operation is made, the

due to the reaction force of the tires. Extend jacks outrigger extension width data registered on the

and, if necessary, place blocking under the outrig­ AML is cleared. After resetting the outriggers, regis­

ger floats to raise the tires clear of the ground. ter the extension widths again.

AThe outrigger beams may accidentally retract

during operation if they are not properly locked
with the lock pins. Be sure to secure the outrigger
beams with the lock pins whenever they are ex­
tended.

'i·

Outriggers Outriggers
117
 TCS8181E

Full Extension Procedure 4. Flip the jack/slider selector switch to the JACK side

1. Remove all four lock pins. and the extend'retract selector switch to the EXT. side.
Then press the collective control switch to extend all the

,
jack cylinders fully.

2. Flip the jack/slider selector switch to the SLIDER

side and the extend/retract selector switch to the EXT.
side. Then press the collective control switch 10 extend 5. After all four jack cylinders are fully extended, reo

alilhe outrigger beams fully. turn the jack/slider selector switch and the extend/retract
• Adjust the operation speed by pressing down the ac­ selector switch to the neutral position .

celerator pedal.
• See the outrigger extension width by the full extended 6. Use the bubble levels to make sure that the crane

mark. is level, If the crane is notlevel. refer to the "level

Adjustment" section (or detailed instructions on leveling
the crane.

Bubble level

T:!ll)SE

Marking line
12]163E
3. Insert all four lock pins in the outrigger pin holes to
lock the outrigger beams in place.

Outriggers Outriggers
118
 T05a18\E

Middle/Minimum Extension Procedure

• When using the outriggers at the minimum length po­
sition, extend the jack cylinders without extending the
outrigger beams.
.
1. By {he same procedure as in the case of full exten­
sion, extend the outrigger beams to the middle
extension marks (6.7 m or 5.5 m).

Mid extended mark 6.7m

Mid extended mark 5.5m

2. Insert all four Jock pins in the outrigger pin holes to

lock lhe outrigger beams in place.

3. By the same procedure as in the case of full exten­

sion, extend all the jack cylinders.

~-

Outriggers Cutriggers
119
 TO~\6\E

Level Adjustment 2. If the bubbles in the level glass are between the
marking lines, the crane is considered to be level.
Using the Bubble Level
Return the jack/slider selector switch and extendfrelract
When the crane is set level, the bubbles in (he level
selector switch to the neutral position.
glass are between the marking lines. If a bubble is shift­

ed 10 one side, thai side of the crane is higher than the

Bubble level
other side.

Bubble
-Example-

A bubble in the level glass is shifted \0 the right.

= The right side of the crane is higher than the left side.

Bubblelever
Marking line
nllGJE

3. Make sure that all four outrigger tloats are in con­

tact with the ground. Any unseated outrigger floats must
be lowered unlillhey are in firm contact with the ground.
Mar1ling line

r2Jl~OIi

Adjustment
The crane should be adjusted to a level position by re­
tracting (extending) the jack cylinders on the higher
(lower) side of the crane. The following explanation as­
sumes that the right side of the crane is higher (lower).

1. Flip the jack/slider selector switch 10 the JACK side

and the extend/retract selector switch to the RET. [EXT.]
side. Then press the right front and right rear individual
control switches repeatedly (0 gradually retract [extend]
the jack cylinders on the right side of the crane.

Outriggers Outriggers
120
.;." TOs.a\81E

Stowing the Outriggers 3. Flip the jack/slider selector switch to the SLIDER
side and the extend/retract selector switch to the RET.
A WARNING
side. Then press the collective control switch 10 retract
Alf the outriggers are retracted without stowing the outrigger beams fully.
the boom, the crane may overturn. FUlly retract
the boom and stow in the traveling configuration
before retracting the outriggers.
ATraveling with the crane without first securing
the retracted outriggers with the lock pins is dan­
gerous. The outrigger beams could accidentally
extend during travel. Be sure to securely pin the
outrigger beams whenever they are stowed.

l'U16S
[NOTICE]
• When the jack/slider selector switch or the ex­
tend/retract selector switch is operated, the 4. After all four oulrigger beams have been rully re­
outrigger switch activation warning appears on the tracted, return the jack/stider selector switch and the
central alarm display. If no outrigger operation is extend/retract selector switch to the neutral positions.
performed for approx.10 seconds in this condition,
an alarm buzzer sounds intermittently. 5. Install all four lock pins in Ihe outrigger beam pin
After finishing outrigger operation, return the selec­ holes to lock the outrigger beams in place.
tor switches to the neutral position.
,
1. Flip the jack/slider selector switch to the JACK side ~LOd<P;O
and lhe extend/retract selector switch to the RET. side.
Then press the collective control switch and retract the
jack cylinders fully.

T.!JI66E

r ~J 16-1
!

2. Remove all four lock pins.

Outriggers Outriggers
121
 Adjusting Control Levers

A WARNING 2. After raising the lever stand to the operating posi­

A If you touch a control lever while entering or tion, release the unlock lever \0 lock the lever stand.
exiting the cab, the crane can move unexpectedly.
After operation and it you must enter or exit the
cab during crane operation, move the lever stands
to the stowage position.

Adjusting Position of the Lever

Stands
Lever stand

[NOTICE]
Unlock. lever

• Move the lever stands to the position for crane

operation before starting crane operation. While any
lever stand is in the stowage position, the crane Position for crane operation

does not move even if a control lever is operated. Stowage position

(for traveling)
The following conditions are prerequisite for crane
operation and must be checked before operation:
PTa switch ·····················ON
• Left lever stand ···············in the position for
crane operation
TlJlWi%

Before starling crane operation, move the lever stands

to [he position appropriate for crane operation. The op­
erating position of a lever stand can be selected among
three positions.

1. Raise the lever stand while pulling the unlock lever.

• To prevent faulty operation, do not touch the control
levers.

Adjusting Control Levers Adjusting Control Levers

122
._~--'~'--- ­
 TO:lSl7JE

;.;
,
'.'

Stowing the Lever Stands

,1
i~' [NOTICE]
r
,
r • The crane may move unexpectedly if a control
lever touches an armrest of the seat. Stow the arm­
rests before moving the lever stands to their
stowage position.

1. Move the lever stand to the stowage position while

pulling the unlock (ever.

~
z
"

!'

1
rf
,
I

,,
~

\­

,
Adjusting control levers Adjusting Control levers
123
 IO&3olG7E

Hoisting (for 2M2D

Specification)

Controls (ISO layout)

• The arrangement of the levers shown here is based on the ISO layout The arrangement on machmee adopting the

TADANO layout is different from \he one shown. (See "Layout of Controls" for TADANO iayout.)

7
8

\~~
I

T:/9017·2

1. Winch drum rotation indicator (option) 6. Auxiliary winch operation indicator lamp
2. Auxiliary winch indicator lamp 7. Main winch control lever
3. Winch selector switch 8. Boom telescoping /auxillary winch control rever
4. Overwind cutout disable switch
5. Boom telescoping lauxiliary winch control selector
switch

Hoisting (for 2M2D Specification)

124
Hoisting (for 2M2D Specification) ,,
 T063o\ti2E

Hoisting Up and Down Main Winch

[NOTICE]
A WARNING • For single top lift and jib lift, set the winch selec­
A Moving the conlrollevers abruptly is danger­
tor switch correctly according to the actual
ous because it causes the load to bounce and
condition of the winch. See the "Registering Winch
swing. This practice could result in damaging the
Selection" section of "AML (Overload Prevention
crane, and injury or death. Be sure to operate the
Device)" in this manual.
levers slowly and carefully.

.ANever attempt to pull a load sideways or in­

Operate the main winch control lever to hoist up and
ward by operating the winch. Doing so may not down with the main winch.
only cause the boom failure but also overturn the The hoisting speed can be controlled by changing the
crane. amount the main winch control lever is moved and by
A When a load is lifted, the boom deflects and using the accelerator pedal.
the working radius increases, possibly exceeding To hoist up: Pull Ihe lever rearward.
the allowable limit. This result causes an overload To hoist down: Push the lever forward.
condition. Stop lifting when the load just clears To stop: Retum the lever 10 the neutral position.
the ground, and check the condition of the load,
as well as for any sign of overloading, before con­ Mainwinch conuouever

tinuing .

• Since lhe main and auxiliary winch systems are inde­ Neutral (slop)

pendent of each other, both winches can be used

slmultaneously.

~:

'.

Hoisting (for 2M2D Specification) Hoisting (for 2M2D Specification)

125
 TO<>J.161E

Auxiliary Winch Other Winch-related Control and

A WARNING Devices
A Check the control mode of the boom telescop­
ing lauxiliary winch control lever before operating Winch Drum Rotation Indicator (Option)
the lever; otherwise the crane can make an unin­
This indicator Ilashes to indicate that the winch drum is
tended movement and create a hazard.
rotating.

Use the boom telescoping lauxiliary winch conlrollever

and the boom telescoping (auxiliary winch selector
Aux. Main
switch to hoist up and down with the auxiliary winch.
The hoisting speed can be controlled by changing the
amount the boom telescoping lauxiliary hoist control
lever is moved and by using the accelerator pedal.

1. While pressing the lock knob, nip the boom tele­

scoping lauxiliary winch selector switch to the "auxiliary
1'OO';BJF,
winch" side.
• Make sure that the auxiliary winch operation indicator
lamp lights up. Winch Drum Indicator (option)
The hoist control lever knob has a funclion of detect­
800m telescoping
ing the rolating status of the winch drum. When you
. - / ocereuon indica lor lamp
lightly touch the knob by your thumb while operating
Ci» Lock knob
~( Boom telcscopinp the hoist control lever, you will feel the pulsation

\1~~PrI/O",i1;O'Y winch control sound of knocks.

~l selector SWIIl:h • The indicator functions only when the winch drum
~. Auxiliary winch operalion is rota ling at low speed. The indicator becomes inop­
V?
....(3:;
indicator lamp
erable, when the winch is rotating at high speed .
I'
Pulsating section

2. Operate the boom telescoping lauxiliary winch con­

Hoist controllever
trollever.
To hoist up: Pull the lever rearward.
To hoist down: Push the lever forward.
To slop: Return the lever 10 the neutral position.

Boom tetescoplnq

lauxiliary winch controllever r Push (hoist down)

TI'·I~JE

Neutral (stop)
Overwind Cutout Disable Switch

For details, see the "Other Safety Devices" section.

T'l3172F,-1

Hoisting (for 2M2D Specification) Hoisting (for 2M2D Specification)

126
 TO~202E

Telescoping the Boom (for 2M2D

Specification)
Controls (ISO layout)
• The arrangement of the lever and pedal shown here is based on the ISO layout. The arrangement on machines
adopting the TADANO layout is different from the one shown. (See "Layout of Controls" for TADANO layout.)

:~

,.
::
{
)
,

1. Boom telescoping operation indicator lamp 4. Boom telescoping lauxiliary winch control lever
2. Boom telescoping /auxiliary winch control selector 5. 2nd.boom emergency telescoping swttch
switch 6. 3rd/4fh/top boom emergency telescoping switch
3. Boom telescoping control pedal 7. 3rd/4lh/top boom extending switch

Telescoping the Boom (for 2M2D Specification) Telesco.,ing the Boom (for 2M2D Specification)
127
 T058202E

Extending and Retracting the Boom The boom consists of five sections. The telescoping of

these boom sections is controlled by using the boom

A WARNING telescoping lauxiliary winch conlrol lever, the boom tele­

A Moving the control levers abruptly is danger­ scoping control pedal and the boom telescoping I

ous because it causes the load to bounce and auxiliary winch control selector switch.

swing. Operate levers slowly and carefully. The telescoping speed can be controlled by changing

A When the boom is extended, the working ra­ the amount the boom telescoping lauxiliary winch con­

dius increases. Be alert to any sign of overloading trol lever is moved and by using the accelerator pedal.

when extending the boom. To extend: Push the lever forward.

A Do not push or pull the load by telescoping the To retract: Pull the lever rearward.

boom. This practice can damage the crane and To slop: Return the lever to neutral position.

lead to an accident.
A Check that the boom telescoping operation in­
dicator lamp is lit before operating the lever;
otherwise the crane can make an unintended
movement and create a hazard.
3rdf4lh1top boom secflcn
e~lending switch

[NOTICE]
"~~#£PUII (10 reuacn

I~/
• The extended boom retracts, though slightly, in
course of time, due to hydraulic oil temperature
change. For example, 5 m extended boom retracts
by approx. 40 mm along with lowering of tempera­
ture by 10°C. Besides temperature, the boom's • The boom lengths and the telescoping sequence are

telescoping conditions, boom angle, lubrication, etc. shown in the figure below.

affect the amount of retraction. The marks indicating the boom lengths are located on

For boom retraction prevention, use the following the left side of the boom.

precautions:
• Do not extend the boom when the hydraulic oil Retraction (Full relracled)
OW 11.5m
temperature is extremely high. (To prevent an ex­
cessive rise of temperature, operate the oil cooler
Cfl if 15.56m
from an early stage of operation where the oil tem­
perature is still low.)
,
Manipulate the telescoping control lever slightly to Cfl ? 19.62m
the EXTEND direction to mitigate the oil effect.
o-rn' ,
? 27.75m
Extension
O-r ( , ?' ,
? 35.87m

; I' , , ? ,
?
0 (Full extended) 44.0m
"r30,GOl':

s
~,

Telescoping the Boom (for 2M2D Specification) Telescoping the Boom (for 2M2D Specification)
128
 T0582Q2E

Extension Retraction

1. While pressing the lock knob, flip the boom tele­ 1. While pressing the lock knob, flip lhe boom tele­
scoping lauxiliary winch control selector switch to the scoping lauxiliary winch control selector switch to the
"boom telescoping" side. "boom telescoping" side.
• Make sure that the boom telescoping operation indi­ • Make sure that the boom telescoping operauon lndi­
cator lamp lights up. cater lamp lights up.

Boom telescoping
2. Pull the boom telescoping /auxiliary winch control
\ - ' : operation indicator lamp lever rearward. The boom will begin to retract. When re­
. . pf
1 tracting a fully extended boom, first the Srd, 4(h and top
[111 ,,,,iii,,,,
Lock knob

Boom telescoping boom-sections will retract simultaneously. After the 3rd,

I ,,~'I winch 000''''
lil:I:l1 selector switch
4th and top boom sections have completely reuacted,
the znd boom Section will relract.
Auxiliary winch operation
~ indicator lamp
3. Once the boom has retracted to the desired length,
reium the boom telescoping /auxiliary winch conlrol
T2Bll2CE-2 I
lever 10 the neutral position.

2. PUsh the boom telescoping /auxiliary winch control

lever forward. The 2nd boom section will extend. Boom Telescoping Control Pedal

This pedal is for extending and retractlnq (he boom.

3. After the 2nd boom secflon has fUlly extended,

• You can telescope Ihe boom by using the boom
push the 3rd/4lh/lop boom section extending swilch
telescoping control pedal even when the boom tele­
while keeping pushing the lever. The 3rd, 41h and top
scoping/auxiliary winch control seleclor switch is sel
boom sections will extend simultaneously.
in the "aux. winch" side (the aux. winch operation in­
• When the 3rd boom section begins to extend, release
dicator lamp lit).
the switch.

Pull
(to reuact the boom)
- Push
(fo extend the boom)

To extend

To retract
3rd/4lh/top boom section
extending switch J

Boom te!esl:Oping
control pedal

c
4. Once (he boom has extended to the desired length,
return the boom telescoping /auxiliary winch control
(ever to the neutral position.

Telescoping the Boom (for 2M2D Specification) Telescoping the 800m (for 2M2D Specification)
129
 TC~202E

Emergency Telescoping Procedure 3rd/4thlTop Boom Sections

While pressing the 3rd/4th/top boom emergency tele­
A WARNING
scoping switch, operate the boom telescoping control
AWhen the boom is extended or retracted using lever. The 3rd, 4th and top boom sections will extend or
the emergency telescoping procedure, it is no retract regardless of the status of the 2nd boom section.
longer in a normal operating condition. The
strength of a boom extended to any length by this
method will be considerably less than when ex­
tended normally to the same length. When the
emergency telescoping procedure must be used,
remove the load from the hook. Never hoist any
load until the boom has been returned to its nor­
mal operating condition.

[NOTICE]
• Emergency telescoping switches work only when
the override switch stays ON.

This method of telescoping the boom should be used (0

slow the boom when the boom cannot be extended or

retracted for some reason, such as a malfunc\ioning
boom length sensor.
Use Ihis procedure also when you need to extend or
retract a boom section in a sequence other Ihan (he nor­
mal sequence, for lnspecuon or maintenance purposes.
The controls used in the emergency telescoping proce­
dure are the boom telescoping control lever, 2nd boom
emergency telescoping switch, and 3rd/4thllop boom
emergency telescoping switch.

2nd bOO" emergency telescoping switch -

-
0 -
~ ~t~
E:B
~
G) "..
.,;- ~1I1111!
"'

VOJ 0 OJ
1c:::=J"'- "'l:Y""'l!
~0 (')

3rd/4lhllop boom emergency telescoping switch T21·lijlr.

~- ,

2nd Boom Section

While pressing the 2nd boom emergency telescoping
switch, operate the boom telescoping control lever. The
2nd boom section will extend or retract regardless of the
status of the 3rd, 4th and top boom sections.

"",'
Telescoping the Boom (for 2M2D Specification) Telescoping the Boom (for 2M2D Specification) /~,
130
 Too:l411E

Elevating the Boom

Controls (ISO layout)

• The arrangement of the lever and pedal shown
here is based on the ISO layout.The arrangement on
machines adopting the TADANO layout is different
from the one shown. (See "Layout of Controls" for
TADANO layout.)

1. Boom elevating control lever

2. Boom elevating control pedal

Elevating the Boom Elevating the Boom

131
 T06:Y:71E

Raising and Lowering the Boom The boom elevating control lever (or boom elevating

control pedal) is used to raise or lower the boom,

A DANGER Control the elevating speed by changing the amount

A Do not stick your hand or head out of the win­ you move the boom elevating control lever and by us­

dow during crane operation. Serious injury or ing the accelerator pedal.

death can result from this practice. To raise: Pull the lever rearward.

To lower: Push the lever forward.

To stop: Return (he lever (0 neutral position.

A WARNING
A Moving the control levers abruptly is danger­ Boom elevaling Push (to rower)
~~=
ous because it causes the load to bounce and
swing. Be sure to operate the levers slowly and
carefully.
"'01"11",,

t--m Neutral (slop)

A The machine is not automatically stopped

even if the boom is elevated to raise a dangerous­
1\ Pull (10raise)

ly heavy load clear of the ground. An overloaded

machine could overturn or be damaged. Use only
the hoist-up operation to raise the road clear of the
ground.
A When the boom is lowered, the working radius
increases. Be alert to any sign of overloading Boom Elevating Control Pedal

when lowering the boom.

This pedal is for raising and lowering the boom.

£. Do not try to pull the load inward by raising the

boom. This practice can damage the crane, lead­
ing to an accident

[NOTICE]
To rower
• While the elevating cylinder is extended or re­
tracted to the full stroke, the display of the actual
load and the moment ratio on the AMl becomes
erroneous. In this case, elevate the boom in the
opposite direction to terminate the stroke end Boom elevating control pedal nJ1S~E

condition.
• When the boom angle is raised to a very high
angle with the hook block positioned near the
boom top, abrupt boom elevating operation will
cause the hook block or the lifted load to hit the
elevating cylinder or the boom at the lower face.
The cylinder or the boom may be damaged.

Elevating the Boom Elevating the Boom

132
 T063471E

Elevation Slow Stop Function

This function prevents shocks caused by abrupt stop
of boom elevation. In the following cases, the boom
elevation speed gradually decreases a little before
slowly stopping in position.
(1) When Ihe elevating cylinder is reached to its
stroke end
• While the boom is in the over-front area, the
slow stop function does not work when the elevat­
ing cylinder is retracted to the retraction stroke
end.
(2) \Nhen the automatic stop is caused by overloading
(3) \Nhen the automatic stop is caused by working
range limit function
(4) \Nhen the automatic stop is caused by backward
instability during on-rubber operation
(S) \Nhen the automatic stop is caused in the interfer­
ence area of boom, jib, elevating cylinder and
engine cover.

~.

Elevating the Boom Elevating the Boom

133
 Swinging the Boom

Controls

II~ t:l

~
5

,
•"
I.
D 0

"

T2902(l.l

1. Swing freellock selector switch

2. Swing brake switch
3. Horn switch
4. Swing control lever
5. Swing lock lever

Swinging the Boom SWinging the Boom !

134
--_.-,-_.- --_ ­
..
 T1J6:J.lB2E

Swinging the Boom 1. Depress either "FREEn or "LOCK" position of (he

swing free/lock selector switch depending on the opera­

A WARNING tion.

ABe sure to move the swinq controllever slowly "FREE": After the swing control lever is relurned to the

and carefully. Moving the lever abruptly is danger­ neutral position, the boom continues to swing

ous because it causes the load to bounce and for a short time because of its inertia. When re­

swing. This practice could result in injury or death
and may also damage the crane.
ADuring on-rubber operation, the boom swing
will not be stopped even if the crane is in an over­
load condition. When sWinging a load from the
over-front area to an over-side area during on-rub­
ber operation, be extremely careful not to have the
crane become overloaded because the aee-ceuree
capacity rated for on-rubber operation is smaller
than the over-front capacity.
ADo not try to pull the load inward or sideways
by swinging the boom. This practice can damage
the crane, leading to an accident.
ABefore swinging the load, make sure that the
work area is clear of obstructions which the boom
or jib could hit.
ABefore swinging the load, press the horn
switch to alert people in the work area around the
crane.
turning the swing control lever to the neutral
position, be sure 10 take into account the condi­
tions (swing speed, load, Wire length, etc.) of
the swing operation.
In case that a heavy load is lifted with a short
boom or the hook block and the load are not in
the same vertical plane. this SWitch position can
make hoist-up operauon easier because the up­
per swing structure will swing to the load and
the load can be hoisted vertically.
~LOCK": Immediately after the swing control lever is re­
turned to the neutral position, the boom stops
swinging. Return the swing control lever slowly
to the neutral position.
• Shift the swing free/lock selector switch while the
boom is not being swung.
• While the switch is shifted to the "FREE~ side, the in­
dicator lamp is lit.

§§~~~~~*"-~~,."'l::
INOTICE]
• When the boom angle is 8° or less while the
over-rear swing angle is within 135°-220°, in order
to prevent a collision with the boom, jib or elevat­
ing cylinder into the engine cover, the operation Swing freelloclt
will stop automatically after sounding the AML selector switch

buzzer for 3 seconds.

T28823E·2

Use the sWing control lever to swing the crane. The

s'Ning speed can be controlled by changing the amount
you move the swing control lever and by using Ihe ac­
celerator pedal.
• When the swing free/lock selector switch is in the
~FREE" position, be sure (0 take into account the effect
of inertia on the swing when you stop the swing.
• Be sure 10 set the swing brake switch "ON" after a
swing operation.
• When leaving the cab, center the boom 10 the front
and position [he swing lock lever in the "LOCK" position.

Swinging the Boom Swinging the Boom

135
 T06J.1B2E

2. Set the, swing brake switch to OFF to release the 5. Operate the swing control lever as follows:

swing brake. To swing left: Pull the lever rearward.

To swing right: Push the lever forward.

To stop: Return the rever to the neutral position .

• Be sure to set the swing brake switch ON after a

swing operation.

• Do not set the swing lock rever \0 "LOCK" during

swing opera lion.

Swing conlrollever

n8a24E·2

3. If the swing lock pin is engaged, position the swing Hom switch

lock lever in the RELEASE position 10 extract (he swing

lock pin .
• When the swing lock pin is too heavy to come out,
move the swing control lever slightly to and fro. / rrmre

s~ng~c~
@

())
@
\ ;
j
-, r I
~-:r
0
@

l1JI9lIE

4. Before operating the swing control lever, press the

horn switch to alert people around the crane.

Swinging the Boom Swinging the Boom

136
 T0634B~E

Swing Stop Function

A WARNING
A Remember that swing stop function does not
work during on-rubber operation.

[NOTICE]

+ The swing slop function works only while the fol­

lowing conditions are satisfied:

The crane is set level.

A load does not sway while the boom is swung.
There is no or weak wind blowing.
+If a load moment in a stationary state is between
90% and 100% of the limit, there is a possibility that
the swing operation is automatically stopped
because the moment exceeds 100% due to an added
moment by sway of the load or centrifugal force
during swing motion. In this case a message of
"Warning: 0042" or "Warning: 0043".

Swing Stop Function

This function automatically halts boom swing under the
following two conditions. While this function is activated,
the boom swing speed gradually decreases to stop be­
fore the boom reaches the stoppage position.
(1) The right and left outrigger extension widths differ
and further boom swing will lead to overloading.
(2) Boom swing limit is registered on the AML.
(3) When the automatic stop is caused in the interfer­
ence area of boom, jib, elevating cylinder and engine
cover.

,
c
,~.

s.

Swinging the Boom Swinging the Boom

137
 On-rubber Operation

A WARNING
A Do not use the jib. Do not perform boom lift nor
single top lift when the boom is in any of the con­
ditions described below.
• The boom is in the over-front area and the boom
length exceeds 27.75 m.
Stational}'
A WARNING
A The over-trent capacity is available only when
the over-front position symbol is shown on the
AML. Otherwise the crane is under 360 0 capacity

• The boom is out of the over-front area and the control.

boom length exceeds 19.62 m.

A Do not operate the crane unless tire's air Over-front position symbol
pressure is at the specified value. (On-rubber
operation is allowed assuming the tires are
pressurized as specified.)
A The crane may overturn if the boom sways
much because the outriggers are not set. Take
care that the load does not sway during crane op­
eration.
TI)16JE

[NOTICE]
A Do not swing the boom free. Set the swing
• Rated lifting capacities for on-rubber operation
freeflock selector switch to LOCK.
are values when the crane is installed on the firm
AOuring on-rubber operation, the crane does not
level ground. Inclined ground or soft ground do not
stop automatically even when an overload condi­
satisfy the rated lifting capacity values. Always take
tion occurs by boom swing. Also remember that
the ground conditions into account for operation.
swing limit function does not work. Take care
when swinging the boom during on-rubber opera­
o tion.
ADo not lift up a load in over-front area and
swing it sideways unless the load is under the
3600 capacity.

[NOTICE]
• Register "on-rubber stationary operation" on the
1 AML.
T2J261

1. Setthe crane as follows:

• Pay attention to the moment display on the AML

(1) Fully retracllhe boom, level it and place it over-front,

during operation.

(2) Stop on firm and level ground. The qeershittlever

The crane is supported only by the tires. When over­

must be set in the "N" position.

loading conditions occurs, the crane operation

(3)Activate the parking brake.

slops. But the inertia makes the crane to oscillate to

and fro, or right and left.

On-rubber Operation On-rubber Operation

138
 TQ.:;Sg,J3E

2. Register "on-rubber slalionary operation" on the Traveling with a Load Lifted

AML.

Also register the boom lift status or single top lift status
A WARNING
according to the actual condition.
A Do not swing the boom during on-rubber creep
operation. Direct the boom to over-front, activate
0 c
the swing brake and apply the swing lock.
1:]1= J lit A Do not travel at a speed exceeding 1.6 km/h.

~
A Do not lift the load high. Keep it near the

- ~I~
00· 0'1 ground. For safety do not fail to hold it with an
BOi]: auxiliary rope.

~
AKeep the gearshift [ever positioned at "1".
018 Avoid abrupt motion: start, stop and steering.
I!lllll
(ij l't'tij I"'BI g . Otherwise the lifted load will sway.
0
I
'1':10,,0£·1 A Do not operate the crane while traveling. To
operate the crane, stop the vehicle.
3. Operate the crane (hoist, boom telescoping, boom A Before traveling, extend the outrigger beams
elevation, and swing). and extend the jacks until the outrigger floats are
slightly clear of the ground.

[NOTICE]
• Register "on-rubber creep operation" on the AML.
• Leave the PTO switch to ON during on-rubber
creep operation; otherwise no measure can be taken
when the crane is in a hazardous condition.

1. Set the crane as follows:

(1) Fully retractthe boom, level it and place it over-front.
(2) Stop on firm and level ground. The gearshift lever
must be set in the "N" position.
(3) Activate the parking brake.

2. Set the drive mode select switch to "U4D".

,
<

,,

On-rubber Operation On-rubber Operation

139
 3. Regisler "on-rubber creep operation" on the AML.
Also register boom lift status or single top lift status ac­
cording to the actual condition.

Flashing

.­
.­
T311nIE-1

4. Operate the crane to lift up the load.

5. Set the parking brake switch 10 OFF, set the

gearshift lever 101, and travel slowly.

On-rubber Operation On-rubber Operation

140
 lctl2Jl:J<:

Taking Out and Stowing the

Main Hook Block

A WARNING Taking Out the Main Hook Block

A Whon the overwind cutout function is deacti­
vated, a hoisting operation is not stopped even if
the hook block is overholsted. Overwinding dam­
ages the wire rope and crane and can result in
serious personal injury or death due to a falling
hook block. Always be careful not to overwind
when the overwind cutout function is deactivated.
[NOTICE]
• Operating the winch with no tension on the wire
rope causes the rope to wind improperly. Perform
the hoist-down operation by always maintaining the
tension provided by the weight of the hook block .
1. Extend the outriggers and set the crane in a level
position.
2. Hoistdown with the main winch to slacken the main
winch wire rope, and, at (he same time, raise the boom
to a position where the hook holding rope can be re­
leased.
• Raise the boom, taking care not to apply too much
tension to the wire rope and being sure that the wire
rope windsproperly around the drum.

• VVhen the main hook blockis being taken out or

stowed, the overwind cutout device may be activated,
making any further operation impossible. You can avoid
this condition by pressing the overwind cutout disable
switch to deactivatethe overwind cutout function. While
the switch is held down, the overwind cutout function will rcorst
be deactivated.
3. Detach the hook holding rope from the main hook
block.

••

Taking Out and Stowing the Main Hook Block Taking Out and Stowing the Main Hook Block
141
 TOO21lJE

Stowing the Main Hook Block

1. Fully retract the boom.

2. Move the main hook block to its stowing position.

L _

'1'00,99

3. Attach fhe hook holding rope to the main hook

block.

4. Lower Ihe boom while hoisting up with Ihe main

winch, and stow the boom in the traveling configuration,
.After the boom has been stowed, take in the rope un­
til it is somewhat taut.

1U0501 J

Taking Out and Stowing the Main Hook Block Taking Out and Stowing the Main Hook Block
142
 TC634nE

",
Reeving Wire Rope

Standard Number of Parts of Line [NOTICE!

• When the main hook is not to be used, stow the
A WARNING weight for overwind cutout device in the position
A.lfthe wire rope is reeved in a number of parts of shown below.
line greater than the slandard and fhe boom is Deactivate the overwind cutout function by inserting
raised to a large angle, the extra wraps of rope that the snap pin located at the weight stowage position
should be left on the drum will be unwound before in the rod ofthe cvarwtnd detectfcn swltcn.
the hook block reaches the ground, causing dam­
age to the wire rope and its anchor at the winch
drum. Even with the standard number of parts of ,,.
line, this problem will arise if the load is lowered
below ground level. When the number of parts of
line is greater than the standard or the load is be­
ing handled on a site that has a significant
,'. elevation differences, ensure that more than three
wraps of rope will remain on the winch drum while
the load is lowered.
When the number of parts of line is less than the
standard, be sure not to exceed the allowable load
for one part of line. (See the "INFORMATION AND
DATA" section.)

The following table shows the standard number of parts

of line for different boom lengths. Select the number of
parts of line that ensures the most efficient opereucn.
laking into consideration boom length, load mass, hoist­
ing speed and other conditions such as Winch drum wire
rope capacity.

Snap pin
Weigh1 L_~

Reeving Wi, ~ Rope Reeving Wire Rope

143
 rO~J~92E

1. Boom, Single Top and Jib Lifts when

Outriggers are Extended

11.5m 11.5m 1015,56m 15.56m 10 19.62m 19.62m 1027.75m 27.75m [0 44m Jib. single lop

CD
•
•

~
• •

~ ,
0 16 (*1) 14 12 10 6

Single lOP

7QL 'QL 5.6!

Hook block mass: 850k9

\V
Hook block mass: 470k9 Hook block mass:
150k9

TI0772F.

1. Boom length
2. Number of parts of line
3. Reeving pattern
4. Hook block
(*1): Use 16 parts of line only while the allowable maxi­
mum load is 70t.

Reeving Wire Rope Reeving Wire Rope

144
 2. Boom and Single Top Lifts when

Outriggers are not Extended (On-rubber)

11.5m 11.5m [0 27.75m Single lop

..
'1

CD

8 (·1) 6 ("2) 4

,
,,!
,, 701 401 5.61

I
}

Hook block mass: 850kg

\:J
Hook block mass: 410kg Hook block mass: 15Qkg

!
TI7-16~r:

1. Boom length
2. Number of parts of line
3. Reeving patlern
4. Hook block
'·1) : Over front at on-rubber stationary
("2): 360 0 rotation at on-rubber stationary, and on-rubber creep

Reeving Wire Rope Reeving Wire Rope

145
 TD6Jl91E

Reeving Procedure
1. Extend the outriggers and sellhe boom in the de­
sired direction.

2. Lower the boom allme way down and set the hook
block on the ground.

3. Remove the weight (or the overwind cutout de­

vice from the wire rope.
\
~lPPi"
Rope guide pin
TIN7JlE

A CAUTION
A Secure the rope socket fixing pin installing bolt
using a wrench. 00 not fail to insert a cotter pin to
4. Remove the \WO rope guide pins from the boom prevent the bolt from dropping off.
head.
7. After reeving the wire rope, install the rope socket.

5. Remove the rope guide from the hook block.
6. Reeve the wire rope according the "Standard
Number of Parts of Linen table.
• Pull the rope out by hand while hoisting down with the
winch in order to prevent improper winding. Wear pro­
tective gloves.
• Mount the single top when making the 16 parIs of line
using the lO-ton hook block. In this case, attach the
rope guide pin to the single lop after reeving the wire
rope on the sheave of the single top.
When the number of paris of line is even, install the rope
socket on the boom. When the number of parts of line is
odd, install it on the hook block. Also attach the weight
for the overwind cutout device.
• Where the weight should be installed depends on the
number of parts of line. When the number of parts of line
is even, installthe weight on the last part of line. When
the number of paris of line is odd, lnstallthe weight on
the second to last part of line.
Even number or parts Odd number of parts

Rope'OCk~
Weight
,(

..» A ~
Rope socket ......AI V

l'2·llllE

Reeving Wire Rope Reeving Wire Rope

146
 r06JH1E

.'nslall Ihe rope socket in lhe onentaeon as shown be­ • If the rope sockel is fa be attached fa lhe lef! bracket
low. on the boom, the position of the overwind detection
switch and the connector (a) should be as shown in lhe
figure.
Bolt

Rope socket
Top boom section

ROile Gocl<el
Top boom section

ii"
/~F~~(=-r-'-~
.; --":l J
.
'/::.b'<·"'-t:
.;
,
,.
,,.
.
,,.
,
,
'

_-----J I
!
;,o'='e'1 ~.
I!=l_,....-___ A.,
Ii».., ,
u!" \"'-,{( !...it­
1''1--•

i. i\
\ \.\. =-. ..J I
!
I
'(:, ",!
Overwind
j "-,::.-..,..P ! !
,i
detection switch i
Weight i
;
.!
"
I,i
;
!
,, Connector (il)

T61177f.
Connector (a)

8. Reinstall Ihe two rope guidepins at Ihe lhe boom

head.

9. Raise the boom and hoist up with the winch to wind

the rope alOund lhe drum.
• The rope is often wound improperly when the wire
rope is reeved wilhout suitable tension on the line.
Rewind the ropes if necessary.

I Reeving Wire Rope Reeving Wire Rope

147
 T06J50,E

Single Top (Option)

Components

In stowed configuration

n~571E

1. Connecting pin
2. Single lop
3. Rope guide pin
4. Weight for overwind cutout device
5. Auxiliary hook block
6. Wir~ rope
7. Slowing pin

Single Top (Option) Single Top (Option)

148 - \
 T063501E

Single Top Lift Mounting the Single Top

A WARNING A WARNING
AWhen you perform single top lift employing the A When working at an elevated position, use a
auxiliary winch, determine the rated lifting capaci­ platform or scissor lift to prevent falling and en­
ty by subtracting the mass of main hook block sure safety.
from the rated lifting capacity for boom lift. The A Mount the single top securely. Use the attached
maximum load permitted for the single top lift, bolts, cotter pins and rings to ensure that the
however, is limited to 5,600 kg. If the load obtained stowing pin, connecting pins, rope guide pins, and
from the above calculation is over 5,600 kg, 5,600 hook mounting pins do not slip out of position.
kg must be taken as the rated lifting capacity.
1. Fully extend the outriggers and set the crane in a
The single top is mounted on the the boom head and level position.
used for lifting relatively lighlloads. Although the load
that the single lop can handle is limited in weight, the 2. Lower the boom all the way down.
,,
1
single top utilizes a single rope arrangement which sig­
'. nificantly shortens hoisting lime.
• Prior to lifting a load wilh Ihe single lop, select the sin­
gle top lift status on the AML.
• Select the winch 10 be used for single top lift on the
AML using the winch selector switch. When the auxil­
iary winch indicator lamp is Iii, the auxiliary winch is
selected; when the lamp is not lit, the main winch is
selected.
TOOSOI

Auxiliary winch ~ ~ Winch selector switch

indicator lamp
[;]
3. Remove the stowing pin and swing the single lop
I:li i
.~-
Forward. Replace the slowing pin in its original position.

~
~.
~~
Slowing pin

~B
rn I"'I±! 1",1'11 G T60~92E

,
.

TIJ281E

.
i.

~,
,

r.
, Single Top (Option) Single Top (Option)
\;-. 149
4. Insert the connecting pin 10 secure the single top in .If the main winch is to be employed for single top
position. lirt, the overwind cutout device for the boom must be
deactivated. To deactivate the device, stow the
weight onto the support on the boom head and then
Connecsnq pin insert the pin into the rod of the overwind detection
switch.

~ o,'~i"dd"""O",W"oh\-,

TOO50Jr:
-i
A
•

~. ds
p ~

5. Remove the overwind cutout device from (he jib ij Weighl

and remount it on the single top.

T17~~~E

7-1. When the main winch is to be employed, follow

the steps below.
Pin (1) Remove the main wire rope from the main hook
block. (See the "Reeving Procedure" sectlon.)
(2) Reeve the main wire rope around the sheave of the
single top and set the rope guide pin in the original
Overwind cetecuco switch
position.
Ring

6. Connect the leads of the overwind cutout device

~I--r--/

as shown.

Main wire rape

T.!~J10E

l __~_
Overwind
cetecucnswitch

Single Top (Option) Single Top (Option)

150
,,...

:';
";, T063501E

, A CAUTION
"~,; 7-2. When the auxiliary winch is to be employed, fol­
[ow the steps below. A Secure the rope socket lock pin installing bolt
(1) Return the slowed auxiliary wire rope over the upper using a wrench.
side of the boom.
8. lnstallthe rope socket in the auxiliary hook block.

Rope socket

Auxiliary
hook block

T30072 TOD5D!1E

(2) Remove the fixing pin to detach the auxiliary wire

rope socket from the anchor on the jib. 9. Hoist up the hook block to remove it from its stow­
ing position.
gcpe sccket
Fixing pin Guide 10. Select and register the single top lift status on the
AML.

.
~-
,0
I
._._-._:q:: _ ~i i
u. _ _ ._. ~ . __ u __

= - ,

!Z"¢r:::
"2
u.
(3) Reeve the auxiliary wire rope around the sheaves of
the top boom section (boom head) and single top.
~=' I1iIQ
I...)(..-Wld:Il9 :
max'
'-1.5

Sellhe rope guide pins back in their original position. T&CIE'.85-2

,
.'

~:
~.
;;
;
,,
Single Top (Option) Single Top (Option)
151
 T06l50\E

11. Select the winch to be used for single top lift on

the AML using the winch selector switch. When lhe
auxiliary winch indicator ramp is Iii, the auxiliary winch
is selected; when the lamp is not lil, the main winch is
selected.

Auxiliary winch ~ Winch selector switch

indicator lamp ~ ell

~~
I:l i
[ift§ C;::J .
j

0
l;l] (QJ M'" winch
employed

vr
::S:<:::(ll -1) :AUlliliarywinch
~~~
I...)I... til (M Gl
I~ employed

T60081J::

12.0verhois( the auxiliary hook block and make

sure that the overwind cutout device is operaling nor­
mally.

Single Top (Option) Single Top (Option)

152
 l063~lE

,.

Stowing the Single Top

+ Place the rope guide pins on the original position.

A WARNING

AWhen working at an elevated position, use a

platform or scissor lift to prevent falling and en­

sure safety.

AStow the single top securely. Use the attached Rope guide pin
bolts, cotter pins and rings to ensure that the

,·.
"
'
stowing pin, connecting pins, rope guide pins, and
hook mounting pins do not slip out of position.
"-,
,;
r 1. Stow the auxiliary hook block in its stowing position.
s 5. (f the auxiliary wire rope has been employed, follow
~
'. 2. Take the rope socket out from the auxiliary hook
the steps below.
(1) Reeve itlhrough the rope arrester.
block.
,•
·
I Rope socket

"

Auxiliary
" hook block
!,
,

J
~,
T005lQR
L _ 1'2SGQ7

(2) Attach the rope socket to the anchor on the jib.

3. lower the boom alilhe way down.

! 4. Remove the weight for Ihe overwind cutout de­

vice and remove Ihe wire rope from the sheaves of

Fixing pin
Ro~ socket
Guide

l,
t
,
Ihe boom head and single top.

+If (he main Winch is to be employed after the single

top is slowed, pass the wire rope as shown in Ihe figure
t
below. ------_._._._--_.!_---_._----_._~._._------_.-

[NOTICE]
+ Operate the auxiliary winch carefully.lf1he wire
rope is wound too tight, the anchor will be broken.
(3) Wind Ihe auxiliary wire rope, leaving it slighUy slack.
TIHllE

Single Top (Option) Single Top (Option)

153
 I063S01E

6. Connect and disconnect the leads of the over­ 9. Remove the connecting pin and swing the single
wind cutout device as shown. top back to its stowing position.

ConnecUng pin ----L I

lVOJI6E

Overwind
detection switch

1 o. Insert Ihe stowing pin to secure the single top.

A WARNING
A If you fail to remove the pin inserted in the
rod of the overwind detection switch, the over­ Slowing pin
wind cutout device for the boom will not work
and consequently the boom can be damaged.
ASefore performing boom lift, make sure that
the overwind cutout device works.

7. Remove the overwind cutout device and return it

to its stowing position at the head of the jib.

TI3190E

8. If the boom lift is to be performed after this pro­

11. Select and register the boom lift status on the AML.
cedure, put the overwind cutout device for the boom

• When boom lift is registered. tne winch selection auto­

in operation.

matically goes to main winch. You need not use the

To put the device in operation, remove the weighl

winch selector switch.

from the support on the boom head and remove the

pin from the rod or the overwind detection switch.

Stow the pin into Ihe support.

~ ~~ . ~~,---­
~~
~
Overwind ......--lh
cetecucn switch In: ---
Pin ;:=: n:J
(b.=~

UL
!j~
StowU1e~ C*" ~g
®I2i
aU
max t

I . ,

1
;-+i T6U6!S6·2
Support ------ ­

J T'27DJOE I
12.0verhoist the main 1100k block and make sure
Ihatlhe overwind cutout device is operating normally.

Single Top (Option) Single Top (Option)

154
'~"';"
. .. ~!,'
:.1 { lO~l~E

~i.
:'." Jib
,' .. ~':

..
.: 0: Components

Pivot pill (G)

Guide Connecting pin (H)
Rope guide pin
ConnecUng pin (I)

'7
i
/
o
Mast steeve

\
! Set pin hole (F)
i i
I

,.
t­
.

'.

\'"

{
(

,,,,

I.
Top jib

o
Stowage support

!"""·-------------·I
!
!
\\
ij-'---'---'
ij j
----'-'---'-'- -_.~

,,
j'--- -------------·1
Center support

j r'--'-'-i
!! j
; !! i
!
I
!
ii
ii
j'
i
i
i
;
;
"
Ii .!
,,
i
, ,.'! b'Rd'l __._.i iQ,;;P
;
, ;
--------¥M !_. ----_._._--,---j

Set pin (E)

Slowing pin (8) Stowing pin (D)
Sel pin {e}
Stowage bracket
Slowing pin (Al
."

Jib Jib
155
 IC6151JE

Jib Lift [NOTICE]

• When you mount or stow the jib with the over­

A WARNING wind cutout function deactivated, operation will

A Install the crane on firm ground and set it level
extending the outriggers.
.£. Extend the outriggers to the maximum length
as far as possible.
A Make sure that the wire rope is not wound dis­
orderly on the drum.
A Before jib lift, register jib lift status and winch
selection on the AML.
not be stopped even if the hook block is over­
wound. Overwinding damages the crane. Be sure
not to overhoist when mounting or stowing the
jib.
• Make sure that the single top is stowed before
mounting the jib.
The jib is mounted on the boom head and is used for lift­

A Atter jib litt is completed, make sure that the jib ing a relatively light load to a higher locarlcn. Three jib

is secured by the pins shown in the figure below. offset angles (3S. 25c and 45 C ) are available, depend­

If you attempt boom lift or traveling operation ing on the operation to be performed.

while the jib is not secure, the jib will fall off.

Jib State Switch

(Al, (8). (0): Slowing pin
(C), (El: Set pin WARNING

(I): Ccnnecurq pin

Alf the jib mounted/dismounted state is set im­

properly, the AML does not function accurately.

The crane operation in this condition could create

hazard.

The jib can be dismounted from the crane body when il

ADo not suspend a load from the base jib sec­
tion while the top jib section is mounted or
attached to the side of the base jib section. In this
condition, the AML does not work properly.
Moreover, the top jib section is not secured com­
pletely and will create hazard.
is not used. The reduced mass of the crane body after
jib removal will influence the accuracy of the AML. Use
this switch to set the jib mounted Jdismounted state 10
the AML.
• The key can be inserted and removed at both the
"REMOVED" and uEQUIPPED" position.
(1) "REMOVED": Select this position when the jib is dis­

x
mounted. The jib removed indicator lamp will light up.
(2) "EQUIPPED~: Select this position when the jib is
mounted. The jib removed indicator lamp will go off.
Top jib
Jib removed indica\O~ lamp

\
•
"l'J
~~" ~ .';. DIIIIII!
E<::B
<$I"" ...

~o 0 EIDo.,! ~'"
~
~EJ <:J
I
I
I

L Jib state switch

T:!H.',1F.

Jib Jib
156
t·
, Jib Lock Pin Switch How to Use the Jib Handle
~
:; Use this switch to extend or retract (he jib lock pin at the Use the jib handle for the following purposes when
:,-.
center support on the boom when mounting/dismounting mounting or stowing the jib.
the jib on/from (he boom. (1) Mounting and removing (he pivot pin and connecting
pin
(2) Selting and removing the set pin
Jib Mounting/Stowing Operationality
,;' Set pin (head of the boom. Connecting pin
'. Indicator Lamp at the stowage position of
the iib)
When the jib lock pin at the center support on the boom
sa
retracts, rhts lamp will light up. Operate the jib mount­
ing/stowing switch while this lamp is lit.

Jib Mounting/Stowing Switch

Use this switch 10 detach or stow the jib from/onto the
stowage support on the boom when mounting
Istowing the jib.
Pivotpin

".
Jib lock pin switch -_I "'"O"o~
~, gI Set pin

r Jib mounling/stowing switch ~

I~'~ HOO,'OO'"

o 0 0 0
Jib mounlingfslowing
operaticnallty indicator lamp

Jib Lock Indicator Lamp

This lamp indicates the mounting condition of the jib.

Not 1iI The jib is stowed.

-
UI.. The jib is mounted.

• This lamp lights up when the jib disengages from the

center support on the boom .

.,

Jib Jib
 TO&J5IJE

Mounting the Base Jib • Retract the boom fully before mounting/stowing
the jib. The jib cannot be mountedfstowed if the
boom is extended even slightly.
ill. WARNING
ADo not lower the boom to an angle below 1°.
This action could cause the jib to disengage and
1. Set the crane on fully extended outriggers in a loca­
tion large enough for mounting the jib.
drop off.
AAlways make sure that either a stowing pin or
pivot pin is in position before starting any opera­
tion. Without these pins in position, the jib will ­
drop off when an operation is started.

TIJ29S

2. Take the auxiliary hook block out of stowage, and

place it below the expecled position of the jib tip.

A Take the necessary precautions to ensure that

nobody enters the area over which the jib will
swing. Anyone standing in this area could be in­
jured. Also check the adjacent work area for any
structure or other obstructions that may present a
problem when mountingfslowing the jib.
.&. The AML control functions and the automatic
stop function are deactivated when the jib set sta­
o
tus is selected on the AML. Mount the jib carefully
with no load on the crane.
.&. When working at an elevated position, use a 3. Select and register the jib set status on the AML.

platform or scissor lift to prevent falling and en­

~
--, ,;, -
sure safety.

~l!g.-II­ .
:, :'.
,
.&. Use the attached bolls and cotter pins to se­
cure the lock pin, rope guide pins, and stowing
t
pin in position.
nn
U.U

I~
[NOTICE] maxi
+Select and register the jib set status on the AML nn
U.U
before mounting / stowing the jib; otherwise the jib
lock pin switch nor jib mounting/stowing switch will
_ _ _ _ _ _ _-----"""'----J
T&06Il7

not work.
• Before operating the winch, make sure that the
wire rope is not wound disorderly on the winch
drum.

Jib Jib
156 -"
 r06.JmE

A WARNING 6. Reeve the wire rope through the guide on the left
A Do not lower the boom below 1°, This action side of the 4th boom section head.
could cause the jib to disengage and drop off. • Do not damage the cable of the boom length detector.
• When working at an elevated position, use a platform
4. Fully retract the boom, and lower the boom 10 an
10 prevent falling and ensure safely.
angle of 1.5_2",

o
.
Rope socket Wire rope

T::!4113E
T"..Jl07

" 7. Attach lhe qulde rope to the head of the base jib
5-1. When employing the main wire rope, remove
section.
the main wire rope from the main hook block.

5-2. When employing the auxiliary wire rope for jib

lift, follow the steps below.
(1) Take oul the fixing pin and remove the rope socket
from the support on the base jib section.

Rope socket
Fixing pin Guide

Guide rope

8. Remove the connecting pin (I) that connects the

.
"'i
base jib section with the lop jib section, and stow it into
the stowage support on the rear end of the lop jib sec­
lion.

(2) Return the stowed auxiliary wire rope over the upper --------·-·---r-------- Stowage support ------------------­
side of the boom. !I ,:=:=:::::=:===:=:=:=:= .-----_._.­
._. _
]i--:---"! ---------_ ..--./---------­ Top jib

>

Connecting pin (I)

"Basejib

Jib Jib
159
 rG&351JC

A WARNING +Make sure that the set pin for the jib mounting/stow­

A If the connecting pin {IJ, the stowing pin (A) and ing cylinder on the stowage support is inserted in the pin

the set pin (E) are out of position, the jib will fall hole on the base jib section.

off the boom when an operation is started. Always

make sure that the pivot pin (G) is in position be­ Basejib

fore starting any crane operation. Set pin

9. Remove the stowing pin (A) of the base jib section

and the set pin (E) (hat connects the base jib section
with the top jib secuon.

Jib mounUngls(owing cylinder

T'l4460J:: I

A WARNING
A To prevent damage to the jib, do not extend the
boom while the jib is supported at the pivot pin
and the center support on the boom.

Stowing pin (A)
10. Swing the the head of Ihe base jib section out away
from the boom.
• The jib will swing around the axis of the center sup­
T.1076ZE 11. After making sure Ihatthe pivot pin (G) is aligned
with the pin hole in the base jib section, insert the pivot
pin (G) in the pin hole using the jib handle.
+Insert the pivot pin (G) properly; the red tape on the
threaded portion should be exposed.

port on the boom.

Pivot pin (G) R"I'P'~

= SIOW::AJ
Center support

S"p'o(E) g
JlJign the pin holes.

_I'~ Swing the base jib in the direction indicated by the arrow.

T;\Oi83J::
.After the pivot pin (G) is inserted, the jib lock pin on
the center support on the boom can be retracted.

Jib Jib
160
 ro~3SIJ[

12. Free the set pin (F) so that the jib can be locked by 14. Swing the jib out using the jib mounting/stowing
the set pin (F) when the jib is swung forward. switch.

" . MONO, ,""

Set pin (F)

"""OZ,,.T.e
o 0 0 0

o
Jib mounreo <I,
- ---,'" i
13. Flip the jib lock pin switch downward to retract the

jib lock pin.

+Jib will come apart from the center support on the

boom.

,
~,
HI .'.D".C
15. Pull outlhe set pin for the stowage support, and ro­
____ Jib lock pin tate it 10 hook it on the guide. The stowage support will

~~

~,\."..
switch
come apart from the jib.

""~.l~\
,
Jib mounled--L
0 0 0 0
,
i

~.tP\O

r.~~6)E
I I

+After the jib lock pin althe center support On the

boom is retracted, the jib mounting/stowing operauonali­

Iy indicator lamp will light up.

If the jib lock pin is not retracted rully, the jib mounting
+ Then retract the jib mounting/stowing cylinder. If the
/stowing operationality indicator lamp remains unlil and
cylinder is left extended. it can hinder crane operation or
the jib mounting/stowing cylinder cannol be moved.
be damaged.

"••".0"."

. ~J~ Jib mounting/slowing

___ operationalily

~:~I
indicator lamp

0 0 0
0

L T.!~~6--1E

- ",-.
'"'
".-"
',';i~'"
Jib Jib
... 161
 A WARNING 19. Raise the mast sheave on the head of the base jib
A To prevent accidents, never let anyone stand in section and lock it with the pin.
the path of nor under the jib.

16. Hold lhe guide rope, and swing [he jib forward until Mast sheave
i\ can be secured by the set pin (F).

r
\7VV \I \IAI i'IIf
1'J07B'IE

20. Reeve the wire rope over the jib sheaves.

J n~soo
• Do not reeve the jib wire rope over the sheave of the
top boom section; otherwtse the rope guide pin wi\! be
damaged.
17. After checking that the connecting pin (H) is aligned
Pass the wire rope over Ihe rope guide pin.
with the lower pin hole of the base jib section, insert the
connecting pin (H) in the pin hole using the jib handle. In Sheave on !he
top boom secuon
thts step. the connecting pin(H) is inserted only in the
Masl sheave
lower pin hole.

Guide sheave on the

base boom section
Connecting pin (H)

TI~7I7E

18. Sellhe boom angle to 0° and remove lhe guide

rope from the base jib section.

Jib Jib
162
 [NOTICE] 23. After checking thai the connecting pin (H) is aligned
.Take care of the rope socket orientation when at­ with the upper pin hole, insert the connecting pin (H) in
taching it to the bracket. (See the figure below.) [f the pin hole using the jib handle.
-,. positioned inversely, the rope socket hits the jib at • Insert the connecting pin (H) properly: the red tape on
the lower face when the winch is operated, and the
..
-~
socket will be damaged .
the threaded portion should be exposed,

21. Attach the rope socket 10 the underside jib bracket

with the fixing pin, Connecting pin (H) Red tape

.
Tll)41E

Fixing pin Rope socket

24. Operate the winch 10 let out the wire rope until the
THHOE
wire rope becomes slighUy slack Then remove the rope
socket from the jib bracket.
,., • Reeve the wire rope below the guide roller as shown
in the figure when passing the rope through the jib head.
25.AUach the overwind cutout device.

TO~ OL-_
Overwind
detection switch
-ncns
Ring T:1.793IE

,> 22. Take in the rope slowly by operating the winch until
the connecting pin (H) is aligned with the upper pin hole 26.Connect the wiring for lhe overwind cutout device
,, as shown in the figure below.
of the jib,
r
I
.......,

Wind in the winch rope,

Align the pin with the pin hole.

.~ .
f
Overwind detection switch
1"·I~rJl::-1

.:

Jib Jib
163
 T00J.51:J1'

+If the main winch is to be employed for jib lift, the 29. Select the winch to be employed on the AML using
overwind cut~ut device for the boom must be deactivat­ the winch selector switch.
ed. To deactivate the device, stow the weight onto the
support on {he boom head and then insert the pin into Auxiliary winch ~ Winch selector switch
indicalor lamp ~ I

~f\
the rod of (he overwind detection switch.

1:11 r
~
~- 0 [Ii :I]M';"";""
lm'­ employed
Q'- -
vt
:::g:=[tJ) :
~~
Auxiliary winch
~ employed

~~
V
T60681E

Weight

30.0verhoist the auxiliary hook block and make

T'Z7929E
sure that the overwind cutout device is operating

properly.

27. Operate the winch to let out (he wire rope. Then + Make sure that the wire rope is not wound disorderly

mount lhe rope socket on the auxiliary hook block. on the winch drum before applying tension on the wire

+ T 0 prevent the wire rope from being wound disorder­ rope.

ly, puillhe wire rope by hand. Wear protective gloves.

31. The jib is now mounted a19.9 m with a 3S offset

angle.

+To change the offset angle. see the "Changing Jib

Offset Angle" section.

28. Select and register lhe status for 9.9 m jib. 3.5~ off­
set on the AML.

\
l:l~11 I ..35 'I~~
~
,
02
------.n.1il
~rmli<>;' ::In
~. J.U
I!'ilg
(iiJ 1"1# ,,,I'I! [3

T60li8B'!

Jib Jib
164 '~'.
.'~' {

~-
't'­
;.,­
~,i

Mounting the Base Jib and the Top A WARNING

A If stowing pins (A) , (B), and {D) and the set pin
Jib (C) are out of position, the jib will fall off the boom
[NOTICE] when an operation is started. Always make sure'
• Strictly follow the warnings and notices in the that the pivot pin (G) is in position before starting
"Mounting the Base Jib" section. any crane operation.

1. Perform the steps 1.-7_ described in the "Mounting 3. Remove the slowing pins (A), (B), and (D) and the
the Base Jib" section. sel pin (C).

o
. ~ ffi . .__ Set pin (C) '-'--·-1
. ir--·-i
! ii·

"l'-'---I-,+t_":j
!I
L.
~'!
'
.__ J 0

~_G_"_'d_'_'O_P_'
Stowing pin (B)

:-:
n",,, I
I Slowing Pin_I_A_I s_'_ow_'_o'_p'_n(D) TJG';8~E I

4. Swing the head of the base jib section out away

A WARNING
from the boom.
, A If the stowing pins (BJ and (D) are removed • The jib wiIJ swing around the axis of the center sup­
• while the connecting pin (I) is out of position, the
port on the boom.
top jib section may fall off.

2. Make sure that the base jib and the lop jib sections ! {\Ii-i''Y., s'ow'o, pin 181
are connected by the connecting pin (I). ~ ~~~/ SI Align !he pin bores.

(DI

r
~"'
\ ""0'" support
Swing the base jib with the top jib in the enecuon
indicated by the arrow. TJ()78';E

,
,"

Jib Jib
165
 l06J513E

+ Make sure (hat the set pin of the jib mounting/stowing 6. Free the set pin (F) so that the jib can be locked by
cylinder in (he stowage support is inserted into the pin­ the set pin (F) when (he jib is swung.
hole on the base jib section.

Base jib
Set pin (F)
Set pin

o
Jib mounling/stowing cylinder

7. Flip the jib lock pin switch downward 10 relracllhe

A WARNING jib lock pin.

A Do not extend the boom while the jib is sup­ +Jib will come apart from the center support on Ihe

ported at the pivot pin and the center support on boom.

the boom. The jib will be damaged.

5. After making sure that the pivot pin (G) is aligned ,~ '1'1~1 _Jib.lockpin

with the pin hole on (he base jib section, insert the pivot
~(~ SWllch

pin into the pin hole using the jib handle.

+ Insert the pivot pin (G) properly; the red tape on (he
(©~
iD ~
00."0.,.. -.;'/
threaded portion should be exposed.
+ After the pivot pin (G) is inserted, the jib lock pin at • • • •
the center support on the boom can be retracted.
T.!·I,I&lE

~R'd"_P'~
Pi.otP;:(~~~~
+ After the jib lock pin at the center support on the

boom is retracted, the jib mounting/stowing operationali­

ty indicator lamp will light up.

If the jib lock pin is not retracted fully. [he jib mounuoq

/stowing operatlonallty indicator lamp remains unlit and

the jib mounting/stowing cylinder cannot be moved.

T:1J~bll'

m
" . . . . . . . oG

5~. Jib mounting/stowing

cperanonauty
©0ii - y indicator lamp

:~.
~. ',~

~-~";,~~~~~~
ooooc...,

T2~~6-lE

Jib Jib
166
 ~ _. _.-._ .. _-,. ,-'- ---'--'~.-~_.--- .~-.-~-_ ..•. _.. ,._. ­
.
- :.. '

IOo:l51~~

8. Swing the jib out uslnq the jib mounting/slowing 11. After checking that the connecting pin (H) is aligned
5wllch. with the [ower pin hole of the base jib section, insert the
connecting pin (H) into the pin hole using Ihe jib handle.
In this step, the connecting pin (H) is inserted only in the
lower pin hole.

Connecting pin (H),

~;:ii""':'~~~ Jia mounlinglst(lwing sWitch

e 0 0

'.
,.
ii­

,
~'
o
............ Jibmounled
--,..-_ _ _ _ _ _~
_ i
!

~:,

;' ~, 12. Lower Ihe boom to the horizontal and remove lhe
guide rope from tile base jib section.
9. Pull outlhe set pin for lhe slowage support, and ro­
tate it to hook it on the guide. The srowaqo support will 13. Raise Ihe mast sheave on the upper side of the
come apart from lhe jib. base jib section and lock il with Ihe pin.
• Then retraclthe jib mounting/stowing cylinder. If the
cylinder is left extended, it can hinder crane operation or
Mast sheave
be damaged.

A WARNING
A To prevent accidents, never let anyone stand in
the path of nor under the jib.
/
o
~:
10. While holding the guide rope by hand, swing the jib

forward until the set pin (F) fixes il.

TJ07114E

14. Reeve the wire rope over the jib sheaves .

• Do not reeve the jib wire rope over the sheave of the
lop boom section: otherwise the rope guide pin will be
damaged.

Pass the wire rope over the rnpe auide pin.

Sheave all Ihe

L~
top boom section

Masl sheave

Guide sheave on the

base boom section

nHl1E

Jib Jib
167
[NOTICE] 17. After making sure thai the connecting pin (H) is

• Take care of the rope socket orientation when at­ aligned with lhe upper pin hole, insert (he connecting pin

taching it to the bracket. (See the figure below.) If (H) into the pin hole using the jib handle.

positioned inversely, the rope socket hits the jib at +Inserl the connecting pin (H) properly; the red tape on

the lower face when the winch is operated, and the the threaded portion should be exposed.

socket will be damaged.

15.Atlach [he rope socket to the bracket on the base
Connecting pin (H) Red tape
jib section with the fixing pin.

TI3J.17E

FiXing pIn Rope socket I

TlH::.J 18. Operate the winch to let out the wire rope unlilthe
wire rope becomes slighlly slack. Then remove the rope
socket from Ihe bracket on the base jib section.
16. Slowly operate the winch to lake in the wire rope

until the connecting pin (H) is aligned with the upper pin 19. Allach the guide rope to the head of the top jib sec­

hole of the jib. tion.

Hoist up the winch

....., Align the pin with the pin hole.

--~

Guide rope

20. Raise Ihe boom to the 3' boom angle (while the jib
offset angle is -OS).

Jib Jib
168
 IO'lS13E

A WARNING 23. Lower the boom and insert the connecling pins (1)
A Make sure that the boom angle is r or over be­ to connect the base jib seclion with Ihe lap jib secnon.
fore pulling out the set pin [E). The swinging
speed of the top jib section will increase and cre­ ~""""9 pi" (I)
ate hazard if tho sot pin (E) is pulled out while the
jib is steeply inclined.
A
21. While holding the guide rope by hand, pull oul the
set pin (E) that connects the base jib section wlih the lop •
jib section.

Maim sure that the boom ::Ina1p. is 3°

and (he jib offset angle is ·05", "T14.lS1E

h, 24. Operate the winch to let out the wire rope, and

/
Guidp. rope R~~
!
I
i
" - '- - '- l

L __
ir-·-·
~!
", I
reeve the wire rope Oller the sheave at the end of the
lap jib section. Then remove the guide rope.
• To prevent the wire rope from being wound disorder­
ly, pull the wire rope by hand. Wear protective gloves.

Set pin {E}

Rope guide pin

WARNING
A. To <,
prevent accidents, never let anyone stand in /' ,
\. 0
<,

~'
the path of nor under the jib. '" i

i: 22. pun the guide rope and swing the top jib section for­ ~
,
,"
ward.
,""
un1)\:

• Do not reeve the wire rope around the guide sheave

on the head of the base jib section.

'-------------­

Jib "':;b
169
 ID1.3SI3E

25.AlIach the overwind cutout device.
• If the main winch is to be employed for jib lift, the
overwind culout device for the boom must be deactivat­
ed. To deactivate the device, stow the weight onto the
support on the boom head and then insert the pin into
the rod of the overwind detection switch.

~ O~"W;"d oetecucn 'W;loh,

. \ ,;.

ilJ ~

Overwind

-' V\C~
detection switch

Ring

S"PPO~
n79JJE

26.Connect Ihe wiring fat the overwind cutout device Weight

as shown in the figure below.

T:!,n9E

27. Operate the winch 10 let out the wire rope. Then
mount the rope socket on Ihe auxiliary hook block .
• To prevent the wire rope from being wound disorder­
ly. pull (he wire rope by hand. Wear protective gloves.

28. Select and register the status fat 17.7 m jib, 3.5 Q

offset on the AML.

,....,. [
-
·I~t
, ::JC \
~i I J..J
I
~

A~l
1'Zc';:J f." .

~=
!iI~ ~
I..)Iym I
25

L: _

Jib Jib
170
~,

29. Selecl the winch (0 be employed on the AML using

the winch selector switch.

~uxiliary wincn Winch selector switch

incicatortamp ~~

~~I~~'~
tfi
~
~
0 [r
,- ­D:Main winch
employed

'O'g
0- :
~
ro , GJ ...... AuxirianJ winch
r~'1
GJ employed -,

, 30.0verhoisl the auxiliary hook block and make

sure that the overwind cutout device is operating
properly.
• Make sure that the wire rope is not wound disorderly
on the winch drum before applying tension on the wire
rope.

31. The jib is now mounled at 17.7 m with a 3S offset

.~-
angle.
,t .To change Ihe offset angle, see the "Changing Jib
: Offset Angle" section.
!,
"1.

Jib Jib
171
Changing the Jib Offset Angle [NOTICE)
• Take care ofthe rope socket orientation when at­
A WARNING taching it to the bracket. (See the figure below.) If
A Never let anyone stand under the jib. positioned inversely, the rope socket hits the jib at
AWhen working at an elevated position, use a the lower face when the winch is operated, and the
platform or scissor lift to prevent falling and en­
socket will be damaged.
sure safety.
3. Remove the auxiliary hook block and secure the
A Secure the offset pin in place by using the
rope socket to the bracket on the jib using the fixing pin.
attached coUer pin.
Base jib Base jib wilh lop jib mounted
[NOTICE]
+Select and register the jib set status on the AML
before changing the jib offset angle; otherwise the
jib lock pin switch nor jib mounting/stowing switch
will not work.
Fixing pin
• Before operating the winch, make sure that the
Fixing pin Rope soceet
wire rope is not wound disorderly on the winch
Rope socxe
drum.

Increasing the Jib Offset Angle (from 3.5° to A WARNING

ADo not lower the boom while the wire rope is
25° or 45°)
tense; otherwise the jib or the wire rope will be
1. Retractthe boom fully and set it to the horizontal. damaged, creating a hazard of serious accidents.

Base jib willl top jib mounted 4. Slowly operate the winch to wind in the wire rope to
a point where the offset pins can be removed.
is 2 S? S Z;vszszsW S2 V sz S/\/vsl\f\J\1tt: • Wind in the wire rope unnt the stopper touches the

f Base jib
boss.
• Although the figure below shows the case of a base
jib, lhis same method of raising the jib should be also
rzvs&V\/\l\l\lliit used where the top jib is mounted on the base jib.

T.'~4"E
Boss

2. Select and register Ihe jib set status on the AML.

. .

~'tt:! ( Wind in the winch rope

~i I
. ff'%wvwsNC. :' g '
~,.,-.

~ ---- ,------­
nn
LI.U
t. 1'30-13GE-1

~~
I!!JI<i
max'
nn
r..J (7@11'--G1G
UU
TWfi.67

Jib Jib
172
 106J£IJE

5. Reinsert the offset pins in the pin holes of the de­ 9. SelecL and register the jib offset angle on the AML
sired offset angle. corresponding to the actual angle.

~9mjib
2S' offset
17.7rnJib
2S" 0 set

R5Qj~ \
1250'1~. \

~
Snap pin
a.am jib
<IS· offseL
H.7m jib
4S" offset

'-I50'1~ \
1'-150 'I ~:,,:,
~_T,-'-l99E-1
I
L I

6. Slowly lower the jib by unwinding Ihe winch wire

Increasing the Jib Offset Angle from 25' to
rope unlillhe jib is held in place by (he offset pins.
+When increasing (he offset angle, raise the boom as 45'

-
necessary while lowering the jib to prevent the jib head
from hilling against the ground.
A WARNING
A Do not lower the boom while the wire rope is

\C~~
Offset pin - - ­ tense; otherwise the jib or the wire rope will be
Tornakeoff.set
damaged, creating a hazard of serious accidents"
• " /'"91"° 45

To make offset Take the same procedure as described in the

/" --- angle 102S"
Unwind the winch rope

t. Jt"/
,;:;::::;
.' /'
--- y ___
/ -­
----­ .......

"Increasing the Jib Offset Angle" section. However, sub­

stitute the following operation for the steps 4. and 5.
(1) Wind in the winch wire rope 10 a point where the jib
-e
offset pins can be removed.
i,
(2) Reinsert Ihe offset pins in the pin holes of the 4S"-an­
gle.

7. Unwind the winch wire rope untllthe wire rope be­

comes slightly slack. Then remove the rope socket from
the jib bracket.

8. Pass the rope socket through the weight of Ihe

overwind cutout device and mount it on the auxiliary
hook block.

Jib Jib
173
 l06JS13E

Reducing the Jib Offset Angle (from 25' or A WARNING

45' to 3.5')
1. After retracting the boom fully, lower the boom unlit
the jib head is close to the ground.
• Although the figure below shows {he case of a base
jib, this same configuration of the crane should be also
taken where the top jib is mounted on the base jib.
A Do not let the stoppers hit the bosses while
lowering the boom; otherwise the jib or the wire
rope will be damaged, creating a hazard of serious
accidents .
5. While lowering the boom, slowly wind in the winch
wire rope until the stopper touches the boss.

When the offset Stopper Boss

angle is 45'

/ When the offset

./__ angle is 25"
/' -"---L

M~
/,/" /--­
- ,j r
Lower the boom. --.:;;--_ _/L..J-"

......
Wind in the wInch rope

rz,vV VSlWVSi\!fi1' 4
TIousE
\
2. Select and register the jib set status on the AML. 6. Reinsert the offset pins in the pin holes of the 3S­

, , angle.

max l
nn
U.U

T.ZolIOIE

3. Remove the auxiliary hook block and secure the

rope socket to the bracket on the jib using the fixing pin. 7. Slowly lower the jib by unwinding lhe winch wire
rope until the jib is held in place by the offset pins.
Base jib Base jib wilh lop jib mounted

8. Unwind the winch wire rope until the wire rope be­
comes slightly slack. Then remove the rope socket from
( 0 t« the jib bracket.

9. Pass the rope socket through the weight of the

Fixing pill
overwind cutout device and mount it on the auxiliary
Fixing pin Rope socket
hook block.
Ropesocke

4. Wind in the winch wire rope untilthe wire rope is

tense.

Jib Jib
174
 10. Select and register the jib offset angle on the AML Stowing the Base Jib
corresponding to the actual angle.
[NOTICE]
• Strictly follow the warnings and notices in the
"Mounting the Base Jib" section.

9.9m jib
17.7mjib
+If the jib offset angle is other than 3.5", change its

3.5" offset
3.5" offset

offset to 3.5" beforehand, referring to the "Changing

the Jib Offset Angle" section.

I 35'1~ \
I 35·1~. \

1. Retract the boom fully and set it (0 horizontal.

Free the set pin (E) so that it can fix the jib when the jib
is stowed.
T:JQ790E

Reducing the Jib Offset Angle from 45' to

.I
:
i
~"!
.
, ,_.-.....;

i__;/ _
25'
Take the same procedure as described in the "Reducing
ease jib \. T Set pin (El

the Jib Offset Angle" section. However, substitute the

followlnq operation for the steps 5. and 6. r:VsN\I\MI\ilijt"~~

(1) Wind in the winch wire rope to a point where the jib
offset angle is 25 0 or less (where the offset pins can TJO-l-lOE

be inserted).
(2) Reinsert the offset pins in Ihe pin holes of the 25°_an_ 2. Select and register the jib set status on the AML.
gie.
, ,

~+:.
... ~
----,---­
nn
U.U
max t
nn
LI.U
TGOG87

,
i'­
.
(

i
,j;.
':"
f,
•

Jib Jib
175
 T06J51JC

3. Connect (he wiring for Ihe overwind cutout device 5. Remove the rope socket from Ihe auxiliary hook
as shown in the figure below. block and attach it to the bracket on the head of the
n \I I II i base jib section .
1/ I \ ! i! \
If II I,ll
!
II 1\ \ '11

/L=:=:~i
hol-ii.ti_r: : :_',=~'~J -«
d==~- ,
\".'/ \ \.'
, ,,",
.~.

\! ? 1 i'-""
~~'" ,----' .j
\...., .9
'_,,,,,-.,,,'-"'"

Overwind detection switch

Fixing pin Rope socaet
TI4-l70E

A WARNING
Alf you fail to remove the pin inserted in the 6. Wind in the winch wire rope until the wire rope be­
rod of the overwind detection switch, the over­ comes tense; then slowly wind in the wire rope further to
wind cutout device for the boom will not work a point where the connecting pin (H) can be pulled oul.
and consequently the boom can be damaged.
ASefore performing boom lift, make sure that
the overwind cutout device works. Wind in the winch rope .
.......,
Align the pin with the pin hole.
4. If the boom lift is 10 be performed after lhis proce­
dure, pullhe overwind cutout device for the boom in
operation. •
To put the device in operation, remove the weight from
Ihe support on the boom head and remove the pin from
f
Ihe rod of the overwind deteclion switch. Stow the pin
into the support,
,

~~
Overwind 7. Remove the connecting pin (H) using the jib handle.
detection swilch

Pin ;=

c'b=<~ Connecting pin (H)

Slow the ~,., d·

S"pport~1
! 1'27930£

Jib Jib
176
 8. Unwind the winch wire rope until the wire rope be­
12. Free the set pin on lhe stowage support.
comes slightly slack. Then remove the rope socket from
+If the stowage support is not extended, extend it by
the jib bracket.
using the jib mounting/stowing switch before proceeding
to the next step.
9. Remove the wire rope from the sheaves and guides

on the head of the boom and jib.

+Set the gUides and the rope guide pins back in their
I I
St!Lpin i i
original position.
i i

L~"""'J

• Stow the mast sheave in the jib.

-i

• o

aase jib
Sheave

Stowage support
Guide

Mast Sheave
Guide

A
I-~~~- I WARNING
A To prevent accidents. never let anyone stand in
L ----------
~~1~1
the path of nor under the jib.

[NOTICE)
10. Allach the guide rope to the jib head. + Make sure that the boom is fUlly retracted before
swinging the jib. The boom can be damaged if it is
extended.
13. Fold the jib in toward the boom by pulling the guide
Guide rapt! rope. The set pin for the stowage support will be

~=:~r
engaged to connect the base jib section.

;;>¥
.........

-. o

11. Pull the set pin down using the jib handle. Lock the
set pin (F) in place by turning it clockwise.

~: set pin (F)

,,
,

c
o
TIJ~II/o~

Jib Jib
14. Stow the stowage support using the jib mounting • After the jib Jock pin at the center support is extended,
/stowing switch. The base jib section will move toward marks on both of the cylinder (red) at the center support
(he boom. and the jib (blue) will be aligned.
• Make sure that the jib mounting/stowing operationallty
indicator lamp is lit. While it is unlit, the jib mounting
/stowing cylinder does not move. The lamp does not
light up if the jib lock pin cylinder is not retracted fully.

. ''''~'''''''' Jib moun~nglstowing swilch

o 0 0 0
.Make sure that the jib is connected with the jib lock
pin at the center support.
,
!
Jib detached Jib slowed A WARNING
r ..... !
A Make sure that the boom angle is horizontal or

~~~
, o
over before removing the pivot pin (G). If the pin is
removed while the boom is below horizontal, the
jib can fall.
A To prevent the jib from falling off, secure the jib
15. Flip the jib lock pin switch upward to connect the jib by inserting the set pin immediately after remov­
lock pin atthe center support on the boom with the jib. ing the pivot pin (G).

" .. .. "..
,
!- Jib lock pin SWilch
16. Remove the pivot pin (G) using the jib handle.

..~ Pivol pin (G)

©~

.......
0~
,.,

0 0 0 0

TlWX,f.

Jib Jib
178
 rOf>JSlJE

17. Remove the set pin on the stowage support and (3) Stow the overwind cutout device onto the head of

move the base jib section toward the boom unlilthe sel the base jib section.

pin (E) connects the base jib section with the top jib sec·
lion.

--------­----b-c
Set pin (E)

Overwind cutout decree

Shackle

1'a(l79IE
19-2. If the auxiliary winch has been employed for jib
lift, follow the steps below.

18.tnsert the stowing pin (A) for the base jib section. (1) Remove the wire rope confining the jib opening angle

Insert the connecting pin (I) to connect the base jib sec­ from the head of the base jib section and slow it into

tion with the top jib secuon. the botlom of the jib stowage support.
(2) Hook the auxiliary wire rope on the rope arrester.

Slowing pin (A) TJ(l~92E

19-1. It the main wire rope has been employed for jib
(3) Pass the auxiliary wire rope as shown below.
lift. follow the steps below.
(1) Reeve the wire rope around the sheave on the top
face of the boom and sellhe rope guide pin. Auxiliary wire rope
(2) Reeve the wire rope around the main hook block. For
reeving pattern, see the "Reeving Procedure" sec­
tion.

"

Tl~107E

Ji~ Jib
179
 I06.lSl3l:

(4) Attach the rope socket onlo the support on the jib. StOWing the Base Jib and the Top Jib
Stow the overwind cutout device onlo the head of
the base jib section. [NOTICE]

+Strictly follow the warnings and notices in the

Ropesocket

"Mounting the Base Jib" section.

Fixing pin Guide

+If the jib offset angle is other than 3S I change its

/ offset to 3.5" beforehand, referring to the "Changing

the Jib Offset Angle" section.

1. Retract the boom fully and set it to horizontal.

Free Ihe set pin (E) so that it can fix [he top jib section to
the base jib section when the lop jib section is slowed.
Overwind cutout device TIi~3;L
Also, free [he set pin (C) so [hat it can fix the jib assem­
Shacxte
bly 10 the boom when [he jib assembly is stowed.

[NOTICE]
+ Operate the auxiliary winch carefully. If the wire

rope is wound too far, the support on the jib will be

broken.

+Stow the auxiliary wire rope with some slack in it.

If it is tense, the wire rope stowage support can be

damaged due to tension when the boom is raised.

(5) Take in the auxiliary wire rope, teaving it slightly

slack.
.L;~ -.J

20. Select and register the boom lift on the AML.

2. Select and register the jib set status on the AML.

..
•
~~

~?i

~+!

W?S

~~

---,----­
L'nc
._'
max I
WI Q
•
r'----­
flfl
U.U
lOl~

t...)1"@(dIl -' l
aUI
u. ~~
I>'ilQ
max (

flfl
~13,
1..)(,,(, ;
l U.U
T6!l6ll7
I
21.0verhoisl the main hook block and make sure
(hat Ihe overwind cutout device is operating properly.

Jib Jib
180
_c__-;_;_, __ •• •·__-_0 __ "' _-__ '__•• _. "'_-••'•._••.• __ ._ •• -__'. __ • __ '•• _. _'. _ .-. _ .' • •••••• __ • _ •

l06JS13f

3. Connect the wiring for the ove'rwind cutout device A WARNING

as shown in the figure below. Remove me overwind Alryou fail to remove the pin inserted in the
cutout device from the jib head. rod ofthe overwind detection switch, the over­
wind cutout device for the boom will not work
and consequently the boom can be damaged.
A Before performing boom lift, make sure that
the overwind cutout device works.

4. If the boom lift is to be performed after this proce­

dure, put the overwind cutout device for the boom in
operation.
To put the device in operation, remove the weight from
the support on the boom head and remove the pin from

\
the rod of lhe overwind detection switch. Stow the pin
into the support.

5. Remove the rope socket from the auxiliary hook

block and remove the wire rope from the sheave on the
head of the top jib section. Replace the rope guide pins
in their original position.

6. Remove the connecting pins (I) on the left thai con­

nects the base jib section with the top jib section and
stow them in the stowage support.
• To remove the connecting pins (I). hit it by a plastic
hammer.

Leave the pins on Ihe right inserted.

Stowage support::sc. ---........

t, Sheave ~ II~)
../"''''':':rvv~' ;;;;;

<.

i ._.- n;J
Jib Jib
181
7. Attach the guide rope to the head of the top jib sec­ 11. Perform the steps of 6.-16. in the "Stowing the
tion. Then raise the boom 10 the 3S boom angle to Base Jib" section.
make the jib horizontal.
12. Remove the set pin on the stowage support, and
Set the jib horizontal. swing the jib toward the boom untillhe set pin (C) con­
Guide rope nects the jib wilh the boom.

r
./
I
1
'If'·
--"-
( I( )
\lJ Q .'
Slowing pin (C)

n~~lJE

~~}\7\1rxZ!§f

A WARNING
ATo prevent accidents, never let anyone stand in
t TJ0794E
the path of nor under the jib.

8. Pull the guide rope to slow the top jib section onto
13. Insert the jib slowing pins (A), (B) and {OJ.
the base jib section, Then make sure that the set pin (E)
connects the top jib section with the base jib section,

~
<,
----'1
i
ii---i
lr-l '/
Sot pi" (C)
.
'_·-'-'-1
ir'-'-i
\\\lli ~I/\ ~ ~
5'l
r=:> !1 i
.'
i ·1

L__ J
@ ~ ~ __ ~_i Slowing pin (D) T.1079~F.

Set pin (E)

n451~1; 14. Stow the wire rope by performing the steps 19. and
onward in the "Stowing the Base Jib" section. Select and

9. Lower Ihe boom to the horizontal. Then remove the register the boom lift status on the load momenl indica­

guide rope from the head of the top jib section. tor.

1O.Alfach the rope socket to the bracket on the head

of the base jib section.

~I Rope socket Fixing pin

.• f~isi1~·~~~~
1'26367E

Jib Jib
182
 Dismounting the Jib A WARNING
A If the jib mounted I dismounted state is set im­
[NOTICE] properly, the AML does not function accurately•
• Strictly follow the warnings and notices in the The crane operation in this condition may create
"Mounting the Base Jib" section. hazard.

1. Perform the steps of 1.-9. in the "Mounting the 6. Flip the jib state switch to the ''REMOVED'' position.
Base Jib and the Top Jib" section. The jib removed indicator lamp will light up.

2. Swing outthe jib by pulling (he guide rope until the Jib removed indicatO{ lamp

jib can be lifted. \ =1

_\\ , -.
•
()
3. Support the jib using another crane. • .,
~ •,;. 8101II!
~OJO~~~,'" ~
-, ~

~'i2 0

r. Jib slate switch

'T2lCiIOE I

rnns

4. Remove the pivot pin (G) using the jib handle.

Pivot pin (G)

5. Dismount the jib from the crane body by lifting the

jib with another crane.

Jib Jib
-;:
 IllSJS1JE

Mounting the Jib A WARNING

A If the jib mounted I dismounted stale is set im­
[NOTICE]
properly, the AML does not function accurately.
• Strictly follow the warnings and notices in the
The crane operation in this condition may create
"Mounting the Base Jib" section.
hazard.

1. Move the jib using another crane to the point where 4. Flip the jib state switch to the "EQUIPPED" position.
the base jib section and the boom pivot pin are connect­ The jib removed indicator lamp will go oul.
ed.
-
(') ~
~VC1J 0 [PEl C1J
I
~ .,;_
~
-.
., ~UIIII\
E]k:l."&' IJ"-. ~
l,) (i)

Jib state swilch

T2·IGIIE

L T!~119
---'

2. After making sure that the pivot pin (G) is aligned

with the pin hole in the base jib seclion insert the pivot
pin (G) in the pin hole using the jib handle.
+ Insert (he pivot pin (G) properly; the red tape on the
threaded portion should be exposed.

_'>..~R'd1'P'~
Pi.otPi~:~ ~

3. Perform the steps 12.-16. in the "Stowing the Base

Jib" section and steps 11. and onward in the "Mounting
the Base Jib and the Top Jib" sectlon. Now the jib has
been mounted on the crane body.

Jib Jib
184
 106361 IE

Mounting and Dismounting

Counterweight

A WARNING

A Always mount the counterweight on the crane

before crane operation and traveling on the road.

If the counterweight is dismounted, the crane will

,
be less stabilized and can lead to great hazard,
such as overturning during crane operation and
unavailability of stabilized driving on the road.

Before transporting the crane on a trailer, always remove the counterweighl from the crane. Otherwise the axle load on
the Irailer can exceed the maximum legal axle weights.

• If traveling with (he counterweight dismounted (counterweight warning lamp is lit), the alarm buzzer sounds to
indicate warning when the vehicle speed exceeds 4km/h.

Components

.
0
'5
,,, ,'
] 1-'"~
Q ,'
- ...
:}; , ,fl~ ~
" '0 __-'.,5
~ .: ."':;''':J:'';:.'', R
/-.,0
-
t
~.; ~

"'-.. ­- "", ~
"..,.,,- DO _'.

~.-~-~
.- .. - - ,
= ~
h!;~
lID O!l [!][!J ~~ •
• mJlIDE
c~"j[!m
0
=
3 130601-2

1. Fixing pin
2. Counterweight
3. Counterweight warning lamp

Mass of Removable Counterweight

7.900kg

,..
,,.
'J."
•

Mounting and Dismounting Counterweight Mounting and Dismounting Counterweight

185
 T063611E

Mounting and Dismounting 4. Remove the fixing pins (right and left) from the

counterweight.

Counterweight
.If a fixing pin is too tight to remove, hoist up the coun­

terweight slightly with the secondary crane.

A WARNING
A When mounting or dismounting the counter­
weight, always obey the supervisor's instruction.
A To prevent falling accidents from high posi­
tions during attaching I removing the
counterweight fixing pins and rigging operation

on the rear of the swing table, use a stepladder.

ANever stand under the counterweight, they may

fall.

A For lifting the counterweight, prepare a crane

with 20 tons or over of capacity. Never use a crane

with insufficient lifting capacity.

5. Hoist up the counterweight with lhe secondary

crane and put them on the transporting truck.

Dismounting
• When the counterweight is removed from the crane,

1. Support the machine on extended fully outriggers in the counterweight warning lamp will light.

a level position. .Return the fixing pins removed in step 4 to the original

positions.

2. Swing ute boom to 90° right or left of the centerline

of the crane and Lurn the swing brake switch 10 ON. 6. Set the machine in the traveling configuration.

3. Attach a sling and rigging wire rope \0 each rigging

fitting (right and left) on the top of the counterweight.
Hoist up the counterweights with a secondary crane for
lifting the counterweight until the rigging wire rope be­
comes slightly tense.

Rigging wire rope

Rigging f.lling

II

Mounting and Dismounting Counterweight Mounting and Dismounting Counterweight

186
 . -"..... ; --­

T0606l1E

Mounting
1. Support the machine on fully extended outriggers in
a level position.

2. Swing the Doom 10 90 0 right or left of Ihe centerline

of the crane and turn the swing brake switch \0 ON.

3. Hoist up !he counterwelpht wlth lhe secondary

crane and move them to Ihe counterweight mounting
position on (he rear of tile swing table.

4. While keeping the counterwetqht hung by the sec­

ondary crane, insert Ihe two fixing pins (right and left)
and atlach the snap pins securely 10 prevenllhe fixing
pins from slipping off.

TJD!SO~E

5. Remove the rigging wire rope front Ihe counter­

weight and slow the secondary crane .
• When the counlerweighlis attached 10 the crane, (he
counterweight warning lamp in Ihe operator's cab goes
out.

6. Set the machine in the traveling configuration.

.'

,,,,.
,
f

Mounling and Dismounting Counterweight Mounting and Dismounting Counterweight

187
 r063621E

Equipment Inside the Cab

Components

•
e
'-'
911~ -,_.-~~@
I'~~~~~~oll~ o~ (@~ ~.;;- ~ .)~

---!
c=::J '<, ~ .,
e (;)
/
~~-3- ,

a a
.' , .. ¢ ,~, c, , JD
<j~ ~
"
'=
:~t:",r,;':$~~' ~~_
, R

-@-'.
~.:
- ""';
......-
,,, II1'll
"
D

ffiJ
i3;;f~
[g]~ ~~I>lJ~
2
,

...

1. Roofwasher switch 4. Oil cooter switch

2. Roof wiper switch 5. Work lamp indicator lamp
D
3. Work lamp switch 6. Hydraulic oil lemperature (50 C) warning lamp

Roof Washer Switch Roof Wiper Switch

[NOTICE] The roof wiper switch is used 10 turn the roof wiper ON
• Do not use the wipers on dry glass; doing so will and OFF.
damage the glass. Wet glass by spraying the win­
dow with washer fluid before using the wipers.
Roof wiper switch
• Never spray washer fluid continuously for more

~I W""""'"'~.
than 3 seconds and do not operate the washer
switch when there is no window washer fluid. This
......•,,,,,
practice may burn out the pump. i=
l:O .....-., Slop
1-;';, .L.. Moves inlermillen\ly.
Washer fluid can be sprayed on (he roof glass by when
this switch is pressed.
L ,=)
_

Equipment Inside the Cab Equipment Inside the Cab

188
 .', ,',- -.-" -~-----_. -,'- ._---­

1063li21E

Work Lamp Switch Oil Cooler Switch

When the work lamp switch is turned ON, me work [NOTICE]

lamps (one on the side of the boom, one on the right +'fthe hydraulic oil temperature 85&C warning ap­

face of the swing table and one on the lop face of the pears on the central display, stop operation unttr me

cab) will illuminate. oil temperature drops.

+ Never turn ON lhe work lamps when lraveling.

"ON" •..•••••.....••..••.•..••. lamps comeon ON The oil cooler func!;ons regardless of the hy­
"OFF" .•......•.•....•....••.•.•. lamps go out draulic oil temperature. Shift the switch lo this
oosnton to cool down (hehydraulic oil whose
Work lamp swtch
temperature is below 50~C. If cooling down lhe
~.~ oil is required no more, return the switch to
I8ll.. . _(ON)
"OFF~.

~~~I
OFF .....The oil cooler functions automaticafly when Ihe
hydraulicoillemperature exceeds SO~c. For or­

'-~J dinary operation.keep the switch 10 this

(OFF)

position.
+When Ihe hydraulicoil temperature exceeds 50°C.
Work lamp (lop of cab)
Work lamp
(he hydraulic oil temperature warning lamp lights up.
Work lamp (right of swing tacte) When the oil temperature exceeds 85'C, a warning sign
(boom head)
appears on the central alarm display.

Oil cooler switch

'>:-'t

~11

"(ON)

(OFF)

,~:lli

Equipment Inside the Cab Equipment Inside the Cab

189
 '-'-~

TOO6IlQ1E

Equipment Outside the Cab

Winch Drum Monitor Mirror {Option}

[NOTICE}
• Lifting a load with a wire rope disorderly wound
on a winch drum will damage the wire rope and
shorten the life of the wire rope. Do not lift a toad
with a wire rope disorderly wound.

Use the mirror to check the wire rope condition on the

winch drum,
• To look at the mirror, turn to the rear of the crane op­
erator's cab.

i.

Equipment Outside the Cab

190 Equipment Outside the Cab
..
".
l.
­
 . ,

, H000'l5llE ,

. ,
,
i

INSPECTION AND

MAINTENANCE

·
,

,•

•
." - )
 Inspection and Maintenance

Proper inspection and maintenance helps ensure safety

and prolongs the life of your crane. To keep your crane
in peak condition and maintain optimum performance,
inspect and service it at the recommended intervals. In
this way, you can prevent failures and detect problems
in (heir early staqes.
Two recommended inspeclion and maintenance inter­
vals are provided; one based on the hourmeter reading
and the other on calendar months; perform inspections
,,
>
and mainlenance according to whichever COmes first.
• The inspection intervals are based On the assumption
that the crane is used under normal operating condi­
tions. If it is used under severe or unusual conditions,
shorten the intervals accordingly.
,~: .If you are unable 10 perform any inspection or mainte­
i nance work yourself, contact your nearest TADANO
distributor or dealer for assistance.

Perform before start or each

Pre-operational inspection
dav's operation.

"-
100 hours or Perform every 100 hours or I
~ 1 month once a month.
,
-'"
.5: 300 hours or Perform every 300 hours or
813 months -­
every 3 months.
, ~ 600 hours or Perform every 600 hours or
, .Sro 6 months every 6 months.
,
~
E 1,200 hours or Perform every 1,200 hours
• -o
c;
ro
c
1 year or once a year.
a 2,400 hours or Perform every 2,400 hours
U

"-
~ 2 vears or every 2 vears.
n
4,800 hours or Perform every 4,800 hours
4 years or every 4 years

Inspection and Maintenance Inspection and Maintenance

191
 Pre-Operational and

Periodic Inspection

A WARNING

Alf pre-operational and periodic inspections are

neglected, it will not be possible to detect prob­

lems in their early stages or prevent consequent
accidents. Make it a habit to perform the recom­
mended pre-operational and periodic inspections.
If any abnormality Is found, take corrective action
immediately.

Pre· Periodic inspection

System/Component Check point operational 100 Mrs
lnsoecncn 1 month

•••
Exlernal appearance
PTa
Power
fransmissic
system Propeller shaft
Operation (abnormal sounds, overheating), oil leaks
Extef!lal appearance
••
run out, worn splines
•
External appearance
-­ •
Hydraulic
Hydraulic pump Operation (abnormal sounds, overheating, trapped air,
etc.), 0\\ leaks • •
system External appearance
~---- • •
Hydraulic
oil lank
Oil level, contamination, oil leaks
Replace ii\ters, tanks. and air breathers
• • .,
SWing table
(including swing
External appearance (cracks, deformation, etc.)
Swing motion (abnormal sounds, high pressure in
• •
Swing
bearing) swing Circuit) •
system
Swing motor, External appearance

•
•
speed reducer Operation, oil revel, oil leaks
•
Rotary joint
External appearance
Operation, oil leaks
• ••
Boom External appearance
• •
elevating
system
Boom elevating
cylinder
-­
Operation, oil leaks
~e.on(aneous retraction
• ••
External appearance
•• •
Boom
Operation, oil leaks
•
Boom
telescoping
Worn slide plates
Spon{an~ous retraction
••
system Jib and single lop. External appearance
center support.
• •
stowage support
Operation
• •
'1: Every 300 hrs or every 3 months
'2: Every 600 hrs or every 6 months
·3: Every 1,200 Mrs or once a year

Pre-Operatrcnat and Periodic Inspection Pre-Operational and Periodic Inspection

192
" """ ;'.
IO~J~J(lE

c"·

Pre- Periodic inspection

System/Componenl Check point operalional 100 hrs l
,
i: nspecllon 1 month
Winch motor, External appearance
• •
speed reducer Operation, oil quantity, oil leaks, abnormal sounds
External appearance
•• •••
Hoisting
Hook blocks,
wire ropes.
Ooerauon
Condition of wlre rope (rope socket, wedge)
•• •
j
system
sheaves Condition of safety latch
Wire rope reevlno
•• ••
,,~z Disorderly winding External apoearance
• •
;
r
prevention device
Operating
Oceraticn
Movement of each lever/oedal
• ••
~ Crane
control
controls Movement of accelerator
External appearance
• ••
r,
system Selector valves Operation, oil leaks
• •
f
Relief valve pressure settlno. condition of seal
External appearance
••
Angle meter
Operation
External appearance
•• ••
Load moment Funclions (check button. stop)
• •
Safely
indicator Operation (lamps, buzzers, erc.)
External appearance of boom length detector
• ••
•
device
Overwind cutout External appearance
device
Working area
Operation
External appearance
• ••
control devices Ooerenon
Othersafety devices Operation
•• •••
•
Crane
supporting
Oulriggers,
External appearance
Operation, oil leaks
•• •
.
,
~­

,,.
and
positioning
jack cylinders
Jack c Iinder spontaneous retraceon
External appearance
••
,, devices
Bubble levels
Condilion of bubbles
External appearance
• ••
1
I,
Lamps
Operation
External appearance
• ••
Electrical
system
Switches
Operation
External apoearance
• ••
Wipers Operation
Worn or damaged blades
• • •
·1: Every 300 hrs or every 3 months
·2: Every 600 hrs or every 6 months
·3~ Every 1.200 hrs or once a year

Pre-Operational and Periodic Inspection Pre-Operatlonai and Periodic InspecUon

193
 ID.l~)Of

Pre- Periodic inspection

System/Component Check point operational 100 hrs
inspection 1 month
Oil leaks
• ••
Piping, hoses Obstructions, twists, damage. worn hose, etc.
l.oose support, couplings, fillings
• •
• ••
External appearance
Crane
Door lock function

••
operator's cab
Condition of seat adjusting mechanism
Installation, external appearance

Other Air conditioner

Operation
Clean and wash condenser and check coolant amount
• • '3
components Clean internal air filter '2
Check V bell '1

Oil cooler
External appearance
Operation
•• ••
Lubrication
Apply grease to each grease nipple
Apply grease to wire ropes, sheaves and slide plates
• ••
Chassis frame
External appearance {rust, cracks, deformation, twists,
etc.) • •
Indication plates External appearance
External appearance
• ••
Electrical
Starter

Alternator
Engaoing pinion
Operation
••
system
Battery
Electrical wiring
Fluid level, specific gravity of electrolyte
Loose wiring connections
• ••
Start-up. abnormality
•
•••
Idling, acceleration
Main unit Operation of fuel control knob
Exhaust condition
• ••
Air cleaner element condition
Engine oil level, oil leaks
••
Lubrication unit Replace oil filter '2
Engine Oil pressure
•• •
Fuel unit
Fuel leaks
Fuel filter, strainer
••
Check iniectlon nozzle
•
Water level, water leaks
• •
Radiator cap mounting condition, function
••
Cooling unit
Looseness of fan belt, damaoe
Clean radiator fins
• •
·1: Every 300 hrs or every 3 months
'2: Every 600 hrs or every 6 months
'3: Every 1,200 hrs or once a year

r
._, l:'
Pre-Operational and Periodic Inspection Pre-Operational and Periodic Inspection ~{~-.
194 :4.:,:-.
..- ..~-'''''--'---
 IO~HJOE
-
, Pre· Periodic inspection
!
SyslemfComponenl Check point op€raUonal 100 hrs
inspection 1 month
External appearance
•
I Steering wheel Operation (play, looseness, vibration, etc.I
Orbilrol oil leaks
• ••
Sleering
Sleering system
hvdraulic circuit
Oil leaks and damaoe to hvdraulic circuit
Steering shilt function
• • •
system
Steering pump.
steering cylinder
External appearance
Oil leaks
••
Tie rod Bendlnq
•
• •
Emergency steering pum Function
Play, clearance between pedal and floor plate when
•
Service brake deoressed • •
pedal Operation of stan lamp
••
•••
Performanceand function of brake
Hose, piping Oil leaks, damage, delerioration, loosened support
•
Brake
Fluid revel, air and oil leaks
Check pads for wear
• ·1

•••
External appearance
Brake
system
Air tank
Check for condensation
External appearance
•
Operation, brake condition
Clearance between disc and pads
• • ·3
Parking brake
Check suokes of chamber "3
Overhaul of cam including stainless balls; replacement
·3
of greases (Applicable serial No.: 546283 and upward
I Ai' pressure gauge
warning device
Function of brake fluid level warning device
Function of (ow air pressure warnina device
•• ••
•••
Oil leaks
Axle
Clean air breather

Traveling
Air pressure in tires
Rips, damage, unusual wear on tires
•• •
system
Wheel Loosened wheel nuts ·1
Damaged rim side rings and wheels
Loosened wheel bearings
••
Shock
Mounlingljoint portion Loosened axle mounting, dama~e
Operation, oil leaks
••
absorber
Suspension
External appearance
•
lock unit
Eject air from cylinders
•
'1: Every 300 hrs or every 3 monlhs
*2: Every 600 hrs or every 6 months
*3: Every 1,200 hrs or Once a year

,,
.i
•
Pre-Operational and Periodic Inspection Pre-Operational and Periodic Inspection
195
 TCli191!lE

Pre- Periodic inspection

System/Component Check point opereuona 100 hrs
inspection 1 monlh

Torque
External appearance
Operation, oil lever. oil leaks
••
Power
converter,
transmission
Clutch pressure, operation
Clean air breather, strainer and filter
• • "3
transmission Shiftinq between drive mode select gears
•
system
Propeller shalt
External appearance
Runout, worn soline
••
Differen!ial, Oil level, oil leaks
•
planetary near Clean air breather
•
lighting device
External appearance
• ••
Operation
••
Horn, wiper,
(urn signal
External appearance
Operation
• ••
Worn blade
•
Other
components
I
Rearview mirror,
reflector
Mirror condition
• •
•••
Meter and External appearance
I oauges
Exhaust piping,
Operation
External appearance
•
muffler
Lubrication
Muffier (unction
Lubricate each grease nipple
•
••
·1: Every 300 hrs or every 3 months
-2: Every 600 hrs or every 6 months
-3: Every 1,200 hrs or once a year

"
Pre-Operational and Periodic Inspection Pre-Operational and Periodic Inspection _.",

196 -'k: "

.~~."-'..
 rOOH15E

Safety Parts Requiring

Regular Replacement

A WARNING
ABe sure to replace safety parts regularly.
Neglecting to replace the safety parts regularly
can cause accidents.

Some components of your machine use parts which

wear with time. It is not always easy 10determine when
they should be replaced, even if the periodic lnspecuon
is performed as recommended. For safety, such parts
z:
must be replaced regularly.The following lable gives the
replacement intervals for Ihe major safety parts. Contacl
your nearest TADANO distributor or dealer to have
Ihese parts replaced at the regular intervals.

Crane

Safety parts requiring recutar reolacerreet Interval

Boom telescoping wire ropes 4 years

Carder

SafelY parts requlrlnq regular replacement Interval

Seals, D-rings and cups for brake valve
Packinq, c-nnos and CUDS for air boosler
1 year
Piston seals and dust seals for brake caliper
Brake fluid
Brake hoses
Rubbers and packing in pneumatic
j.
equipment for brake, excep!inQ above
Hoses for steering system Z years
Packing and D-rings for steering cylinder
Packing and D-rings for steering syslem
hvdraulic circuit
Hydraulic hoses for fravelinq system 4 years

,,
i

Safety Parts Requiring Regular Replacement 197 SafetJ Parts ReqUiring Reqular Replacement
 T063631JE

Greasing

[NOTICE] • Lubricating wire ropes with an improper gear oil,

• Using different brands of lubrication grease to­ cup grease or waste oil only shortens their life. Use

gether can change the properties of the grease and rope grease or other grease that has properties suit­

have an adverse effect on the machine. When able for wire ropes.

grease is added, use the same brand that is already .In addition to the areas listed in the "Maintenance

in the machine. Table", the following areas should also be lubricated

If a different brand of grease must be used, remove with grease to protect them from rusting and ensure

all remaining grease before adding the new grease. smooth movement.

• Dust and especially debris particles in the grease
causes premature wear of sliding surfaces, and con­
sequently, shortens the life of the lubricated
machinery. Always clean grease nipples and other
surfaces which require lubrication before applying
grease.
The wire ropes should be cleaned before they are
greased.
• Hydraulic cylinder rod portions (boom elevating
cylinder, jack cylinder, etc.) that are exposed to air
when the cylinder is in a fully retracted position
• Links and sliding sections that were coated with
grease before shipment from the factory

Maintenance Table

Check interval
Number
No. Greasepoints and method 100 hrs
of points 1 day 1 week
1 month

•• •
1 Side surfaceof boom Coat 4 points
2 Slide plate (top surface of boom) Inject 8 points
Slide plate (bollom surfaceof boom)
3 Inject 8 points
•
Wire rooe (for mainwinch)
5 Wire rope (for auxiliary winch)"
Coat
Coat
1 points
1 points
••
§" 6 Wire rooe (For telesccolno the boom) Coat 2 oomts
•
2 7 Swlnq hearinq
;;; lnject aootnts
•
~
103
8 Swinq cear
9 Jib ccnnecuno pin boss
Coat
Inject
1 point
4 points
••
10 Pin (for jib head sheave)
11 Elevallnqcylinder lower pivot pin
tnlect
tntect
2 point
1 point
••
12 Boom pivot pin tnlect 1 paint
••
,.
13 Main hook block (option) -Inject 1 point

••
Auxiliary hook block (option) tnlect 1 point
21 Ouuiooer floats Inject 4 points

,
"
22 Prooeuer shaft
'n 23 Axle oscillation lock cylinder
Inject
Inject
9 points
4 points
••
~ 2• Kino oin
•
~ 25 Steennc cvlinder
Inject
Inject
8 points
8 oomts
••
~
•
0 26 Tiered end Inject a oolnts
••
27 Rear axle oscillation center pin Inject z cclnte
28 Rotaryjoint Injecl 2 points
•
-1: Applicable to 2M2D-specificalion machines

Greasing Greasing
19B
 T063630E

Greasing Chart

Upper Structure

-51

Boom sliding surface

0-:.~ , I @~

/ RighI and left trol/om

Top surface of boom surfaceof boom

--------'®-®-eD Every 100hrs(Once a month) ®-@---~

_0 once a week __ O __ @-@@@!­ 0 _

- -- - - --@---- -- - -@--@-Onceaweek ----(])- -- - - -- - - --- - --- - -- --­

-------,0- Every 100hrs(Oncea monll1)-®-----~- ~

o
N"~
=c:-~ UF"
.. ..

Elevating c.y1inder
T'J9:;53F.

Greasing 199 Greasing

 T06~630E

Lower Structure

Every tnunrs (Once a mOnlh) __~~249-{3f-~f---{§>-~H~&

r---------­
i \
\ !
-@S»

--~-,r-,

Ne<lr
side

Far I
"do ~
ViewC
BoUomview
------~--- T:2975~E

Greasing
200 Greasing
1
 TO&3030E

Slide Plate (top and bottom surfaces of 4. Extend the 2nd boom fully, and add grease

the boom), Side and Bottom Surfaces of lhrough (he grease nipples and apply grease to the
surfaces as shown in Fig.2.
Boom, Wire Rope (for telescoping the
boom) 5. Retract the boom fully. (Fig.3)

1. Extend the outriggers fully and set the crane lev­

6. Extend the boom to the position where the
el.
grease nipples under the boom are appeared by the
emergency telescoping operation, and add grease
2. Retract {he boom fully and lower it to horizontal.
through the grease nipples as shown in FigA.

3. Add grease Ihrough the grease nipples as shown

in Fig.1.
7. Extend the 3rd, 4th and top boom fully, and apply
grease \0 the surfaces as shown in Fig.5.

r ~F;9.3

Fig.2
~---~
~ Fig.'

Top boom 4lhbd 3rdboom

tt)~ 1~=1

;
i
r.
1,

1 - "
. ~-
}: ;;z.
••
Greasing
201
Greasing
 TCKG972E

Gear Oil

[NOTICE] • Clean the area around the plugs before removing

• Using different brands of gear oil together can
change the properties of the gear oil and have an
adverse effect on the machine. When gear oil is
added, be sure to use the same brand that is in the
machine. If a different brand of oil must be used, re­
move all the remaining gear oil before adding the
new oil.
them to prevent dust and other foreign matter from en­
lerinq.
• Clean the plugs and plug holes, and wrap sealing
tape around the plugs before installing and tightening
the plugs.

Maintenance Table

Check interval
Number of
No. Component and required operation 100 hrs 300 nrs 600 hrs 1200 hrs 2400 nrs
Pclnts/Ouanlily 1 week
1 month 3 months 6 months 1 year 2 years

1 Winch speed reducer

Check oil level 1 points ('"')
•
Replace oil 4.0 I.. r") @
•
2 SWing speed reducer
Check oil level 1 point
•
Replace oil
Check oil level
3.BI..
2 points
•
@
•
3 Axle (carrier(iXle)
Replace oil 241.. x 2 @
•
4 Axle (planetary gear)
Check oil level 4 points
•
Replace oil 51.. x 4 @
•
(*1): A 2M2D-specificalion crane is equipped with twowinch speed reducers. @: First replacement only

Gear Oil Gear Oil

202 ~ ."
 Winch Speed Reducer Oil Level Replacing Oil

Check ••.••.• 'Every 600 Hours 1. Set the crane on a level surface.

or Every 6 Months 2. Place an oil pan under the drain plug to catch the
oil being changed.
Winch Speed Reducer Oil
3. Remove the drain, filler and level plugs, and drain
Replacement ••••• ·Every 1,200
the oil.
..
Hours or Once a Year
i' A WARNING 4. After all of (he oil has drained oul, install and tighten
t,
the drain plug.
AThe speed reducer is very hot immediately after
operating. Let the speed reducer cool down until it
can be touched with your bare hand before per­
5. Pour fresh gear oil through the filler plug hole until it
begins to come out of (he level plug hole.
forming maintenance work on it.

6. Install and lighten the filler and level plugs.

Checking Oil Level
1. Sellhe crane on a level surface.

2. Remove the level plug and check the oil level.

There is no need to add oil if the oil level comes to the
bottom of lhe plug hole. If iow, remove the filler plug and
.. add oil through the filler plug hole.
.
Filler plug
..
r~
,
,
Level plug

r.
o \.
~~._-~.
i
\

"""Drain plu!] TQ!~&9E

1: 3. Install and tighten the level and filler plugs.

-:'. t:
:r.
;:.

Gear Oil
Gear Oil 203
 T~6~nE

SWing Speed Reducer Oil Level Replacing Oil

Check .•.•••• ·Every 600 Hours 1. Setthe crane as follows:

(1) Support the crane on extended outriggers in a level

or Every 6 Months position.

(2) Raise the boom to an angle where it does not hinder
SWing Speed Reducer Oil the maintenance work.

Replacement· •.••• -Every 1,200

2. Remove the drain plug and attach a hose 10 the
vent. Remove the filler and level plugs to drain the oil.
Hours or Once a Year
A WARNING
A The speed reducer is very hot immediately after
operating. Let the speed reducer cool down until it
can be touched with your bare hand before per­
forming maintenance work on it.

Checking Oil Level

1. Set the crane as follows:
(1) Support the crane on extended outriggers in a level
posrlion
(2) Raise the boom \0 an angle where it does not hinder
maintenance work.

2. Remove (he lever plug and check the oil level.
There is no need to add oil if the oil comes to the bottom
of the level plug hole. If low, remove the filler plug and
add oil through the filler plug hole.
3. After all of the oil has drained out, remove the hose.
Install and tighten the drain plug.
4. Pour fresh gear oil through the filler plug hole unlil it
begins 10 come out of the level plug hole.

5. Install and lighten the filler and level plugs.

Drain plug

3. Ins(all and lighten the revel and filler plugs.

Gear Oil Gear Oil

204
• gi'·.C •.••" , .
 T046972E

Axle (Carrier Axle) Oil Level Check Replacing Oil

• " ••••• " • " •• 'Every 100 Hours 1. Set the crane on level ground .

or Once a Month 2. Place an oil pan under the drain plug.

Axle (Carrier Axle) Oil Replacement 3. Remove the drain plug and level plug 10drain the
oil.
_" •• " •.• " "Every 2,400 Hours or
4. After all the oil has drained out, ins/all and tighten
Every 2 Years
the drain plug.

A WARNING
5. Pour fresh gear oil through the air breather hole un­
A The axles are very hot immediately after travel­ Iii the oil reaches the bottom of the level plug hole.
ing. Let the axle cool down until you can touch it
with your bare hand before starting maintenance
6. Once {he oil has been supplied, remounl and tight­
work.
en (he level plug and the air breather.

Checking Oil Level

1. Set the crane on level ground.

2. Remove the level plug and check the oil level.

There is no need to add oil if the oil level is up to the
hottom of the plug hole. If low, add oil through the air
breather hole.

,.,
Drain plug
TIOllJOE

3. Remounl and Iighlen the level plug.

"

Gear Oil Gear Ojl

205
 T~6972E

Axle (Planetary Gear) Oil Level Replacing Oil

Check .•.•••• 'Every 100 Hours 1. Extend the outriggers and set the crane level.

or Once a Month 2. Rotate the tire by hand (0 move the drainllevel plug
10 (he lowest position as shown. Wear protective gloves.
Axle (Planetary Gear) Oil
Replacement· ••••• ·Every 2,400 Filler plug

Hours or Every 2 Years Drainllevel plug

A WARNING
AThe axles are very hot immediately after travel­
ing. Let the axle cool down until you can touch it
with your bare hand before starting maintenance
n022~E
work.

Checking Oil Level 3. Place an oil pan under the drain plug.

1. Extend the outriggers and setthe crane level.

4. Remove the drain/level plug and filler plug to drain
the oil.
2. Rotate the lire by hand until "OIL LEVEL" is posi­
tioned as shown. Wear protective gloves.
5. After all the oil has drained out, rotate the tire by
hand until "OIL LEVEL" is right-side up and horizontal.
FiUp.r plug

6. Pour new gear oil through (he filler plug hole until
Drainllevel plug the oil reaches [he top of (he drain/level plug hole.

7. Once the oil has been supplied, install and tighten

the filler plug and drain/level plug.

TI02:'JE

3. Remove the drainllevel plug and check the oil level.

There is no need 10add oil if the oil level is up to the
bottom of the plug hole. If low, remove the filler plug and
add oil through the filler plug hole.

4. Inslall and tighlen the filler plug and the drain/level

plug.

Gear all Gear Oil

206
 T06:>520E

Engine

[NOTICE] .Use engine oil suited to the ambient operating

• Using different brands of engine oil together can temperature.
change the properties of the oil and may have an
Ambient temperature SAE viscosity index
adverse effect. When adding engine oil, be sure to
Over 30°C SAE 40
use only the same brand as that already in the
_5°C \0 40°C SAE30
crane. To use a different brand of oil, drain out all
~15°C 10 15°C SAE 20W-20
the remaining engine oil before adding the new oil.
O'C or below SAE 10W-30

Maintenance Table
• For details on maintenance of engine oil, oil filter,
air cleaner and element, refer to the "Engine"
operation manual.

Number of Check interval

No. Component and required operation
pointslQuanfity 1 day 60 hrs 250 nrs 300 hrs 500 hrs 1200 nrs
Check oil level 1 poinl
•
1 Engine Replace oil 13Llo15l @
•
Replace oil filter 1 pain!
•
Check
•
2 Air cleaner Clean element
Replace element
1 poinl
• e r ')
("1): Once a year or after Oushing 5 limes @: First replacement only

{.
,,

",~l
,
;;
!,,

,{r,
!"
r"
\
~,

Engine Engine
207
 f06:l53lJE

Engine Cooling System

A WARNING [NOTICE]

AThe cooling water is very hot immediately after +For cooling water, use soft water or tap water
(water which soap lathers well). Do not use water
traveling. Opening the radiator cap when cooling
from wells or rivers.
water is hot may cause boiling water, capable of
+Only add cooling water that has the correct ratio
scalding, to spray out. Let the water cool before
of LLC added. Do not mix different brands of LLC
starling maintenance work.
together. If another brand of LLC must be used,
A.When using long life coolant (LLC), keep in
mind the following: drain all the remaining cooling water before adding
new cooling water.
• LLC is toxic. Should you accidentally ingest LLC,
+The ratio of LLC to water must be determined on
immediately vomit and seek medical attention.
Should LLC get in your eyes, immediately flush the basis of the minimum temperature of the region

with clean water and seek medical attention. where the crane is to be used, as shown below.

• Keep LLC away from fire. LLC is flammable. MinimumTemperature LLC Mixture Ralio
-10·C 30%
-15·C 35%
·20·C 40%
-25"C 45%
-30·C 50%
-35'C 55%
-4S·C 60%

Maintenance Table
• For procedures related (0 replacing the cooling water
and nushing the coolant tank, refer to the "Engine" oper­
ation manual.

Check interval
Number of Points}
No. Component and required coeretcn 100 hrs 300 hrs 600 hrs 1200 hrs 2400 brs
Quanlily 1 day
1 month 3 months 6 months 1 year 2 years

1 Coolant
Check water level 1 point
•
Replace
(when using long life coolant)
30 L ('1)
9 L ("2) •
("1):Tolal water volume ('2):Necessary volume of long-life coolant when mixing retto is 30 %

Cooling Water Level Check

.............................. ·Once a Day
Check the reserve tank for water volume. Keep coolant
level between "FULL~ and "LOW" when engine is cold.

Engine Cooling System Engine Cooling System

208 ,~'
 T063.54~E

Torque Converter System

[NOTICE! • Dust, foreign material or water in the torque con­

• Using different brands of torque converter oil to­ verter could cause a failure. Be especially careful
gether can change the properties of the oil and may when adding or replacing torque converter oil to
have an adverse effect on the system. It torque con­ prevent any foreign substances from entering the
verter oil must be added, be sure to use the same torque converter.
brand of oil as that is already in the machine. If an­
other brand of torque converter oil must be used,
drain all the remaining torque converter oil before
adding new oil.

Maintenance Table
Number of Check interval
No. Component and required operation pointsl 100 hrs 300 hrs 600 hrs 1200 hrs 2400 hrs
1 week
Quantity 1 month 3 rromhe 6 monlhs 1 year 2 years

1
Torque converter, Check oil level 1 point
•
transmission Replace oil '6L(01) @
•
2 Transmission Clean strainer 1 poinl @
•
3 Line filler Replace element 1 point @
("1): Whole amount
•
@: First replacement only

Oil Level Check 0000000 oEvery 100 2. Switch the PTO switch to OFF. Shift into Neutral
and start the engine.
Hours or Once a Month
Oil Replacement 0000 oEvery 1,200 3. Idle the engine for a few minutes to raise the oil
temperature 10 approximately 50°C.
Hours or Once a Year

A WARNING
A The torque converter and transmission are very
hot immediately after traveling. let the torque
converter and transmission cool down until you
can touch them with your bare hand before
.
;~
,
starting maintenance work .
,
i· [NOTICE]
n.l-l6lE

t
.'
• An excessively low or high oil level can cause the
transmission to fail or overheat. Make sure that the
i
oil level is within the specified range.
"
~

Checking Oil Level

1. Sel the crane in the lraveling configuration on level
ground.

::",}~

,.

Torque Converter System

209
Torque Converter System
 T00.3542E

4. After making sure that the level in the oil gauge an 1. Set the crane in the traveling configuration an level
Ihe transmission does nat sink any more, check the oil ground.
level. If (he ail level is in the middle of "H" and "L", the oil
level is ok. If the ail level is low, add oil through the filler 2. Remove the drain plug althe lower part of the
part of the torque converter. transmission to completely drain the oil.
• The filler port is located beneath the caver. Transmfssion(lronl)

Transmission (rear)

Dmin plug

Oir level gauge

Proper
range

H
L
'-L
T 1'296791'

3. Clean the drain plug. Install the drain plug and light­

Cover en it.

4. With the engine shut off, add oillhrough the torque

converter filler pori until the level reaches the "H" mark

e of the transmission oil level gauge.

5. Switch the PTO switch to OFF and shift into

"---.......!!­
Neutral. Start the engine and let it idle.

Engine cover 6. The all level drops gradually because the oil is

passing through the torque converter, pipes, oil-cooler.

Torque converter Filler port

filler, etc.

Add oil little by little 10 compensate for the drop in ail lev­

LJ el. Keep the engine idling for approximately 5 minutes

• and continue \0 add ail unlil the indicator bar in the

• »-:
fransmfsslon oil level gauge remains in the specified

•
.' 6J
- 0
range with the oil at a temperature of 50°C.

Replacing Oil
• Clean the area around the plug before removing it to
prevent dust and other foreign materials from entering
the torque converter system.
• When replacing the oil, also clean ihe strainer and re­
place the oil filter.

Torque Converter System Torque Converter System

210
,
I T0635421:

!
{
Strainer Cleaning •.•. ·Every 1,ZOO Line Filter Element Replacement

Hours or Once a Year •••.•.•••.• ·Every 1,ZOO Hours

'.
i 1. Drain oil first. or Once a Year

·
• 2. Remove lhe strainer from the lower part of the
• Mounling position: al front right side of transmis­
sion
transmission.

Remove the case and replace the filler element

Transmtsslonlrear)

,,
·
,sc
"
r
a-fin{
"
i
Drainplug

3. Clean the bottom face of the transmisslon case Spring

through the strainer mounting hole.

4. Wash the strainer as follows:

(1) Wash Ihe strainer on the surface with a soft nylon
brush immersed in thinner or kerosine.
(2) Pass 300-400 kPa {3-4kgF/cm'} compressed air

.
,
r
:;
r
,
from the inside of Ihe strainer.
(3) Dry out the strainer.

~ 5. Remount the strainer.

6. Refill the transmission with oil.

,
t
"

"

-------------------
Torque coi.verter System Torque Converter System
211
 1063551£

Fuel System

A WARNING [NOTICE]
• Use fuel that meets the standards shown below:
AFuelleakage could cause a fire. If an oil leak is
discovered, immediately repair it. After replacing Ambient temperature Standard
the filter element or bleeding air, wipe away all Over-12"C ASTM/D-975 Grade 2-D
spilled fuel. -12"C or below ASTM/D-975 Grade 1-0
AUsing diesel fuel mixed with gasoline or alcohol
is dangerous. This practice could cause a fire or ASTM is an acronym for the American Society for
explosion, resulting in serious injury or death, or Testing Materials which recommends fuel containing
damage to the machine. Use standard diesel fuel 0.5% or Jess sulfur content.
only. Do not mix diesel fuel with gasoline or alco­ Note that a sulfur content exceeding 0.5% reduces time
hol. between engine oil changes by 50%.

Maintenance Table
• For details on replacing element and draining water of the fuel filter, refer to the "Enqine" operation manual.

Number of points! Check interval

No. Component and required operation
Quantity 1 day 100 hrs 300 hrs 600 hrs
1 Fueltank Check oil revel 300 L ('1)
•
2 Engine fuel filler
Replace element
Drain water
1 point
1 poinl
• -'"2)

3 Water separator
Drain water 1 point
•
Replace element 1 point
•
('"1): Tank capacity (*2): When water separator warning lamp lights up

Fuel Tank Level Check .once a Day
Check the fuel level wilh the fuel gauge in lhe instru­
ment panel.
Engine Fuel Filter Draining
" " • " " " " " • " " " "When Necessary
• Drain water from the engine fuel filter when the wa­
ter separator warning lamp lights up.

Fuel filter

Fuel tank

Drainplug
T2~72~F.

Fuel System Fuel System

212
 T0635:;lE

Water Separator Draining Water Separator Element

..•••••••••• 'Every 100 Hour~ Replacemen~Every600 Hours
• When the water level reaches lhe red line on the Loosen the ring nul and remove Ihe case. Replace the
water separator, drain the water regardless of the element assy.
check interval. • Ring nut tighlening torque:
16-20 N'm {1.6-2.0kgf·m}
1. Loosen Ihe drain plug to drain water.

2. After the water has drained, lighten the drain

plug.

3. Check thatthere is no fuel leakage. /'"

//.I·_·~-~x.
../ a-ring

Fuel tank
water separator
o
II \il1~::2J
-",-~.~ Case

Red line
I

Drain plug T19'2~E

SpOO9

R" ta
-I ):M:;'~'
'""--<it~ / ~o~- 0I
. '-l.IlIl11Jl
i ,,'/ R'ngnul ~
,.- .
l(oO!'>?(lF.

---------

Fuel System Fuel System

213
 Brake System

A WARNING
AUsing different brands of brake fluid together
can change the properties of the fluid and may
have an adverse effect on the brake system. For
brake fluid, use "TADAND Genuine Brake Fluid". If
another recommended brand must be used, drain
all of the remaining brake fluid before adding new
fluid.
A"TADANO Genuine Brake Fluid" and other
recommended brake fluids are all glycol-based. If
a silicon- or mineral-based brake fluid is used, it
will permeate the packing causing the brakes to
become ineffective. Therefore, always use glycol­
based brake fluid.
ASome low-grade glycol-based brake fluids have
a low boiling point. Using a low-grade brake fluid
is dangerous because it could result in vapor lock.

Use only "T ADANa Genuine Brake Fluid" or an­

other recommended brand.

A Over time, brake fluid gradually absorbs mois­

ture from the air, which lowers its boiling point.

This behavior could result in vapor lock. Be sure

to replace the brake fluid regularly.

Maintenance Table

Number of Check mtervet

No. Component and required operation points! 100 hrs 300 nrs 600 hrs 1200 hrs
1 day
Quantitv 1 month 3 month 6 month 1 veer

1 Brake fluid reservoir

Check fluid level 2 ootrus
•
2 Disc brake oad
Reolace brake nuid
Check wear
1.7L
6 coinls
• •
3 Air dryer
Check function
Reolace cesrccanno anent
1 ooim
1 ooint
• •
4 Parking brake pad Adjust clearance 1 point
•

Brake System Brake System

214 .J;..

Brake Fluid Level Check
•••••••••.•••.•••• 'Once a Day
A WARNING
Alf the brake fluid is leaking, the brakes will
cease to function, an extremely dangerous condi­
tion. If the fluid level is low, check the brake
system for leaks. If there are no leaks but the fluid
level has lowered, the disc brake pads may be
worn. Inspect the pads for excessive wear.
[NOTICE]
• We recommend that you use only brand new
brake fluid for replenishment or replacement.
Make sure Ihe fluid level is between Hand L. If the level
is low, remove the cap and add fluid.
• There are Z brake fluid reservoirs located in the cen­
ter right side of the carrier.
• Fasten the cap where the match marks meet on the
cap and the lank.
H­
L-
nOl~6
Brake Fluid Replacement
. . . . . . . . . . . ·Every 1,200 Hours
or Once a Year
For brake fluid replacement, contact the nearest
TADANO distributor or dealer.
Brake System
215
10619:[1
Disc Brake Pad Wear Check
............ ·Every 300 Hours
or Every 3 Months
A WARNING
AUsing the brakes when the pads are at or near
their wear limit will not only damage the disc
plates but also cause the brakes to quit working
altogether, an extremely dangerous condition.
If an inspection reveals that the pads are near
their wear limit, have the nearest TADANO dlstnb­
utor or dealer replace the pads immediately.
..A.Brake pads whose thickness is within working
specifications can still be carbonized by heat
build-up, worn unevenly or scratched. If scratch­
ing, abnormal wear or rust is discovered on the
disc plates during inspection, the pads must be
removed and inspected. If the condition is severe,
the disc plates or pads may have to be replaced.
Have the nearest TADANO distributor or dealer in­
spect them immediately.
[NOTICE]
• You can use a check gauge shown below for less
closer checks, but you need to remove the pads for
closer lnspecucn.
If the pads are not undergoing rapid wear, only the
outer pad may be worn. In this case, remove the pad
for a closer check.
• Pad wear inspection should be carried out for all
wheels. If the inspection reveals that even one pad
is worn to near its wear limit, replace all pads, or
pairs of pads together: the left and right front pads
or the left and right rear pads .
P,d
Clearance Check gauge
Disc plate
- ~
L T0060!li J
Brake System
 Omm
Air Dryer Function Check
Clearance
••••••••..•• ·Every 300 Hours
or Every 3 Months
Air Dryer Desiccating Agent
Replacement· ..•.. ·Every 1,200
Hours or Once a Year
New pad Wear limil
[NOTICE]

.If the compressor air dryer performance is poor,

vapor contained in the compressed air will con­

1. Support the crane by fully extending the outriggers.

dense into water, adversely affecting the equipment

2. Check the wear of the pads by inserting the check Regularly check and replace the desiccating agent.

gauge (included) into the caliper check holes.

• The check gauge cannot be inserted at some points, • The air dryer is installed near the rear of the air tank

depending on the orientation of the lire. If so, turn Ihe (right side of the carrier).

steering wheel as far as possible and then reinspect.

Air dryer
• There are two check holes for each front wheel and
one for each rear wheel.

Front wheel Rear wheel

Caliper
Caliper

Performance Inspection
checx hole Check hole
1'J22311E
Open the drain cock on the air tank and check whether
any water drains out. If drainage occurs during normal
3. If an inspection shows that there is no clearance operation. the desiccating agent may have become per­
between the caliper and the check gauge, the brake pad meated with oil, etc" lowering its abilily to ~bsorb
is at its wear limi!. moisture. If so. have the nearest TADANO distributor or
dealer check: the air dryer.

Desiccating Agent Replacement

For replacement of the desiccating agent, contact the
nearest TADANO distributor or dealer.

Brake System Brake System

I
216
d
 Parking Brake Pad Clearance 2. Tighten the adjuster nul unlillhe disc plate touches

lhe pads. (Tightening torque: 13.0-14.2 Nm)

Adjustment· ·Every 1,200

Then turn back the adjuster nut by 120 0 to make each

Hours or Once a Year clearance between the pad and the disc plate approx.

0.20 mm per side.

A WARNING
A After parking brake has been used as emer­ I
gency brake, the pads stay remarkably worn out.
Pad
d'. I /End I

,\
~il ~,""""t
Plate~
Check them soon. If you fail to check the pads for
Disc 'II
wear after such brake application, the pad wear
may cause system failure. t-,
.
L­
U '0', Jam nul

Applicable serial No.: 546283 and upward

A WARNING 0.007 in.

(0.20 rom)
A. The parking brake pads come to use limit when
T6i1!1llE

their remaining thickness becomes as small as

3.0 rom at any point on the circumference. 3. Make sure that you can turn the disc plate freely.

Replace such a thin pad with a new one. WARNING

A If you keep using the parking brake with the
1. Turn the parking brake switch to OFF to bring the clearance between the disc plate and a pad left ln­
brake chamber rod into extension stroke end. sufficient, there will be hazard of the generation of
heat or fire.
Disc plate

0', I
Lillk
Brake ChamberV;od ~ Front axle 4. While holding the adjuster nut, tighten the jam nul

to fix the adjuster nul.

Brake chamber • •
(Tightening torque: 61.0-74.6 Nm)

~
. . A WARNING

Eod A The jam nut tightened with insufficient tighten­

ing torque may loosen gradually, causing

T61151E malfunction of the parking brake.

When tightening the jam nut, use a torque wrench

to tighten the jam nut securely.

I Brake System Brake System

, [.' 217
-~-
Applicable serial NO.: up to 546282
A WARNING
A The parking brake pads come to use limit when
their remaining thickness becomes as small as
3.8 mm at any point on the circumference.
Replace such a thin pad with a new one.

1. Turn the parking brake switch to OFF 10 bring the

brake chamber into the extension-side stroke end.

L,
Brake chamber
link

Hood Omk' bolt

Jam nut

Front axle

~)j T21271E

2. Screw the hand brake boll in accordance with the

pad wear until the clearance between the pad and the
disc plate becomes approx. 0.15 mm per side.

~
Disc plate

t' ••• ~~~.

/~
. ., r~
rce : . j •• t;i:
"-'
,".' .':..
.: ..
00 L
lever / P,d
O.15mm
TI6l60F.

3. When it becomes impossible to adjust the clear­

ance by hand brake boll, readjust the brake as follows:
(l)Turn the parking brake switch to OFF to bring the
brake chamber to the extension stroke end
(2) Connect the link to the lever by adjusting the position
of the jam nut.
(3) Check the clearance between the pad and the disc
plate. It must be approx. 0.15 mm per side. If the
clearance is correct, lock it with the jam nut.

Brake System Brake System

218
 .,..'; _'.__.,,_c ____
' ..' .'..__ . _._;; __ .
~ .. ~._ .'. _. .. ..__ ..... ._~ .__.. ~ ~._._ '._

TOl3804E

Axle System

Maintenance Table

Numbero Check. interval

No Component and Required Operation Pointsl 100hrs 300hrs 600hrs 1200hrs 2400hrs
1 day I
ouanutv 1 month 3 months 6 months 1 year 2 veers
1 Suspension lock. cylinder I Bleed air 4 points
•
Suspension Lock Cylinder Bleeding 5. After air-bleeding is over, fasten the bleeder screw
and remove the hose .
• • • . • . . • • . ·Every 100 Hours or
Once a Month 6. Turn off the starter switch and connect the on/off
connector in the inside-cab relay box.
1. Setthe crane in the traveling configuration on level
ground.
(22 AI G

2. Keep the starter switch to OFF. open the door of

the inside-cab relay box, and disconnect the on/off con­
nector.
ON/OFF connecter o
(22 A) G

ON/OFF connector ..... (22 ) G msne

Q L-. _

7. Tum on lhe starter switch. Turn the PTO switch on.

Make sure then the suspension lock indicator lamp
lights.
(22 ) G

3. Start the engine. turn the PTO switch on, and raise
the engine speed to approx. 2,150 rpm.

4. Attach a hose to the bleeder screw (A).and loosen

the bleeder screw. In this condition, bleed (he axle for
approx. one minute.
• Bleed in the order of bleeder screws, (A), (B), (9and
(0).

T:0?.11E

,
Axle System

iJ. Axle System 219

 TQ470:HE

Tires and Wheels

A WARNING
ATires replaced and remounted in an improper
way may burst, causing serious injury or death.
Have specially trained tire technicians or the near­
est TADANO dealer or distributor replace or
remount the tires.

Maintenance Table

Checkinterval
Numberof
No. Component and required operation 100 hrs 300 hrs 600 hrs 1200 hrs
points/Quantily 1 day
1 month 3 months 6 monuts 1 year

1 Tire
Check wear 4 points
•
2 Wheel nul
Rotation
Check lightness
4 points
4 points
• •
Tire Wear Check •••••• 'Once a Day Tire Rotation .•.••.. 'Every 1,200
Hours or Once a Year
A WARNING
AUsing tires that are ripped or damaged or [NOTICE]
whose treads are worn out is dangerous and may • As the number of traveled kilometers increases,

cause the tires to skid, go flat or blowout. If a tires may start to wear unevenly. Periodically rotate

wear check reveals that the tire has reached its the tires so that they wear evenly.

wear limit, replace it with a new tire.

AAdjust the lire pressure to the specified air 1. SlighUy loosen the wheel lug nuts with the tires in

pressure when the tire is cold before traveling. contact wilh the ground.

Traveling with excess or insufficient tire pressure

may damage the tire or may lead to an accident.
2. Extend the outriggers to raise the tires off (he
ground.

Check lhe following points:

3. Remove the wheel lug nuts (0 remove the tire.
(1) Are there any rips or damage on the lire tread or side
walls?
4. Thoroughly clean the threads of the wheel lug nuts
(2) Is there excessive wear of the tire tread?
and wheel bolls and the wheel mounting surface. Dirt on
(3) Have the treads reached their wear limit?
the nuts may cause them 10 loosen .
• The amounl of wear or damage (hal a tire can tolerate
• Replace the wheel lug nuts and wheel bolts whose
depends on the lire manufacture. Contact the nearest
threads are damaged. Also replace deformed or cracked
TADANO distributor or dealer for detailed information.
wheels.

Tires and Wheels Tires and Wheels

220
" "'~-"" ... '­
 T047034(

5. Mount the !ires with the wheel bolts aligned to the 1a.After replacing tires. check for loose wheel lug nuts
wheel boll holes. after approxlmatery 50 km travel. Re-lighten if a loose
• When performing tire rotetton. change the tire posi­ nut is found.
tions as shown.

Front wheels Rear wheels

TIlOGQ9E

A WARNING
A Use the grease ofTADANO specified Daphne
Eponex EP No.2 or equivalent. Never use oil or
grease that contains the molybdenum disulfide.

6. Apply light weigh! grease to the spherical areas of

the wheel nuts and the threaded sections of the bolls.

7. Loosely tighten the wheel lug nuts.

8. Stow the outriggers and lower the tires to the

ground gently.

9. Tighten the wheel lug nuts (0 the specified lighten­

ing torque.

~ing lorqu~90N.m (50 -60kgf/m} J

• Tighten the wheel lug nuts diagonally as shown.

l n0121E

Tires and Wheels Tires and Wheels

221
Loose Wheel Lug Nut Check
- ••• - - - - •• - - -Every 300 Hours
or Every 3 Months

Ai. WARNING
A Loose wheel lug nuts or wheel lug nuts tight­
ened beyond the specified torque can be
extremely dangerous because the wheel bolts can
experience fatigue failure(s).lf more than one or
two bolts break, the entire wheel can come off
while the crane is traveling. Periodically check for
loose wheel lug nuts. Re-tighten if a loose wheel
nut is found.

Check for loose wheel nuts. Re-tighten if a loose wheel

nut is found.

Tires and Wheels Tires and Wheels

222
 T0470·l.-lE

Hydraulic System

A WARNING • If the crane is operated for a long time with the

A The hydraulic oil and hydraulic equipment be­ hydraulic oil at a high temperature, the oil wtll rapid­

come very hot immediately after an operation. Let Iy deteriorate, shortening the life of the hydraulic

them cool down before starting maintenance components.

work.
Take enough care of oil temperature.

AEven when the engine is not running, some hy­

• The hydraulic oil is more vlsco us when its tem­

draulic components remain under high pressure.

perature is low. If, in cold weather, the crane is

Careless dismounting or disassembling will Cause

operated with a heavy load at high speed without al­

serious accidents to the human body. Do not at­

lowing it to warm up, the hydraulic components

tempt to dismount or disassemble hydraulic

could be damaged. When the ambient temperature

components, pipings and couplings.

is low, do not start crane operation right away.

Instead, let the crane warm up sufficiently; until the

[NOTICE]
oil temperature rises to approximately 20 D e.

• Be sure to handle the hydraulic pipes carefully.

• Using different brands of hydraulic oil together

Handling these pipes incorrectly can cause oil leaks

can change the properties of the oil and have an ad­

or the hydraulic components to malfunction.

verse effect on the machine. When hydraulic oil is

Whene\ler a pipe has to be removed, be sure to con­

added, be sure to use the brand that is in the ma­

sult the nearest TADANO distributor or dealer.

chine. If a different brand of oil must be used, be

• Dust, foreign matter, water, etc. in the hydraulic

sure to take out allihe remaining hydraulic oil be­

oil tank or pipes could cause a machine failure.

fore adding the new oil.

Keep these parts free of dust when working on

them.

Maintenance Table
• Contact the nearest TADANO distributor or dealer for the replacement of line filter from 6 to 9 in (he list below.

Check interval
Number of
No Component and required operation 300 hrs 600 hrs 1200 hrs 2400 hrs 4800 hra
points{Quanlily 1 day
months 6 monms 1 vear 2 veers 4 vears

1 Hydraulic oil tank

Check of) level 1 oolnt
749 L (·1)
•
Replace oil @ • ("3)
995 LI"2)
2 Return filter (hydraulic oil lank) Replace 1 cclnt @
•
3 Return filler Reolace 1 colnt @
•
4 Air breather (hydraulic oil tank) Replace 1 point
•
5 Line filler (P4 pump circuit) Cteeninc 1 points
•
6 Line fillet (automatic stop circuit Replace 2 points
•
7 Line filler (steering circuil) Reolace 1 point
•
B Line filler Iwinch brake circuit) Replace 1 ootnt
•
9
Line filler
(steering mode select circuil)
Replace 1 point
•
(·1): Tank capacity (·2): Total capacity @; First replacement only

(·3): When a hydraulic oil other than TADANO Hydraulic Oilll is used, replace the oil every 2,400 hours or 2 years.

Hydn....lic System Hydraulic System

223
 T047044E

Oil Level Check (Hydraulic Oil Tank) 2. Check the oil level with the oil level gauge. The oil
level gauge is marked taking into account the effect of
................... "Once a Day
oil temperature. Check whether the oil level is between
the D~C mark and the mark corresponding to the current
Oil Replacement (Hydraulic Oil oil temperature.
Tank) •••••• 'Every 4,800 Hours If the oil is low, remove \he cap on the hydraulic oil tank
and add oil through (he filler port.
or Every 4 Years - Example-
When the current oil temperature is 2DoC, there is suffi­
..••••.•.•• 'Every 2,400 Hours cient oil in the tank if the oil level is between the DOC and
2DoC marks.
or Every 2 Years • When the oil temperature is DOC or lower, regard the

[NOTICE] DOC mark as the proper level.

• After the hydraulic oil has been replaced, the hy­
draulic pump must be bled since air may be present Cap
in the suction side of the pump. The hydraulic pump Oil level gauge

could experience failure if it is operated without first

bleeding it. The hydraulic pump must not be operat­

-
ed after replacing the hydraulic oil unless it has
been properly bled. For instructions on how to bleed
the hydraulic pump, contact the nearest TADANO
distributor or dealer.
• Replace the oil withi.n 300 hours or 3 months after
the machine has been delivered (whichever comes
earlier): Replacing Oil
• Replace it every 4,800 hours or 4 years after that.
• When replacing the hydraulic oil, also replace the re­
(Applicable to TADANO Hydraulic Oil LL)
(urn filter.
Replace it every 2,400 hours or 2 years after that.
(Applicable to other than TADANO Hydraulic Oil
1. Slow the crane in the traveling configuration on lev­
LL.)
el ground.
• Replace the oil filters described in this chapter at
designated intervals. 2. Remove the cover from the filler port and use an oil
pump to pump the hydraulic oil from the tank into an oil
drum or other suitable container.
Checking Oil Level
1. Stow the crane in the traveling conflqurauon on lev­
Hydraulic oil lank. ~~~:-cover
el ground.

T!J~67E

Hydraulic System Hydraulic System

224
 TW1700-lE

3. Remove the drain plugs at the bottom of Ihe tank 10 Return Filter Replacement (Hydraulic
release any remaining hydraulic oil.
Oil Tank) . - - •• -Every 600 Hours
4. Check the inside of lhe lank and clean if any dust or
foreign matter is found.
or Every 6 Months
1. Remove the lop cover on the hydraulic oil tank and
5. Clean the drain plug and wrap sealing tape around take out Ihe return filler.
it, then reinsert and lighten.
cnver~
6. While watching the oil level on the level gauge, add
new hydraulic oil into the tank. Return niter

7. Remount the cover on the hydraulic oil lank .

• Mount the cover with the stamped "F' facing to the
front

8. Bleed the hydraulic pump.

9. Check Ine oil level again. If low, add more hydraulic

oil.
2. Remove the snap pin and lhen the nut from the re­
turn filter.

Not
Snap pin

-, Hold down spring

Ii
/

.~ / / /
Housing assembly

center bolt

LE_"_m'_m_'l--­ ---"
3. Replace the filter element with a new one and re­
assemble the return filter.

4. Inslallthe relurn filter in the lank and remount the

cover.

Hydraulic System Hydraulic System

225
 T047044E

Return Filter Replacement • ·Every Air Breather Replacement

600 Hours or Every 6 Months (Hydraulic Oil Tank) .• ·Every 600

+localion: front of the hydraulic oil lank Hours or Every 6 Months

Unlock Ihe air breather cap \0 remove it.

1. Remove the filter using a strap wrench.

Remove the two bolts. (hen use a wrench (spanner) as

• Place a waste beforehand to catch the hydraulic oil

shown in the figure to remove Ihe element holder.

which may spill when Ihe filler is removed.

Replace the element with a new one.

2. Attach a new filter. cao

• Apply hydraulic oil thinly to Ihe gasket beforehand.
• Tightening torque: 20 N-m {2kgf·m}

Element holder

Boll ,
!<>I.v7 NoL
Gasket

Filler

MOOI~OF.-\

T00619

Hydraulic System Hydraulic System

226
 TOJlO4-lE

Line Filter Cleaning (P4 Pump Line Filter Replacement (Steering

Circuit) • - . ·Every 1,200 Hours Circuit) •••.. -Every 2,400 Hours

or Once a Year or Every 2 Years

• Location: front left side of the rotary joint (inside of the
Filler
crane frame)

Clean the filter element as follows:

(1) Remove Ihe case using a wrench (24 mm).
(2) Remove the filter element. Wash its surface with a
soft nylon brush in kerosene.
(3) Apply compressed air of 300-400 kPa {3-4kgf/cm l }
from the inside of the filler element and dry it.
(4) Apply (he hydraulic oil to the a-ring, install the filter
element, and attach lhe casing.
• Tightening torque: 39 .......49 N·m {4 ....... 5kgf·m}

Line Filter Replacement (Winch

Brake CirCUit) ••.• ·Every 2,400

Hours or Every 2 Years

D-ring
Elemenl

O-ring.
Backup ring [> 1

Case TO·HOIE-]

Line Filter Replacement (Automatic

Stop Circuit) . ·Every 2,400 Hours

or Every 2 Years

Element

-------
Plug I

Sleeve 'l'~ll811E-1

Hydraulic System Hydraulic System

227
Line Filter Replacement (Steering
Mode Select Circuit) ·Every 2,400

Hours or Every 2 Years

n~.l).lE

Hydraulic System Hydraulic System

228
, , -,'" ,- .------ , , ' , - ,. . ~. ' - - - -- " . ' -. -_ - - - -~ __ ' 0 ". _ • • •' , . _'_ . ' , ' - '• •' . ',', .'.'. ."., ,,' , .J' • • • • • • _' ,

Swing System

Maintenance Table

Number of Check interval

No. Campanenl and required operation pointsl 100 hrs 300 hrs 600 hrs
1 week
Qunnlily 11 month 3 months 6 months
1 Swing bearing mounting bolt I Check 1 set
•
Swing Bearing Mounting Bolt Check
.... - •.•..•• -Every 600 Hours
or Every 6 Months

A WARNING
Alt the mounting bolts come loose and/or break,

the crane's upper and lower structures will be sep­

arated, resulting in a serious accident Check the

bolts at regular intervals. If they are loose, have

the nearest TADANO distributor or dealer retighten

them.

The bolls should be checked at least every 6

months by a TADANO distributor or dealer.

Tightening torque 1620·1810 N'm

tbeannc inner rlno bolls) f165-185 kgf-rnL
Tightening torque 1177-1275 N'm
(bearing outer ring bolts) {120-130kgr-m)

Swing System Swing Syslem

229
 T06~SCE

Electrical System

Maintenance Table

Checkinterval
Number of
No. Component and required operation 100 hrs 300 hrs 600 brs
points 1 week
1 month 3 months 6 mcnrhs
1 Fuse/Replace When fuse blows
2 Ballery electrolyte/Check 2 polnts I I
• I

Fuse Replacement
•••••••• ·When a Fuse Blows
[NOTICEl
• Be sure to turn OFF the starter swjtch to prevent a
short circuit and disconnect the negative (-) termi­
nal of the designated battery when replacing a fuse .
• Using a fuse with a larger capacity than the rated
capacity may cause the wiring or electrical devices
to be burned in the event of a short circuit. Always
replace a fuse with a fuse of the specified capacity.

AML

Fuse box

(LEFT)
no R No. m. 08.JECT
A OA I L

-.
ItJLTII'LEX OATA TRANSHITTER
8 ...T1
'"' a
C
~, I ~)4
15... I
La PTO !'ill/ITCH
POWER SOURCE FOR CRANE
D
,• ­ "
RE' RVE
F "
PAR
10' 38 LR
FLOOD LAMP
AIR CONDlTIONER (op!.)

" • C o • AK
<:::J
ill ~ H lOA 15 GS l~i~ ~t~~JWHNtM
REI/ERSE SfE:ERING~~.. II~
~ , lOA 10 GV DC-DC CONVERTOR
J 'OA Ibl GR CIGAR LIGHTER

, '0'"• --

K m POWER WINDOW
X SPARE
SPARE

(R I GHT)
Z
II.
150 -
m No. m.
SPARE
OB.JECT
,", A
a 3<l L8
511 A
0 7AIR2LC I IONER 10.. 1.}
C 15A LW AIR C ONEIUopLl
D 10A[l5'i'ILG E NG LAI'P(opl.l
1.\ AIR HQRl{
E 15A - LY
F lOA LR AIR CONOlTIONER(opl.J
Adjustment cover 0 to... I 0 STARTEH SWI1CH
T/M SHIFT SELECT
H lOA 14 G8 EMERGENCY TIM S~ITCH
, EHERGEllCr AC(:£tERATCWl. SWITCH
Clll13J1iATIOIl SVITClUIR HORN
I" II 50 GW COM[JIIlATlOIl HETEI! IJUllfR
CN'16'1
"" J lOA I GR FRONT WltlOSHIELO VIPER
K lOA 158 G, VASI£fI ROOF VINOSHIELO WIPER
o.~
"" X OA
lO'
-- SPARE
SPARE
I-f lOA -
SPARE
O@Il'JI
INoTE ·COLoR MEAN~
THE C OLO OF CASLES TO FUSE.
"
·PROHIBITED TO CONNECT A NE~ OEVICE VIRINQ To
FusE5 OTHE'" TH...... AESER"'E FUSES. 343-'l'b8-72100-o

Electrical System Electrical System

230
 T05351iOE

Fuses are installed on the inside of (he adjustment cov­ Symbol Name Rating I Circuits
ers on the side and top of the AML. When a fuse is burnt F1 MAIN 250V, 3A Main fuse
out, check for [he cause, remove the cause and replace F2 RLY1,2 250V,3A For relay output 1,2
Ihe fuse. F3 RLY 3,4 250V,3A For relay output 3,4
• Dimension of the fuses: rb 1/4" x 1 1/4" F4 RLY 5,6 250V,3A For relav output 5,6
(rb6.3 mm x31.8 mm) F5 RLY 7,8 250V,3A For relay output 7,8
F6 SIF 2 j250V, 21\ Fuse to SIF2SRC powe
source cutout terminal
F7 SIF 1 250V,2A Fuse to SlF1SRC powe
source cuiout terminal
F8 SOL 1,2 250V,2A For current cutout 1,2
F9 SOL 3,4 250V,2A For curren! ootcut 3,4
FlO SOL 5,6 250V,2A For current output 5,6

(Fuse box)

(LEFT) (R I GHT)

~ ~

, , "0- <a.
111~[l;.ICln
R
oB..JECT
""~ERVE
,". ~"
I~ ~
"0
i,.
11fj ~
~. OB.JECl
REAA SIEERIR<l

..,'E,r
C<>IlOllTOM
..... a: 5' '23
e 0' % RW PCIOER
'O..... ItSl""
f(lll s,EER'"" I'II>'.P
O"","IT'"",,,,,)
C 5' 87 Co" >Ei.JoD a '5' 125 RL
W"'OlVl Cll\O'OU­

o 5' 7' G, n",OST

LA_ RvL c 10' '2' RY
tiEAlI L~"'"
51",. L.. ..,

,
MUE nACI< ... L.......
rLO'I' l'I.lIJ _u..T CLEIJlA.cE ..........
E o GR W'''OWI a>m!a. ......,., S<Ul<E r(lll
EN"IICE [ClJ
UC Lee>< U..
F 0' ea G, .£In.,"
' ... OM"""" D W, se WR ~T clEAR

O''''ru, m~ift'i.~
O'''VE SELECT
G 0' '5 RL ..,.., >£tERr..'.l •
, ,Eh E 10' sa
'"
lOTEl'l OUT.":~R
H 5'
"
G ItUllJG 10m lIUI[
GW """'0 L...... F W, 556 RW
CONTAlLI.,I.l
OIA llll1tlI IEAlLA

~,-
J
0'
5' '"
GL ""ft""""
RESERVE
l<ICIl

'rn'L
G 15' 600 R f'OW[ll 'O<J!<E .""
El'G11IE £CU
,UR' ,.,,<:1+
K 5'
K 5'
- ~'RE "
GO <Il'fJt'<UJI """.....
- s .... E H '5' 17 L .... e"HERT RELAY
EtEAOO<OT
Wllr,,!! no,.
Y 5'
Z 5' - SP'RE
,~ '5' 6
,~
, 0
ROOH .....1<1'
n ..... 'IO....L
"AZ"RI) L.....
F,.. S.. tA U"IT
IlU1'll'lOO REtAT~~~il~'ES

1~' K -~
J .2 Y .. ollEA .,><OOW
IOJlItPLO 0. . .
POYER SOlJR<:E ~B"lIEIIIE5
5' <05 W lRA"SRllIER
W, ('24~)

@
FOil If'PEIl DEVICE K .....RE
Y '5' - - SPARE
.lTER".TOR~IfAI'CR{ES

('24'1 Z '5' - - SP .. AE

INOTEI 'COLOR MEANS THE: COL.OR OF CABLES TO FUSE.

'PROHtB[T~O TO CONNECT A NEW DEVICE
W(RfNG TO FUSES OTHER THAN RESERVE FUSES.
:l-l3-Q6E\-1:o2O-<l

+It is prohibited to connect new wiring to fuses other

than reserve fuses.

Electrical System Electrical System

231
 T06:l56Cf

Battery Electrolyte Check

••••••••.•.•• Every 300 Hours
or Every 3 Months

A WARNING
A Using or charging the battery with its fluid lev­
el below the "LOWER LEVEL"line indicated on its
side may cause an explosion of the battery.
Always lake care of the battery fluid Ievet.
A The hydrogen gas released from the battery is
explosive. Never use a cigarette lighter or other
open flame near the battery, particularly at the
battery vent openings. Use a flashlight for illumi­
nation when checking battery fluid level.
Alf battery fluid gets in your eyes, it may cause
blindness. Should this happen, immediately flush
your eyes with a large amount of water and seek
medical attention.
A When removing batteries, set the starter switch
OFF; remove them from the ground side terminals
(-1- To connect the terminals, begin with the posi­
ti\le (+) side. Take care to the terminal positions.

The fluid level should be between the "UPPER LEVEL"

and "LOWER LEVEL" lines. If the fluid level is low, add

battery fluid or distilled water 10 the "UPPER LEVEL"

line.

Standard specific gravity of the battery fluid is 1.27-1.29

(20·C).

Recharge the battery if it is smaller than 1.21.

eO UPPER LEVEL

e LOWER LEVEL
e
e

TOO',,)61'

Electrical System Electrical System

232
 TO~10nE

Air Conditioner (Option)

A WARNING

A While the engine and the air condifioner are

running, be sure not to touch the rotating objects
(fan belt, etc.).
ADo not disconnect the piping of the air condi­

tioner carelessly. To replenish refrigerant gas, do

not use an improper method.

A Touching the air conditioner's piping is dan­

gerous since it is filled with high-pressure

refrigerant gas. Anyone other than qualified per­

sons must not touch the piping.

Maintenance Table
Checkinterval
No. Componentand required operation
1 oav 1 week 3 months 6 months 1 year 2 years
1 Condensercheck and cleanino
•
2 Refricerant level check
•
3 Refrigerant pipinq connection check
•
4 Inside air filler check and cleanino
•
5
6
Oulside air tilter replacement
V-ben check
• •
Condenser Check and Cleaning Refrigerant level Check
...........•...• 'Once a Year
•• a - •••••••••••• 'Once a Year
(during the Summer) (during the Summer)
Tum ON the air conditioner switch. While magnel clutch
A CAUTION
of the compressor is ON, check the sight glass to see
Astop the engine when washing a condenser.
how Ihe bubbles are coming out No bubbles are seen
[NOTICE] when Ihe amount is proper.
• Do not use a detergent. • The cover for the inspection port is located upper part
on the right of the vehicle.
Wash away dirt and dusl attached on the fins of con­
denser with water.

c:;~( -<
Proper amount of refrigerant

Sight glass
T'!~;J9E·1

Air Conditioner (Option) Air Condltloncr (Option)

233
 ---------------

TO-HonE

Refrigerant Piping Connection Check Outside Air Filter Replacement

a _ a _ • a • a • a • a • a a • ·Every 2 Years
•••••••••••••••• -Once a Year
Replace the filter, laking care of lhe arrow located on
(during the Summer)
the top of lhe filler.
• The cover for the inspection port of the outside air fIl­
A CAUTION ter is located behind the driver's seal.
A In case the extreme amount of oil leaks, per­

form inspections and maintenance properly to

check any gas escaping from the refrigerant pip­

ing.

Check any oil leaking from the refrigerant piping

connections visually.

•
Inside Air Filter Check and Cleaning
•.•.••••••.••• ·Every 6 Months
INOTICE!
• Do not use the organic solvent such as gasoline,
trichloroethylene and thinner.

Normally

Blow the air from the clean side.

When it is extremely dirty

Immerse the filler in the warm water that household de­

tergent dissolved. Wash it well, rinse il with clean water,
and wait till it dries out completely.
• The cover for the inspection port of the inside air filler
is located behind the driver's seat.

e
,Jt8981::

Air Conditioner (Option) Air Conditioner (Option)

234
I
TO·HonE

I
V-belt Check •• ~very 3 M()nths
(during the Summer)
Parts Recommended Regular
Replacement

[NOTICE]
• Fasten the bell and nuts after adjustment. Too
much tension of the belt will damage the belt and
bearings.
Some components or Ihe air conditioner use paris which
wear with bme. For safely, such parts must be inspected
regularly. The following table gives recommended re­
placement intervals for the paris. Contact your nearest

i
i

• Do not put grease on the belt, because the life of TADANO distributor or dealer to have these parts in­
the belt will be shortened by slipping. spected at the regular intervals.

Check the tension of the bell by followingIhe table be­ Parts recommended
Interval
low. Check any damage of the belt, 100. regular reofacement
Receiver dryer 4 veers
Deflection when Belttension Blower molar 2 years (Differs bv usace.)
depressing center gauge Electromotive fan motor 2,400 hrs (Differs by usage.)
Check point
of bell by approx.
10 kg force
• When checkinc 9 to 12,5 mm 271045ka
r."
" When insla!!ing
~ the new one 6.5 to 9 mm 461068 kg
~"
\,'I
~ Compressor

vcen
L­ _ WU71:·]

Air Conditioner (Option) Air Conditioner (Option)

235
 Boom Telescoping System

Maintenance Table

Numberof Check interval

No. Component and required operation points/ 100 hrs mOhrs 600 hrs 1200 hrs
1 week
Ouenutv 1 month 3 months 6 months 1 vear
1 Wire rooe for boom telescooino s oolnts
2
Oil feed hose for boom
telescoping cylinder
Check and adjust 2 points
•
Stretch Check and Tension
Adjustment of Boom Telescoping
Wire Rope and Oil Feed Hose for
Boom Telescoping Cylinder
..........•• ·Every 1,200 Hours
or Once a Year
Execute the stretch check and tension adjuslment of
the wire rope for boom telescoping and oil feed hose
for boom telescoping cylinder every 1200 hours or
once a year. Contact your nearest TADANO distribu­
tor or dealer for check and adjustment

Boom Telescoping System Boom Telescoping System

236
 Wire Ropes
Proper Handling of Wire Ropes
A CAUTION
A Do not handle wire ropes with your bare hands.
Always wear protective gloves when handling the
wire ropes; otherwise you will be injured.
Always handle wire ropes carefully and correctly. The
life of wire ropes can be maximized if lhey are handled
correctly. If handled improperly, they become deformed
or lose Iheir original strength, and must be replaced pre­
maturely.
How to Unwind Wire Rope
Wire rope is wound in a coil or around a wooden bobbin
when supplied. Unwind Ihe wire rope by rolling Ille cOil.
or pull oul the rope while rotating the bobbin.
If the wire rope is unwound improperly, i! may become
twisted or have kinks, reroering it unusable. Even a
slight added !wist may cause !he wire lope 10 become
fangled.
o
Wire Ropes
237
Disentangling Wire Rope Parts
If a new wire rope is used when the boom is long and
the parts of line are small in number, a coiling effect may
be created, causing the rope 10 become tangled.This is
dangerous because it will cause the hook block or load
to rotate. Disentangle the rope as follows:
1. Let out the wire rope until only a few wraps of rope
are left on the winch drum, and check the direction and
number of twists.
2. Remove Ihe rope socket from the boom or hook.
block, eliminate the twists as described below. then re­
mount it
(1) If the rope is twisted in a clockwise direction, twist
the rope further [l.e., lurn it in the same direction as
the twist).
(2) If the rope is twisted in a counterclockwise direction,
untwist the rope (i.e., turn it in the opposite direction
of the twist).
.,f there are many twists, correct the rope in stages.
Do not twist or untwist lhe rope more than four terns
at a time.
(1) Rope twisled in (2) Rope twisled In
a clockwise cnrecuon a counterccckwlse direction
Wire Ropes
3. Hoist the hook block up and down several umoe to Wire Rope Replacement
disirbute any remaining twists evenly throughout the
Criteria for Replacing Wire Ropes
rope. If, after this, twists still remain, correct again.

A WARNING
A. If a wire rope breaks during operation, a seri­
ous accident could occur. Check tile wire ropes at
regular intervals. Wire ropes that do not meet even
ere of the criteria given below should be replaced
immediately.

Perform routine and periodic (monthly) inspections on

the wire ropes for breaks. wear, corrosion. deformation,
arcing or heat effects, oil coat condition, and rope end
condition. If any of Ihe following conditions (1) through
(5) are mel. replace lhe wire rope.

Correcting the Torsion of the Wire Rope +If the end of wire rope is nol in proper condition, repair

or cuI.

[NOTICE]
+Wire ropes may lose its structural elongation and (1) Ten percent or more of the wires (except filler wires)
be untwisted with use. Using such wire ropes for a in a Jay are broken.
long time can lead torsions to gather at the rope • The criteria are explained using tne illustrations
ends, damaging lhe wire ropes. below. based on a standard wire rope consisting of
To settle twisting condition of the wire rope, reo six strands.
reeve the wire ropes regularly to remove the
torsions on tile rope ends. It is essential for a while
after the wire rope has been replaced.

Strand

T00062£

Length Dr 1 lay

'I 'I 'I 'I 'I 6

Wire Ropes Wire Ropes

238
 I0230&.lE
"

(2) The diameter of the wire rope is reduced by more Removing Wire Rope
than 7% of the nominal diameter.
1. Extend the outriggers and place the boom in the
over-rear or an over-side area.

2. Fully lower (he boom and lay the hook block on Ihe
ground.

Diameter

o R 0
,
--Ud.\.
l

(3)A kinked wire rope [refers 10 a rope used in a looped

state as shown in 1, which became knotty as in 2, 3
and 4 after use}. T'OOOG7

CD Q) (j)
3. Remove [he rope sockel from the hook block or
boom head.

4. Detach the wire rope from the rope socket by re­

moving the wire clip, then hammering the wedge oul of
position.

L ~
Wedge Steel rod

(4) A badly deformed or corroded wire rope. (A badly de­

formed wire rope refers 10 one whose strands are
caved in Of are loosened as shown, or whose core is
,

-.
Hammer
exposed. A corroded wire rope refers to one which
Wife clip rrn Wire rope
has evident pitlings on (he wire surfaces, or where
corrosion has extended to the inside of Ihe rope.)
--­
I

l 5. Pull the wire rope out of the hook block and weigh!
for the overwind cutout device.

I ,"~,J
(5) A wire rope damaged by heat or sparks

!S' Wire Ropes Wire Ropes

239
 T02306~E

6. Wind the wire rope around a wooden bobbin while Installing of Wire Rope
hoisting down with the winch.
• When you cut a wire rope or apply treatment (0 the
• Pull on the wire rope as you let it out to prevent im­
ends, wrap the cut or treated ends with sheathing to pre­
proper winding.
vent the strands from coming loose. Use an annealed
low carbon steel wire covered with zinc plating. Wrap il
around the wire rope.
The width of the shealhing should be two or three times
the diameter of the rope.

Wire rope diameter(mm) Sheathing wire diameter (mm)

Less than 12 0.8

f-­
12 or morebulless than 18 1.0
TOOOO9
18 or more butless than 30 2.0

30 or more but less than 50 2.5

7. When Ihere is no wire rope left on the winch drum,
hammer the wedge out of the winch drum and wind up
alilhe remaining wire rope.

Drum

Wire rope

Wedge

TOO071l::·1

'lllOOmE

1. Pass a new wire rope from the boom head or jib

head 10 the winch drum .
• Be sure to route the rope correctly.

Wire Ropes Wire Ropes

240
, .. --- - .. ;~--
__ .'" ,._ •• •• , -.'h· _ ~~. .·_o· "••• __ •.•••
~. • ._. _•__ •
~ _

2. Secure the end of the wire rope to the winch drum Fig.2

with the wedge.

• The wedge must be oriented correctly. Make sure thai
the end of the wire rope does not protrude from [he pe­
riphery of the winch drum.

o t x t Fla~e prOjecb·on

vD
:l . 4. After passing the rope Ihrough the welqhl of the

o =--"" W~dge
. OV8I"Nind cutout device, reeve il on the boom and hook
block sheaves
of parts of line.
in fhe pattern appropriate to the number
TllOonF.
• For information on hOw to reeve, see the "Reeving
Wire Ropes" section.
3. Operate the winch to wind (he rope around the
drum leaving only enough rope for allaching it to Ihe 5. Pass Ihe rope lhrough Ihe rope socket and secure it
hook block. to the socket with Ihe wire clip.
• Wind tne rope slowly while applying it some tension Lo • Be sure to insert the wedge and attach Ihe wire clip in
prevent improper winding. the proper orientations. (d: wire rope diameter)
• Pay attention to the following when winding the rope:
(1) The first wrap must be wound along the guide at the
Rope socket Wedge Wire rope Wire clip
end oflhe drum. (See Fig.1.)
(2) In the first layer of wraps. the rope should be filted in
the grooves made on Ihe drum. Wire
(3) When winding over a layer of wraps, the rope should
be set in Ihe valleys between the wraps. (See Fig. 2.)

Fig.1
'Sd­
TOOD7~E

6. Secure the rope socket to [he hook block or boom

head.

Colter pin
Guide
I
TOOO~JF.-1
Rope socket

Washer

Bolt

TlIOO76E

Wire Ropes Wire Ropes

241
 '02Ja6~E

After Replacing Wire Rope

• A new wire rope is prone 10 improper winding. Check
the rope on Ihe winch drum from lime 10 time. If it is im­
properly wound, rewind it neaUy.
• When first using a new wire rope, lift light loads at low
speeds in order to settle the strands. This helps prolong
the life of the wire rope.

When the wire rope is replaced, the new wire rope

wound around the winch drum does not have the proper
tension. lf a [Dad is hoisted with the rope at improper
tension, the wraps in an outer rope layer will become
wedged between the wraps in an inner layer, possibly
deforming the wire rope, or causing improper Winding,
broken wires, etc. Before actually lifting a load, apply the
proper tension to the wire rope and rewind as follows:

1. Extend the boom, and unwind the wire rope until

about three wraps are left on the winch drum.

2. Suspend a load to give tension \0 the wire rope and

then wind the rope tighUy around the winch drum. Use a
load of the mass obtained by lhe foHowing equation:
[Load of the mass)
-(Allowable load per linelxO.3xrNumber of parls of line]
(For the allowable load per wire rope, see the "INFOR­
MATION AND DATA" part.)

Wire Ropes Wire Ropes

242
. ·__A__ •__ •.•• " •• -_~ __
~ ~ __ • __ c__co ,,,..:._OO'"C '.,-_._-.-••.•.• C·••••...• _.••• _-•• '. • __ ," , __• • _. ., •. _. _. _

fI00047QE

INFORMATION AND

DATA

 Conversion

Thick-line-enclosed units are 81 units.

Force

N kgr

1 1.01972 x10-1

9.80665 1

Pressure

Pa kPa MPa kgf/cm Z

1 1 x10· 3 1 x10.-9 1.01972 x10-5

1 x 103 1 1 x10-3 1.01972 x10·2

1 x 10 6 1 x10 3 1 1.01972 )(10

,r
!
9.80665 x 10
4
9.80665 )(10 9.80665 x10· 2 1

• Torque, Moment
•
i N • em N'm kgf • em kgf· m

I
,I 1 x 10~
1 1)(10.2

1
1.01972 X

1.01972 x 10
10. 1
1.01972
1.01972
X

X
10-3
10-1

9.80665 9.80665 x 10. 2 1 1 X 10''2

9,80665 X 10 2 9.80665 1 x 10 2 1

Power

W kW PS
3
1 1 X 10- 1.35962 X 10']

1 X 10 3 1 1.35962
3
0.735499 x 10 0.735499 1

Conversion Conversion
243
 TQ6:l571E

Major Specifications

Crane Specifications Carrier Specifications

Maximum Total Rated Load (number of Engine •........••...

parts of line given in parentheses) Model:Mitsubishi 6M60-TLA3B or

6M60-TLU3B
11.5mboom ··············70,OOOkg x3.Qm(16)
Engine displacement ····7.545 liters
15.56 m boom ......••.••. '47,000 kg x 4.5 m(12)
Tires •...•..•.....•..
19.62 m boom •........... '40,000 kg x 4.5 m(10)

Front wheel: 29.5-25-22PR(OR)

27.75 m boom .•..••...... '20,000 kg x 7.0 m (6)
Rear wheel: 29.5-25-22PR(OR)
35.87 m boom ...........• -14,000 kg x 9.0 m (4)

Maximum traveling speed' 39 km/h

44.0 m boom ....•••..•.... -8,000 kg x 14.0 m(4)
9.9 m jlb{3.5° offsel44.0m boom)
..••. "4.500 kg x 75" (1)
9.9 m jib (25°offset 44.0m boom)
..... "4,000 kg x BO" (1)
9.9 m jib (45°offset 44.0m boom)
..... "3.400 kg x BO" (1)
17.7 m jib (35°offseI44.0m boom)
..... "2,700 kg x 75" (1)
0
17.7 m jib (25 offset 44.0m boom)
.... · ..1,700kg x 65" (1)
0
17.7 m jib (45 offset 44.0m boom)
..... "1,000 kg x 60" (1)
Single top' ...............• -5,600 kg (1)

Lifting Height. Boom Length. Boom Angle

and Speeds
Maximum lifting height ...•••. Boom: 43.9 m
Jib: 61.5 m
Maximum load radius ••...... Boom: 32.0 m
Jib: 43.0 m
Boom length·············· ·11.5m 1044.0m
Boom extension speed v - ••••• 32.5 m/145 s
Jib lenglh •.•••...........• 9.9 m.1?? m
Main winch line speed ·······143 m/min
. . . . • . . • . . . . . . (at Ihe 4th layer)
Auxiliary winch line speed ...•. 125 mlmin
. • . . . . • • . . . . . . (at the 2nd layer)
Boom elevation angle _2° to BO"
Elevation speed ...•..•..... _2" to BOo/77 s
Swing angle .............•• 360° continuous
Swing speed ..•........... 2.3 min" {rpm}

Major Specifications Major Specifications

244
 TQ5J571E

Overall Dimensions

No. Dimension
1. 3,368 mm
2. 3,833 mm
Max. extension width 7,200 rnrn
Mid. extension w[dlh 6,700 mm
3.
Mid. extension width 5,500 rnrn
Min. extension width 2,800 mm
4. 500 mm
5. 3,54B mm
6. 3,653 rnrn
7. Overall width 3,315 rnrn
8. 4,120mm
9. Departure angle 14.40
10. 2,245 rnrn
1t. Whee! base 3,950 mm
12. 2,000 mm
13.Approach angle 17.6 0
14. 7,880 mm
15. Overall lenoth 14,075 rnm
16. Overall height 3,BOO mm
i
,i
t~
,,. ~-(j)----"--~{2)-~--1

ii

16
e

11 10
14

Major Specifications Major Specifications

245
 T063571E

Mass Wire Rope Specifications

GVW Front Rear

Configuration :]X 7 + B x \'/S (31) 0/0
Basic standard
Allowable load :54.9 kN {5,BOO k9~
machine includes:
Ultimate :243 kN
5-secLion boom Wire rope for
(failure) load {24,800 k9~
(11.5m - 44.0m) main winch
Diameter :19.0 mm
2-slage jib 48,315 kg 24,695 kg 23,620 kg
(9.9m, H.lm)
Length :247 m
29.5-25 22PR tires
Mass :1.59 kg/m
Single lop
Configuralion :7x7+6 x \'is (31) OjO
5.6 Ion hook ban Allowable load :54.9 kN {5,BOO k9~
1. 70 Lon 8 sheaves
650 kg 1,530 kg -B60 kg Ultimate :243 kN
hook block Wire rope for
{failure} load {24,800 kqf}
2. 40 ton 4 sheaves auxiliary winch
~
470 kg 850 kg -380 kg Diameter :19.0 mm
hook brock
3. Hot water cab Length :133 m
healer and air 97 kg 31 kg 66kg Mass :1.59 kg/m
conditioner
~
1. 2-stage Jib
-1,138 kg -2,006 kg 868 kg Other
> /9.9m, 177m)
0
E 2. Removable Maximum vertlcalload capacity of outrigger
~ counterweiqht
-7,900 kg 3,400 kg -11,300 kg
............. ", 510 kN {52,OOO kg~

Tire air pressure

Main wind'l hook brock Auxiliary winch hook block
29.5-25-22PR
Travel 343 kPa {3.5 k.gf/cm'
On-rubber operation 412 kPa (4.2 kgf/cm'}

Recommended tires

BRIDGESTONE VL2A E-3 E3A

TOYO TIRE GB2 E-3
TOlIG3iE

Relief Valve Pressure

Winch hoist up circuit
:27.0 to 28.0 MPa {275~ 2B5kgflcm'}
Winch hoist down circuit
:8.3 \0 9.3 MPa {8S....... 9S kgrfcm~}
Boom raising circuil
:23....... 24 MPa {23S....... 245 kgflcm'}
Boom lowering circuit
:2.9....... 3.4 MPa {30....... 35kgf/cm'
Boom extending circuit
:19.1 ...... 20.1 MPa {195...... 205 kgflcm'}
Boom relrading circuit
:23 ...... 24 MPa {23S...... 245 kgf/cm'}
Swing circuit
:21.1 MPa {215 kg/lem'}

Major Specifications Major Specifications

246
 Oils and Greases

Table
The oils and greases listed below are used in new cranes at lime of shipment from the factory.

Oil or grease No. Component Brand (manufacturer) Capacilv/Quanlity

1 Side surface of boom
2 Slide plate (top surface of boom)
3 Slide plate (bottom surface of boom1
4 Wire fope (for main winch)
~ 5 Wire rope (for auxiliary winch)l")

.
Mobilarma 798 (Mobil)

~ 6 Wire rope (for telescQpinQ the boom)

<ii 7 Swine bearlnn

~~
:::t
8 Swine gear
~ 9 Jib connectinQ Din boss --
10 Pin (for jib head sheave)
11 Pin (for elevating cylinder lower pivot
12 Boom civet pin As required
Grease 13 Main hook block (option)
14 AUXiliary hook block (option)
~2,"'+00<u",t"riria"",,,e"-r"'no,.a"'ts'---__ ~ _
• 1'2=2'f'P" ro'l'p"e"'lIe"'C's"'h,,an"-______ I
.3 23 Axle oscillation lock cylinder -I ~
~ 24 Kioo nin ~enum Grease No.2 (Cosmo oil) I'
.... 25 Sleerina cvlinder Daphne Eponex S~ No.2 (Idemilsu) I

"
~
~ 26 Tiered end _I •• ~
Molybdenum Grease No.2 [Cosmo oil) I
27 Axle oscillation center pin Daphne Eponex SR No.2 (Idemilsu)

t,
28 Rotarv 'oint
1 Winch speed reducer
! Gear oil
2 Swing speed reducer
3 Axle (carrier axle)
4 Axle (planetary gear)

Hydraulic

1 Hydraulic oil tank

oil

Enclne oil 1 Ermine

Torque
1 Torque converter
converter oil
Brake fluid 1 Brake fluid reservoir

Coolant 1 Radiator

Fuel 1 Fuel tank

*1: Applicable 10 2M2D-specification machines '2: Tank capacity '3: Total capacity '4: Total water volume
~5: Necessary volume of long-life coolant when mixing ratlo is 30 %

Oils and Greases Oils and r,reases

247
 l0E.3S8IE

Recommended Oils and Greases

Greases
. : Greasesused in new cranes

Components Boom Wire rope Kina pin, tierod end Other

TADANO Genuine .TNR -­ -­ -­
ldemitsu - ­ Daphne Grease M2 • Daphne Eoonex SR No.2
Shell -­ Shell Sunlioht Grease MB2 Shell Alvania EP Grease 2
Esso - ­ Beacon Q2 Ltthtan EP2
Mobil - ­ • MobiiarmaY9B Mobil Grease Soecial Mobilux EP2
Cosmo all -­ • Cosmo Molybdenum Grease No.2

Gear Oils
. : Oils used in new cranes

Components Axle Winch speed reducer Swing speed reducer

Type API Service Class GL-5 ISOVG 320 ISO VG 320
Shell Shell Gelco Multi Gear Shell OmalaOil 320 Shell OmaiaOH 320
Esso Standard Super Gear Oil 90 Spartan EP320 Spartan EP320
Mobil Mobilube HD BOW·90 • Mobilgear 600 XP 320 • Mobiloear 600 XP 320
tdemlteu • ApoUoil Gear HE-90S
Cosmo Oil Cosmo Gear GL-5 90

Hydraulic Oils
. : Oils used in new cranes

Component Hvdraulic oil tank

Type ISO VG46 ISOVG32 ISO VG22, VG1S
Ambient temperature -S'C-2S'C -10'C-1S'C
Operating temperature range O'C-70'C -S'G-60'C
Allowable temperature ranee -S'G-60'C -10'C-70'C
TADANO Genuine .TADANO Hvdraulic Oil LL
ldemltsu Daphne Super Hydro 46A Daphne Super Hydro 32A Daphne Super Hydro 22WR
Shell Shell Tellus Oil 46 Shell Tellus Oil 32
Esso Nuto H32 Nuto H15
Mobil MobilDTE25 MobilDTE24 Mobil DTE11

+If a hydraulic oil other than TADANO Genuine ~TADANO Hydraulic Oil LL" is used, reduce (he replacement interval
for "TADANO Hydraulic Oil LL" to the half.

Oils and Greases Oils and Greases

248
 rQ6JS8IE

Engine Oils
. ; Oils used in new cranes

~onents Encne
rrv;;;­ API Service Class CD
SAEvlscosltv index SAE 30 SAE 1OW-3D
Mobil • Mobil Delvac 1330 I Mobil Delvac Super 1300
Shell J I
Shell Rimula X

I,
Torque Converter Oils

. : Oils used in new cranes

Component Torque Converter, transmission

Type GM Dexlon II or Ford M2C33F
TAD~NO Genui~~ TADANQ Genuine Torque Converter Oil-
ldemltsu I-ApollOi! Dexlon
Japan Energy JOMQ ATF Special
,
Shell
Esso
Dexlon II
Esse ATF
I
Mobil .MobiIATF220

Brake Fluids
. : Oils used in new cranes

Component Brake fluid reservoir

TADANO Genuine • TADANO Genuine Brake Fluid DOT-5.1
British Petroleum BP Brake Super OaT 4
PENTOSIN PENTOSIN Super DOT 4
TEXTAR TEXTAR Super DOT 4
Ate Ale Super DOT 4
M.Benz DOH PLUS .

Oils and Greases Oils and Greases

249
 TQ6J.59IE

Consumable Parts

Filters
• For locations and tnsvuctlons on how to replace the filters, see the "Hydraulic System" section.
No. Filter (location) Consumable part Part No.
1 Return filter (hydraulic oil lank) Element 366-707-50010
2 Return filter (return circuit) Filter cartridge 366-701-09511
"J- Air breather (hydraulic oil tank) Element 336-600-07511
Hydraulic system
~ Line filter (P4 pump circuit) Filter element 366-726-15010
5 Line filter (automatic slop circuit) Filter element 366-455-45010
6 Line filter (steering circuit) Filler 366-725-30000
7 Line filter (winch brake circuit) Element 366-719-75040~
8 Line filter (sleering mode select circuit) Filter 366·724-60000
~~e 1 Air cleaner Element
Torque converter system 1 Line filter Element 366-712-75070
Fuel system 1 Water separator Element assy 348-801·77540

Fuses
• For Instructions on how to replace fuses, see the "Electrical System" section.

3A {361-167-950BOl
2A (361-167-95090)

0.3A (821-714-000J0)
SA (821-000-01837)
10A (821-000-01839)
15A (821-000-01840)

SA (821-000·01837)
10A (821-000"01839)
15A (821-o00-o1840)
70A (821-715-00070)
75A (821-741-03526) T~B2~l

Consumable Parts Consumable Parts

250
.. , '< >.
- - ._-;.,; ,-.; .. --._----, ;, ;". ,,_. - - ._-- ------- -"---­ ----.. '-', - .-. _.'- - -_ ....

HOOOolBSE

TADANO LTD.

Head Office
Ko-34, Sfnnden-cho, Takamatsu,
761-0185, Japan

International Sales Division

Tadano Ryogoku Bldg.
4·12, Kamezawa 2-chome,
Sumida-ku. Tokyo, 130-0014, Japan
Tel.: +81-3-3621-7750
Tel fax: +81-3-3621-7785

, Histon of Revision

2
3 -­
4
5